UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

or

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number: 001-36643

 

AAC HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

Nevada

 

35-2496142

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

200 Powell Place

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

(Address, including zip code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

(615) 732-1231

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each Class

 

Name of exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

  

Accelerated filer

 

x

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company

 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

As of June 30, 2015, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based on the closing price of $43.56 on that date), was approximately $235,100,000.  Common stock held by each officer and director and by each person known to the registrant who owned 5% or more of the outstanding common stock has been excluded in that such persons may be deemed affiliates.   This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of March 1, 2016, there were 22,985,364 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.   

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy materials for its 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.  

 

 

 

 

 


 

AAC HOLDINGS, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

  

 

Item 1. Business

  

3

Item 1A. Risk Factors

  

16

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

  

30

Item 2. Properties

  

30

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

  

30

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

  

31

PART II

  

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  

32

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

  

34

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  

37

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  

56

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  

56

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  

56

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

  

56

Item 9B. Other Information

  

57

PART III

  

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

  

57

Item 11. Executive Compensation

  

57

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  

57

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  

57

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

  

57

PART IV

  

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  

58

SIGNATURES

  

 

 

 

 

2


 

P ART I

Unless we indicate otherwise or the context requires, “we,” “our,” “us” and the “company” refer, prior to the Reorganization Transactions discussed below, to American Addiction Centers, Inc. and, after the Reorganization Transactions, to AAC Holdings, Inc., in each case together with their consolidated subsidiaries, respectively. The term “Holdings” refers to AAC Holdings, Inc. and the term “AAC” refers to American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

 

Item 1. Business.

 

Company Overview

We believe we are a leading provider of inpatient substance abuse treatment services for individuals with drug and alcohol addiction. As of December 31, 2015, we operated nine residential substance abuse treatment facilities located throughout the United States, focused on delivering effective clinical care and treatment solutions across 897 beds, which included 482 licensed detoxification beds. We also operate nine standalone outpatient centers. As of December 31, 2015, we had under development a 93-bed chemical dependency recovery hospital (“CDRH”) near Aliso Viejo, California. In addition, we are in the process of expanding our Recovery First facility in the Fort Lauderdale, Florida area to accommodate 22 additional detoxification beds and are also expanding the Oxford Centre facility to accommodate 44 additional residential beds and 48 sober living beds. In addition to our inpatient and outpatient treatment services, we perform drug testing and diagnostic laboratory services and provide physician services to our clients.

 

The majority of our approximately 1,600 employees are highly trained clinical staff who deploy research-based treatment programs with structured curricula for detoxification, residential treatment, partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient care. By applying a tailored treatment program based on the individual needs of each client, many of whom require treatment for a co-occurring mental health disorder, such as depression, bipolar disorder and schizophrenia, we believe we offer the level of quality care and service necessary for our clients to achieve and maintain sobriety.

 

We believe we are also one of the largest internet marketers in the addiction treatment industry with respect to website visits and leads generated. Following our acquisition of Referral Solutions Group, LLC (“RSG”) on July 2, 2015, combined with our existing internet assets, we now operate a broad portfolio of internet assets that services millions of website visits each month. RSG, through its wholly owned subsidiary Recovery Brands, a leading publisher of “authority” websites such as Rehabs.com and Recovery.org, serves families and individuals struggling with addiction and seeking treatment options through comprehensive online directories, treatment provider reviews, forums and professional communities.  Recovery Brands also provides online marketing solutions to other treatment providers such as enhanced facility profiles, audience targeting, lead generation and tools for digital reputation management.

 

We have made substantial investments in our treatment facilities with a specific focus on providing aesthetically pleasing properties and grounds, numerous amenities, healthy food and a courteous and attentive staff to distinguish us from our competitors. Our commitment to clinical excellence, premium facilities and customer service has allowed us to form relationships across a broad set of key referral sources, including hospitals, other treatment facilities, employers, alumni and employee assistance programs. Our platform is supported by a centralized infrastructure that includes a multi-faceted sales and marketing program, call center operations, a laboratory facility, billing and collection services and other support functions. This infrastructure, in conjunction with our premium service offerings, has enabled us to develop a strong national brand. The substantial investments we have made at a corporate level contribute to our operational efficiencies and provide us flexibility to place clients at a variety of our facilities in order to optimize care that best fits both the clients’ clinical needs and their insurance benefits.

 

We have demonstrated the ability to grow our business organically and generate attractive returns on investments with our de novo developments and acquisitions. Our three completed de novo developments, Greenhouse, Desert Hope and River Oaks, added 440 total beds on a combined basis.   Greenhouse and Desert Hope each achieved profitability within the first year of its respective opening and it is currently expected that River Oaks will achieve profitability within the first year of its October 2015 opening. During 2015, we completed four acquisitions which added a total of 249 residential beds and seven standalone outpatient centers.

 

Our net revenues have increased to $212.3 million in 2015 from $133.0 million in 2014, representing a growth rate of 60%. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had $44.3 million and $21.1 million in Adjusted EBITDA, respectively, representing a growth rate of 110%.  For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, net income attributable to AAC Holdings, Inc. stockholders was $11.2 million and $7.6 million, respectively, representing a 47% growth rate. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, approximately 90% of our revenues were reimbursable by commercial payors, including amounts paid by such payors to clients, and the remaining portion was payable directly by our clients. We currently do not receive any revenues from Medicare and Medicaid programs. See “Selected Financial Data” for a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

3


 

Our History

Holdings was incorporated in the first quarter of 2014 and completed the following transactions in the second quarter of 2014, which are collectively referred to as the “Reorganization Transactions”:

 

 

·

a voluntary private share exchange with certain stockholders of AAC, whereby holders representing 93.6% of the outstanding shares of common stock of AAC exchanged their shares on a one-for-one basis for shares of Holdings common stock, which we refer to as the “Private Share Exchange”;

 

·

the acquisition of all of the outstanding common membership interests of Behavioral Healthcare Realty, LLC, or BHR, an entity controlled by related parties, which owns all the outstanding equity interests of Concorde Real Estate, LLC, Greenhouse Real Estate, LLC and The Academy Real Estate, LLC, which entities which owned at the time of the acquisition the Desert Hope, Greenhouse and Riverview, Florida properties, respectively, in exchange for $3.0 million in cash, the assumption of a $1.8 million term loan and 820,124 shares of Holdings common stock, representing 5.2% of our outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2014, which we refer to as the “BHR Acquisition”; and

 

·

the acquisition of all of the outstanding membership interests of Clinical Revenue Management Services, LLC, or CRMS, an entity controlled by related parties, which provides client billing and collection services for AAC, in exchange for $0.5 million in cash and 234,324 shares of Holdings common stock, representing 1.5% of our outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2014, which we refer to as the “CRMS Acquisition”.  

After the Reorganization Transactions, Holdings owned (i) 93.6% of the then outstanding common stock of AAC, (ii) 100% of the outstanding common membership interests in BHR, which represented 100% of the voting rights in BHR, and (iii) 100% of the outstanding membership interests in CRMS.  

 

In October 2014, we completed the initial public offering (“IPO”) of 5,750,000 shares of our common stock, which included the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 250,000 shares from us and 500,000 shares from certain selling stockholders.  Our net proceeds from the IPO were approximately $68.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering costs.  

 

Following our IPO, in November 2014, Holdings completed a subsidiary short-form merger with AAC and a wholly-owned merger subsidiary whereby the legacy holders of AAC common stock who did not participate in the Private Share Exchange received 1.571119 shares of Holdings common stock for each share of AAC common stock owned at the effective time of the merger (for an aggregate of approximately 293,040 shares of Holdings common stock).  As a result of the short-form merger, AAC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.

 

Business Strategy

We have developed our company and the American Addiction Centers national brand through substantial investment in our facilities, our clinical expertise, our professional staff and our national sales and marketing program. We anticipate a number of factors will continue to accelerate demand for our services, including increased awareness and de-stigmatization of substance abuse treatment and recent healthcare reform improving access to care, particularly for young adults now able to access their parents’ insurance. We seek to extend our position as a leading provider of treatment for drug and alcohol addiction by executing the following growth strategies:

 

 

·

Improve census at existing facilities. We seek to improve census and client demand by increasing our client leads through our multi-faceted sales and marketing program, consisting of our national sales team, recommendations from alumni and healthcare professionals, internet, television and print advertising and potential client inquiries. As a result of our acquisition of RSG, we expect to significantly increase our inbound call volume at a cost per call lower than our historical marketing expenditures. By utilizing multiple sales and marketing channels, we generate significant inbound call volume from potential clients and the people close to them, and our consultative call center approach enables us to effectively identify and enroll qualified clients.

 

·

Expand capacity at existing residential and standalone outpatient facilities. As our client demand increases, we seek opportunities to expand capacity at our existing facilities. When market conditions indicate, we anticipate selectively increasing our number of residential beds, expanding our clinical facility space, expanding our sober living bed capacity and hiring additional clinical staff to enable us to provide services to additional clients. In January 2015, we expanded capacity at our Forterus facility in Temecula, California with the addition of 31 beds, including 24 detoxification beds. In addition, we are in the process of expanding our Recovery First facility to accommodate 22 additional detoxification beds and expanding our Oxford Centre facility to accommodate 44 additional residential beds and 48 sober living beds.    

4


 

 

·

Pursue de novo development of facilities. De n ovo development plays an important role in the growth of our facility base. Our de novo facility development consists of either building a new facility from the ground up or acquiring an existing facility with an alternative use and repurposing it as a sub stance abuse treatment facility. We have developed three full-service residential treatment facilities: Greenhouse, a former luxury spa in Dallas, Texas, Desert Hope, a former assisted living facility in Las Vegas, Nevada and River Oaks, a former adolescen t behavioral facility in Riverview (Tampa area), Florida. We believe the success of our Greenhouse, Desert Hope and River Oaks facilities provides us with the experience to develop additional premium facilities across the United States with comparable scal e, capabilities and quality.  

On February 24, 2015, we completed the acquisition of the Ringwood property. We expect to develop the Ringwood property into an inpatient facility with approximately 150 beds.  

We also completed the acquisition of a memory care hospital in Aliso Viejo, California in April 2015. We began renovation and rehabilitation of the 93 bed facility in the second quarter of 2015 and expect to apply for a license to operate the facility as a CDRH. We anticipate that we will invest approximately $5.0 million for renovations and construction and have a targeted completion date of the second quarter of 2016.

 

 

·

Opportunistically pursue acquisitions of individual treatment facilities and multi-facility operations. We selectively seek opportunities to expand and diversify our geographic presence, service offerings, and the portion of the population that can access our services based on their individual healthcare coverage through acquisitions. For example, five of the six acquisitions we have announced and/or completed since the completion of our IPO have involved the acquisition of in-network providers.  Over time, we plan to establish and maintain more of a balance between the number of in-network and out-of-network facilities/beds we operate and complement our commercial offerings with private-pay facilities as well. IBISWorld estimates that there were approximately 15,000 mental health and substance abuse treatment facilities in operation in 2015, most of which are small, regional operations. We believe this high level of fragmentation presents us with the opportunity to acquire facilities or small providers and upgrade their treatment programs and facilities to improve client care and as a result improve our operating metrics. We believe that our brand recognition, marketing platform and referral network will enable us to improve census at acquired facilities.

 

·

Expand outpatient operations. We actively pursue opportunities to add outpatient centers to complement our broader network of residential treatment facilities.   We believe expanding our reach by acquiring or developing premium outpatient facilities of a quality consistent with our inpatient services will further enhance our brand and our ability to provide a more comprehensive suite of services across the spectrum of care. Outpatient centers are expected to be an increasingly important source of leads for our residential programs as we believe a portion of clients receiving outpatient treatment will ultimately need a higher level of care. Moreover, we believe this will position us to better serve those clients whose payors require outpatient treatment as a prerequisite to any inpatient treatment. We also provide sober living accommodations to clients completing treatment at lower levels of care. These sober living arrangements enable us to utilize existing beds for clients requiring higher levels of care while still providing an interim environment for clients transitioning from residential treatment centers to lower levels of care and eventually back to their former living arrangements. We expect our sober living accommodations to grow as a complement to our expanding outpatient services.  

We received licensure for our Las Vegas, Nevada outpatient facility in January 2015 and immediately began seeing clients, and we received licensure for our Arlington, Texas outpatient facility in February 2015 and began seeing clients in April 2015. We developed these outpatient centers to provide additional programming space for our nearby residential facilities. In addition, on April 17, 2015, we acquired the assets of Clinical Services of Rhode Island (“CSRI”), which added three in-network outpatient centers in Rhode Island, on August 10, 2015, we acquired the assets of The Oxford Centre, which added three outpatient centers in Mississippi, and on October 1, 2015, we acquired Sunrise House which added one additional in-network outpatient center in New Jersey. In addition, on December 10, 2015, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Wetsman Forensic, L.L.C. and certain of its affiliates, which collectively operate seven in-network outpatient centers, and on the same date entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Solutions Recovery, Inc. and certain of its affiliates, which collectively operate three in-network outpatient centers.  We are also in the process of expanding Oxford Centre to accommodate 48 sober living beds.  

 

·

Target complementary growth opportunities. There are additional growth opportunities that we may selectively pursue that are complementary to our current business. These may include, without limitation, providing pharmacy and laboratory services, expanding licensure of existing facilities, treating other mental health and wellness disorders, providing services to other substance abuse treatment providers and expanding other ancillary services. For example, our high complexity, mass spectrometry laboratory, Addiction Labs of America, is capable of providing diagnostic drug testing services in 44 states, including California, Florida, Mississippi, Nevada, New Jersey, Rhode Island and Texas, where we currently have operating facilities. We are also aggressively pursuing acquisitions of technology and other

5


 

 

assets to enhance our marketing efforts and allow us to improve our referral base. We completed the acquisition of RSG in July 2015 , which, combined with our existing internet assets, created a broad portfolio of internet assets that services millions of website visits each month. As a result, we believe we are one of the largest internet marketers in the addiction treatment industry with respect to website visits and leads generated.     

Our Services and Solutions

We provide quality, comprehensive and compassionate care to adults struggling with alcohol and/or drug abuse and dependence as well as co-occurring mental health issues. We maintain a research-based, disciplined treatment plan for all clients with schedules designed to engage the client in an enriched recovery experience. Our purpose and passion is to empower the individual, their families and the broader community through the promotion of optimal wellness of the mind, body and spirit.

Our curriculum, which is peer reviewed and research-based, has been recognized as one of our program strengths by the Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities, or CARF, a leader in the promotion and accreditation of quality, value and optimal outcomes of service. In particular, research studies show that certain aspects of our treatment programs, such as offering longer treatment stays, are effective for producing long-term recovery. In addition, we offer a variety of forms of therapy types and settings and related services that the National Institute on Drug Abuse has recognized as effective. We offer the following types of therapy: motivational interviewing, cognitive behavioral therapy, rational emotive behavior therapy, dialectical behavioral therapy, solution-focused therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and systematic family intervention. Our variety of therapy settings includes individual, group, family, recovery-oriented challenge, expressive (with a focus on music and art) and equine and trauma therapies.

We offer a full spectrum of treatment services to clients, based upon individual needs as assessed through comprehensive evaluations at admission and throughout participation in the program. The assignment to, and frequency of, services corresponds to individualized treatment plans within the context of the level of care and treatment intensity level.

Detoxification : Detoxification is usually conducted at an inpatient facility for clients with physical or psychological dependence. Detoxification services are designed to clear toxins out of the body so that the body can safely adjust and heal itself after being dependent upon a substance. Clients are medically monitored 24 hours per day, seven days per week by experienced medical professionals who work to alleviate withdrawal symptoms through medication, as appropriate. We provide detoxification services for several substances including alcohol, sedatives and opiates.

Residential Treatment : Residential care is a structured treatment approach designed to prepare clients to return to the general community with a sober lifestyle, increased functionality and improved overall wellness. Treatment is provided on a 24 hours per day, seven days per week basis, and services generally include a minimum of two individual therapy sessions per week, regular group therapy, family therapy, didactic and psycho-educational groups, exercise (if cleared by medical staff), case management and recreational activities. Medical and psychiatric care is available to all clients, as needed, through our contracted professional physician groups.

Partial Hospitalization : Partial hospitalization is a structured program providing care at least five days a week for no fewer than six hours a day. This program is designed for clients who are stable enough physically and psychologically to participate in everyday activities, but who still require a degree of medical monitoring. Services include a minimum of weekly individual therapy, regular group therapy, family education and therapy, didactic and psycho-educational groups, exercise (if cleared by medical staff), case management and off-site recovery meetings and activities. Medical and psychiatric care is available to all clients, as needed, through our contracted professional physician groups.

Intensive Outpatient Services : Less intensive than the aforementioned levels of care, intensive outpatient services is a structured program providing care three days a week for three hours per day at a minimum. Designed as a “step down” from partial hospitalization, this program reinforces progress and assists in the attainment of sobriety, reduction of detrimental behaviors and improved overall wellness of clients while they integrate and interact in the community. Services include weekly individual therapy, group therapy, family education and therapy, didactic and psycho-educational groups, case management, off-site recovery meetings and activities, and intensive transitional and aftercare planning.

Ancillary Services : In addition to our inpatient and outpatient treatment services, we perform drug testing and diagnostic laboratory services.  We also provide physician services to our clients through the Professional Groups.  We believe drug testing of clients is an important component of substance abuse treatment. Clients are tested for illicit substances upon admission and thereafter on a random basis and as otherwise determined to be medically necessary.  We process drug testing for all of our facilities at our laboratory using time of flight mass spectrometry technology located in Brentwood, Tennessee.  

Sober Living Facilities: To facilitate our growing outpatient business, we provide sober living arrangements that serve as an interim environment for clients transitioning from residential treatment centers to lower levels of care and eventually back to their former living arrangements. Sober living facilities enable us to utilize existing beds for clients requiring higher levels of care, while

6


 

still providing housing for clients completing outpatient treatment programs. We have contracted with providers of sober living accommodations and, in situations where third pa rty sober living arrangements are not available, we have leased housing to provide such accommodations to our clients. We typically provide transportation between sober living housing and our outpatient centers.  We expect that we will continue to rely on sober living facilities as a complement to the expansion of our outpatient services.   

Depending on the specific needs of our client census at any given time, we are able to repurpose certain beds within a treatment facility to provide varying levels of care, subject to licensure requirements. As a result, rather than tracking the number of beds within a given level of care at any one time, management records and evaluates the number of billed days for each level of care over a given period of time. For instance, detoxification and residential treatment levels of care feature higher per day gross client charges than partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient levels of care but also require greater levels of more highly trained medical staff. For the year ended December 31, 2015, detoxification and residential treatment services accounted for 38% of total billed days, and partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient services accounted for the remaining 62% of total billed days. For the year ended December 31, 2014, detoxification and residential treatment services accounted for 27% of total billed days, and partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient services accounted for the remaining 73% of total billed days.

 

Considering the high level of co-occurring substance abuse, mental health and medical conditions, we offer clients a spectrum of psychiatric, medical and wellness-focused services based upon his or her individual needs as assessed through comprehensive evaluations at admission and throughout his or her participation in the program. To maximize the likelihood of long-term recovery, all program levels provide clients access to the following services: assessment of individual substance abuse, mental health and medical history and physical within 24 to 72 hours of admission; psychiatric evaluations; psychological evaluations and services based on client needs; follow-up appointments with physicians and psychiatrists; medication monitoring; educational classes regarding health risks, nutrition, smoking cessation, HIV awareness, life skills, healthy nutritional programs and dietary plans; access to fitness facilities; interactive wellness activities such as swimming, basketball and yoga; and structured daily schedules designed for restorative sleep patterns.

 

In addition, we believe drug testing of clients is an important component of substance abuse treatment. Clients are tested for substances at our facilities upon admission, on a random basis, and as otherwise determined to be medically necessary. Drug test samples are obtained at our facilities and sent to an off-site laboratory for analysis.  Currently, we process drug testing for all of our facilities at our laboratory using time of flight mass spectrometry technology located in Brentwood, Tennessee. We believe we utilize industry standard practices for drug testing and laboratory services.

 

We emphasize clinical treatment, as well as the therapeutic value of overall physical and nutritional wellness. We are committed to providing fresh and nutritious meals throughout a client’s stay in order to promote healthy routines beginning with diet and exercise. Some of our facilities offer comprehensive work-out facilities, and many locations offer various exercise classes and other amenities. We support long-term recovery for clients through research-based methodologies and individualized treatment planning while utilizing 12 step programs, which are a set of guiding principles outlining a course of action for recovery.

 

We believe we have a differentiated ability to manage dual diagnosis cases and coordinate treatment of individuals suffering from the common combination of mental illness and substance abuse simultaneously. These clients participate in education and discussion-oriented groups designed to provide information regarding the psychiatric disorders that co-occur with chemical dependency.

 

We place a strong emphasis on tracking client satisfaction scores in order to measure our client and staff interaction and overall outcome and reputation. In addition to client satisfaction surveys that we receive after a client’s discharge, we also solicit feedback during a client’s stay at our residential facilities. This allows us to further tailor an individual’s treatment plan to emphasize the programs that have been more impactful and helpful to a particular client.

 

We believe in tracking clinical outcomes.  We have entered into a partnership with Centerstone Research Institute to conduct independent three-year longitudinal outcome studies on the effectiveness of our clinical approach. We are currently in the early stages of data gathering, and we anticipate reviewing our initial findings in 2016.

 

7


 

Facilities

As of December 31, 2015, we operated nine residential substance abuse treatment facilities and nine standalone outpatient substance abuse treatment facilities located throughout the United States. The following table presents information, as of December 31, 2015, about our network of substance abuse treatment facilities, including current facilities, facilities under development, and properties under contract:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Property

 

 

 

 

Out-of-Network/

 

Capacity

 

First Clients

 

Treatment

 

Leased /

Facility Name

 

Location

 

In-Network

 

(beds) (1)

 

Served

 

Certifications (2)

 

Owned

California

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forterus

 

Temecula

 

Out-of-Network

 

107

 

2004

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP

 

Leased

San Diego Addiction Treatment Center

 

San Diego

 

Out-of-Network

 

36

 

2010

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP

 

Leased

Laguna Treatment Hospital

 

Aliso Viejo

 

Out-of-Network

 

93 (3)

 

Under Development (3)

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP (3)

 

Owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Florida

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Singer Island

 

West Palm Beach

 

Out-of-Network

 

65

 

2012

 

PHP, IOP

 

Leased

Recovery First

 

Fort Lauderdale

 

In-Network

 

63 (4)

 

2015

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP

 

Owned / Leased

River Oaks

 

Riverview

(Tampa area)

 

Out-of-Network

 

162

 

2015

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP

 

Owned

Louisiana

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Townsend Treatment Center

 

Lafayette

 

In-Network

 

32

 

Under Contract (5)

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP (5)

 

Leased

Townsend Outpatient Center

 

Lafayette

 

In-Network

 

n/a

 

Under Contract (5)

 

IOP (5)

 

Leased

Mississippi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Oxford Centre

 

Etta

 

Out-of-Network

 

76 (6)

 

2015

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP

 

Owned

Oxford Outpatient

 

Oxford, Tupelo, and Olive Branch

 

Out-of-Network

 

n/a

 

2015

 

IOP

 

Leased

Nevada

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Desert Hope

 

Las Vegas

 

Out-of-Network

 

148

 

2013

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP

 

Owned

Desert Hope Outpatient Center

 

Las Vegas

 

Out-of-Network

 

n/a

 

2015

 

IOP

 

Owned

Solutions Treatment Center

 

Las Vegas

 

In-Network

 

70

 

Under Contract (7)

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP (7)

 

Owned

New Jersey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sunrise House

 

Lafayette

(New York City area)

 

In-Network

 

110

 

2015

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP

 

Owned

Sunrise House Outpatient

 

Mountainside

 

In-Network

 

n/a

 

2015

 

IOP

 

Leased

TBD

 

Ringwood

(New York City area)

 

Out-of-Network

 

150 (8)

 

Pending Development (8)

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP (8)

 

Owned

Rhode Island

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clinical Services of Rhode Island Outpatient

 

Greenville, Portsmouth and South Kingstown,

 

In-Network

 

n/a

 

2015

 

IOP

 

Leased

Texas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greenhouse

 

Grand Prairie (Dallas area)

 

Out-of-Network

 

130

 

2012

 

DTX, RTC, PHP, IOP

 

Owned

Greenhouse Outpatient Center

 

Arlington  (Dallas area)

 

Out-of-Network

 

n/a

 

2015

 

IOP

 

Owned

8


 

 

(1)

Bed capacity reflected in the table represents total available beds. Actual capacity utilized depends on current staffing levels at each facility and may not equal total bed capacity at any given time.

( 2 )

DTX: Detoxification; RTC: Residential Treatment; PHP: Partial Hospitalization; IOP: Intensive Outpatient.

( 3 )

On April 1, 2015, we acquired a memory care hospital in Aliso Viejo, California.  We began renovation and rehabilitation of the facility in the second quarter of 2015 and currently anticipate completing these renovations in the first half of 2016.  We expect to apply for a license to operate this facility as a CDRH. Treatment certifications reflect our expectations.

( 4 )

On February 20, 2015, we acquired Recovery First, a Florida-based provider of substance abuse treatment and rehabilitation services. Recovery First operates a 63-bed in-network, inpatient substance abuse treatment facility in the greater Fort Lauderdale, Florida area which includes 20 licensed detoxification beds. As of December 31, 2015, we are developing an additional 22 detoxification beds at this facility.

( 5 )

On December 10, 2015, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the assets of Wetsman Forensic Medicine, L.L.C. and certain of its affiliates (“Townsend”) for $12.75 million in cash and $8.5 million in restricted shares of our common stock (the “Townsend Acquisition”). We currently anticipate closing the Townsend Acquisition, which is subject to certain customary closing conditions, including obtaining the receipt of governmental approvals and licenses necessary to operate the business, in the second quarter of 2016. Treatment certifications reflect our expectations.

( 6 )

On August 10, 2015, we acquired The Oxford Centre, Inc. (the “Oxford Centre”), a Mississippi-based provider of substance abuse treatment and rehabilitation services. The Oxford Centre operates a 76-bed inpatient substance abuse treatment facility in the Oxford, Mississippi area. We are currently developing an additional 44 residential beds at this facility and developing 48 sober living beds for outpatient services.

( 7 )

On December 10, 2015, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the assets of Solutions Recovery, Inc. and certain of its affiliates (“Solutions Recovery”) for $6.75 million in cash and $6.25 million in restricted shares of our common stock (the “Solutions Recovery Acquisition”). We currently anticipate closing the Solutions Recovery Acquisition, which is subject to certain customary closing conditions, including obtaining the receipt of governmental approvals and licenses necessary to operate the business, in the second quarter of 2016. Treatment certifications reflect our expectations.

( 8 )

We acquired this property on February 24, 2015.  Treatment certifications reflect our expectations.

 

In addition, we lease approximately 102,000 square feet of office space located in Brentwood, Tennessee for our new corporate headquarters and call center. The initial term of the lease is for ten years, with one option to extend the lease for five years. We also lease approximately 11,000 square feet of laboratory space in Brentwood, Tennessee to perform quantitative drug testing and other laboratory services that support our treatment facilities. The lease for our laboratory space expires in May 2018.

 

New Property Developments and Acquisitions

 

For a discussion of our facilities under development and recent acquisitions, see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – New Property Developments and Acquisitions”.

 

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing supports the development of our brand and advances our comprehensive lead-generation platform.  The primary sources of our new clients include:

 

 

·

National Sales Force.    We deploy and manage a sales force of over 60 representatives nationwide that focuses primarily on marketing to hospitals, other treatment facilities, employers, unions, alumni and employee assistance programs.  In addition, our varied facilities located across the United States allow us to reach a broad audience of potential clients and their families and build a nationally recognized brand.  This nationally branded, multi-channel approach has helped increase our number of admitted clients from 4,728 in 2014 to 7,763 in 2015, an increase of 64%.  

 

 

·

Recommendations by Alumni.    We often receive new clients who were directly referred to our facilities by our alumni as well as their friends and families.  As our national brand continues to grow and our business continues to increase, we believe our alumni will become an increasingly important source of business for us.

 

 

·

Internet, Television and Print Advertising. Advertising through various media represents another important opportunity to obtain new clients as well as to develop our national brand.  We maintain and run a series of television commercials that promote our facilities and overall capabilities and also maintain a strong presence on the internet. As a result of the acquisition of RSG, combined with our existing internet assets, we now operate a broad portfolio of internet assets that services millions of website visits each month.  RSG, through Recovery Brands, owns a portfolio of “authority” websites such as Rehabs.com and Recovery.org that serve families and individuals struggling with addiction and seeking treatment options through comprehensive online directories, treatment provider reviews, forums and professional communities. By sponsoring these websites and providing help lines for site visitors, we expect to increase our inbound call volume.  We have made further advertising efforts in radio spots, newspaper articles, medical journals and other print media with the intent to build our integrated, national brand.

 

Call Center Operations

We maintain a 24 hours per day, seven days per week call center currently staffed by over 100 employees. Our centralized call center is situated at our corporate headquarters in Brentwood, Tennessee, and focuses on enrolling clients identified by our sales and marketing activities into new client admissions.  As part of its role, the call center team conducts benefits verification and handles all communication with insurance companies, completes client assessments, begins the pre-certification process for treatment

9


 

authorization, chooses the proper treatment facility for the client’s clinical and financial needs and assists clients with arrangements and logistics.  

 

Professional Groups

We are affiliated with a professional group (the “Professional Groups”) in six of the states in which we currently operate.  These Professional Groups engage physicians and mid-level service providers and provide professional services to our clients through professional services agreements with each treatment facility.  Under the professional services agreements, the Professional Groups also provide a physician to serve as medical director for the applicable facility.  The Professional Groups either bill the payor for their services directly or are compensated by the treatment facility based on fair market value hourly rates.  Each of the professional services agreements has a term of five years and will automatically renew for additional one year periods.  For additional information related to the Professional Groups, see Note 2 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

 

Competition

We believe we are one of the largest for-profit companies focused on substance abuse treatment in the United States.  According to IBISWorld, approximately 77% of all substance abuse treatment clinics in the United States have a single location, and approximately 57% of all substance abuse treatment clinics have fewer than 20 employees.  Many of the largest for-profit addiction treatment providers operate in the broader behavioral healthcare sector without focusing primarily on substance abuse.  We believe our size and core focus on substance abuse treatment provide us with an advantage over competitors in terms of building our brand and marketing our platform to potential clients.

 

The market for mental health and substance abuse treatment facilities is highly fragmented with approximately 15,000 different facilities providing services to the adult and adolescent population, of which only 35% are operated by for-profit organizations.  Our residential treatment facilities compete with several national competitors and many regional and local competitors.  Some of our competitors are government entities and supported by tax revenues, and others are non-profit entities that are primarily supported by endowments and charitable contributions.  We do not receive financial support from these sources.   Some larger companies in our industry, including Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. and its subsidiary CRC Health Corp., compete with us on a national scale and offer substance abuse treatment services among other behavioral healthcare services.  To a lesser extent, we also compete with other providers of substance abuse treatment services, including other inpatient behavioral healthcare facilities and general acute care hospitals.

 

We believe the primary competitive factors affecting our business include:

 

 

·

quality of clinical programs and services;

 

 

·

reputation and brand recognition;

 

 

·

overall aesthetics of the facilities;

 

 

·

amenities offered to clients;

 

 

·

relationships with payors and referral sources;

 

 

·

sales and marketing capabilities;

 

 

·

information systems and proprietary data analytics;

 

 

·

senior management experience; and

 

 

·

national scope of operations.

 

 

Regulatory Matters

Overview

Substance abuse treatment providers are regulated extensively at the federal, state and local levels. In order to operate our business and obtain reimbursement from third-party payors, we must obtain and maintain a variety of licenses, permits, certifications and accreditations. We must also comply with numerous other laws and regulations applicable to the conduct of business by substance

10


 

abuse treatment providers. Our facilities are also subject to periodic on-site inspections by the agencies tha t regulate and accredit them in order to determine our compliance with applicable requirements.

 

The laws and regulations that affect substance abuse treatment providers are complex, and change frequently.  We must regularly review our organization and operations and make changes as necessary to comply with changes in the law or new interpretations of laws or regulations. Significant public attention has focused on the healthcare industry, including attention to the conduct of industry participants and the cost of healthcare services. In recent years, there have been heightened coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts relating to the healthcare industry by both federal and state government agencies. The ongoing investigations relate to, among other things, various referral practices, cost reporting, billing practices, credit balances, physician ownership and joint ventures involving hospitals and other healthcare providers. We expect that healthcare costs and other factors will continue to encourage both the development of new laws and regulations and increased enforcement activity.

 

We believe we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and, except for the ongoing California matter, are not aware of any material pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of wrongdoing. Compliance with such laws and regulations may be subject to future government review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties and exclusion from government health programs.

 

Licensure, Accreditation and Certification

All of our substance abuse treatment facilities are licensed under applicable state laws where licensure is required. Licensing requirements typically vary significantly depending upon the state in which a facility is located and the types of services provided.  The types of licensed services that our facilities provide include medical detox, residential, partial hospitalization, intensive outpatient, outpatient treatment, ambulatory detox, and community housing.  In addition, our employed case managers, therapists, nurses, and medical providers and technicians may be subject to individual state license requirements.

 

Our Desert Hope, Recovery First, and River Oaks facilities are, and any future facilities that store and dispense controlled substances will be, required to register with the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, and abide by DEA regulations regarding controlled substances.  Each of our treatment facilities has a certificate under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, to conduct urinalysis screening for its clients. In addition, our time of flight mass spectrometry laboratory is licensed under CLIA for high complexity drug testing and is also licensed under applicable state laws in states where such licensure is required to provide diagnostic testing services in 44 states.

 

Each of our substance abuse treatment facilities has obtained or are in the process of obtaining accreditation from CARF and/or The Joint Commission, which are the primary accreditation bodies in the substance abuse treatment industry.  CARF and The Joint Commission accredit behavioral health organizations providing mental health and alcohol and drug use and addiction treatment services, as well as opiate treatment programs, and many other types of programs. This type of accreditation program is intended to improve the quality, safety, outcomes and value of healthcare services provided by accredited facilities.  CARF and The Joint Commission require an initial application and completion of on-site surveys demonstrating compliance with accreditation requirements. Accreditation is granted for a specified period, typically ranging from one to three years, and renewals of accreditation require completion of a renewal application and an on-site renewal survey. 

 

We believe that all of our facilities and programs are in substantial compliance with current applicable state and local licensure, certification and accreditation requirements. In addition, we believe all of our facilities are in substantial compliance with the standards of the accrediting body, CARF or The Joint Commission. Periodically, state and local regulatory agencies as well as accreditation entities conduct surveys of our facilities and may find from time to time that a facility is not in full compliance with all of the accreditation standards. Upon receipt of any such finding, the facility timely submits a plan of correction and corrects any cited deficiencies.

11


 

 

FDA Laws and Regulations

The FDA has regulatory responsibility over, among other areas, instruments, test kits, reagents and other devices used by clinical laboratories to perform diagnostic testing. A number of esoteric tests we develop internally are offered as laboratory developed tests (“LDTs”). The FDA has claimed regulatory authority over all LDTs, but has stated that it exercises enforcement discretion for most LDTs performed by high complexity CLIA-certified laboratories. The FDA has announced guidance initiatives that may significantly impact the clinical laboratory testing business, including by increasing regulation of LDTs.

Fraud, Abuse and Self-Referral Laws

We do not currently bill or accept payments from Medicare or Medicaid. Therefore, our operations are generally not impacted by the anti-kickback provisions of the Social Security Act, commonly known as the Anti-kickback Statute, or the federal prohibition on physician self-referrals, commonly referred to as the Stark Law. The Anti-kickback Statute prohibits the payment, receipt, offer, or solicitation of remuneration of any kind in exchange for items or services that are reimbursed under federal healthcare programs. The Stark Law prohibits physicians from referring Medicare and Medicaid patients to healthcare providers that furnish certain designated health services, including laboratory services and inpatient and outpatient hospital services, if the physicians or their immediate family members have ownership interests in, or other financial arrangements with, the healthcare providers, unless an exception applies. Many states have anti-kickback and physician self-referral prohibitions similar to the federal statutes and regulations. These state laws are often drafted broadly to cover all payors (i.e., not restricted to Medicare and other federal healthcare programs) and often lack interpretative guidance.  A violation of these laws could result in a prohibition on billing payors for such services or an obligation to refund amounts received, result in civil or criminal penalties and adversely affect the state license of any program or facility found to be in violation.

 

Federal prosecutors have broad authority to prosecute healthcare fraud. For example, federal law criminalizes the knowing and willful execution or attempted execution of a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program as well as obtaining by false pretenses any money or property owned by any healthcare benefit program. Federal law also prohibits embezzlement of healthcare funds, false statements relating to healthcare and obstruction of the investigation of criminal offenses.  These federal criminal offenses are enforceable regardless of whether an entity or individual participates in the Medicare program or any other federal healthcare program.

 

False Claims

We are subject to state and federal laws that govern the submission of claims for reimbursement. These laws generally prohibit an individual or entity from knowingly and willfully presenting a claim (or causing a claim to be presented) for payment from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors that is false or fraudulent. The standard for “knowing and willful” often includes conduct that amounts to a reckless disregard for whether accurate information is presented by claims processors. Penalties under these statutes include substantial civil and criminal fines, exclusion from the Medicare program and imprisonment.

 

One of the most prominent of these laws is the federal False Claims Act, or FCA, which may be enforced by the federal government directly or by a qui tam plaintiff (or whistleblower) on the government’s behalf. When a private plaintiff brings a qui tam action under the FCA, the defendant often will not be made aware of the lawsuit until the government commences its own investigation or determines whether it will intervene.  When a defendant is determined by a court of law to be liable under the FCA, the defendant may be required to pay three times the amount of the alleged false claim, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 requires these and certain other civil monetary penalties to increase by up to 150% by August 1, 2016, and to increase annually thereafter based on updates to the consumer price index.

 

Many states have passed false claims acts similar to the FCA.  Under these laws, the government may impose a penalty and recover damages, often treble damages, for knowingly submitting or participating in the submission of claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or which contain false or misleading information.  These laws may be limited to specific programs (such as state workers’ compensation programs) or may apply to all payors.  In many cases, alleged violations of these laws may be brought by a whistleblower who may be an employee, a referring physician, a competitor, a client or other individual or entity, and who may be eligible for a portion of any recovery.  Further, like the federal law, state false claims act laws generally protect employed whistleblowers from retribution by their employers.

 

Although we believe that we have procedures in place to ensure the accurate completion of claims forms and requests for payment, the laws, regulations and standards defining proper billing, coding and claim submission are complex and have not been subjected to extensive judicial or agency interpretation.  Billing errors can occur despite our best efforts to prevent or correct them,

12


 

and we cannot assure you that the government or a payor will regard such errors as inadvertent and not in violation of the applicable false claims act laws or related statutes.

 

Privacy and Security Requirements

There are numerous federal and state regulations that address the privacy and security of client health information. In particular, federal regulations issued under the Drug Abuse Prevention, Treatment and Rehabilitation Act of 1979 strictly restrict the disclosure of client identifiable information related to substance abuse and apply to any of our facilities that receive any federal assistance, which is interpreted broadly to include facilities licensed, certified or registered by a federal agency. Further, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA privacy and security regulations extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information (known as “protected health information”) and require covered entities, which include most health providers, to implement and maintain administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the security of such information. Additional security requirements apply to electronic protected health information. These regulations also provide clients with substantive rights with respect to their health information.

 

The HIPAA privacy and security regulations also require our substance abuse treatment programs and facilities to impose compliance obligations by written agreement on certain contractors to whom our programs disclose client information known as “business associates.” Covered entities may be subject to penalties as a result of a business associate violating HIPAA if the business associate is found to be an agent of the covered entity. Business associates are also directly subject to liability under the HIPAA privacy and security regulations.  In instances where our programs act as a business associate to a covered entity, there is the potential for additional liability beyond the program’s covered entity status.

 

Covered entities must report breaches of unsecured protected health information to affected individuals without unreasonable delay but not to exceed 60 days of discovery of the breach by a covered entity or its agents. Notification must also be made to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, and, in certain situations involving large breaches, to the media. HHS is required to publish on its website a list of all covered entities that report a breach involving more than 500 individuals. All non-permitted uses or disclosures of unsecured protected health information are presumed to be breaches unless the covered entity or business associate establishes that there is a low probability the information has been compromised. Various state laws and regulations may also require us to notify affected individuals in the event of a data breach involving individually identifiable information without regard to whether there is a low probability of the information being compromised.

 

Violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations may result in civil penalties of up to $50,000 per violation for a maximum civil penalty of $1,500,000 in a calendar year for violations of the same requirement. HIPAA also provides for criminal penalties of up to $250,000 and ten years in prison, with the severest penalties for obtaining or disclosing protected health information with the intent to sell, transfer or use such information for commercial advantage, personal gain or malicious harm. In addition, state attorneys general may bring civil actions seeking either injunction or damages in response to violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations that threaten the privacy of state residents.  HHS is required to impose penalties for violations resulting from willful neglect, is required to perform compliance audits and has announced its intent to perform audits in 2016.

 

Our programs remain subject to any privacy-related federal or state laws that are more restrictive than the HIPAA privacy and security regulations. These laws vary by state and could impose additional requirements and penalties. For example, some states impose strict restrictions on the use and disclosure of health information pertaining to mental health or substance abuse treatment. The Federal Trade Commission also uses its consumer protection authority to initiate enforcement actions in response to data breaches or other privacy or security lapses.

 

We enforce a health information privacy and security compliance plan, which we believe complies with the HIPAA privacy and security regulations and other applicable requirements. Compliance with federal and state privacy and security requirements has required and will continue to require us to expend significant resources.

 

Mental Health Parity Legislation and the Affordable Care Act

The regulatory framework in which we operate is constantly changing. Both the Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008, or MHPAEA, and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively known as the Affordable Care Act, may require that we make operational changes to comply with such laws and regulations. The MHPAEA is a federal parity law that requires large group health insurance plans that offer mental health and addiction coverage to provide that coverage on par with financial requirements and treatment limitations of coverage offered for other illnesses. The scope of coverage offered by health plans must comply with federal and state laws and must be consistent with generally recognized independent standards of current medical practice. The MHPAEA also contains a cost exemption that operates to temporarily exempt a group health plan from the MHPAEA’s requirements if compliance with the MHPAEA becomes too costly.

13


 

 

The Affordable Care Act poses both opportunities and risks for us. The Affordable Care Act represents significant change to the healthcare industry, including reforming the health insurance market, adopting a number of payment reform measures, attempting to reduce the overall growth rate of healthcare spending, strengthening fraud and abuse enforcement as well as adopting numerous specific provisions applicable to individual segments of the healthcare industry. The impact of the Affordable Care Act on each of our programs may vary. Further, its overall impact is difficult to determine because of uncertainty around a number of factors, including issues around the timing and manner of implementation of certain provisions not yet in effect, the possibility of amendment, repeal or judicial modification, and our inability to predict how individuals, employers, health plans and providers will react to the requirements of the Affordable Care Act.

 

We believe that one enduring effect of the Affordable Care Act has been an increase in payment reform efforts by federal and state government payors and commercial payors. These efforts take many forms including the growth of accountable care organizations, or ACOs, pay-for-performance bonus arrangements, partial capitation arrangements and the bundling of services into a single payment. The result of these efforts is that more risk of the overall cost of care is being transferred to providers. As institutional providers and their affiliated physicians assume more risk for the cost of care, we expect more services to be furnished within provider networks formed to accept these types of payment reforms. Our ability to compete and retain our traditional sources of clients may be adversely affected by our exclusion from such networks or our inability to be included in such networks.

 

Overall, the expansion of health insurance coverage under the Affordable Care Act is expected to be beneficial to the substance abuse treatment industry. Health insurers are prohibited from denying coverage to individuals because of preexisting conditions. Further, all new small group and individual market health plans must cover ten essential health benefit categories, which include mental health and substance abuse disorder services. Likewise, the Affordable Care Act requires small group and individual market plans to comply with the requirements of MHPAEA. According to 2013 HHS estimates, these changes will ensure coverage for mental health and substance abuse disorders for 62.5 million Americans.

 

The expansion of commercial insurance for substance abuse treatment services may result in a higher demand for services from all providers. It is also likely to bring new competitors to the market, some of which may be better capitalized and have greater market penetration than we do. Further, we expect increased demand for substance abuse treatment services to also increase the demand for case managers, therapists, medical technicians and others with clinical expertise in substance abuse treatment that may make it both more difficult to adequately staff our substance abuse treatment facilities and could significantly increase our costs in delivering treatment, which may adversely affect both our operations and profitability. This increased demand may be tempered somewhat by the $35 million received in both 2014 and 2015 by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration to expand the mental and behavioral health workforce through a partnership with the Health Resources and Services Administration.

 

CLIA, Accreditation and Licensure of Our Laboratory

Our Brentwood clinical laboratory facility and treatment facilities are licensed as required by the appropriate federal and state agencies.  CLIA regulates virtually all clinical laboratories by requiring that they be certified by the federal government and comply with various technical, operational, personnel and quality requirements intended to ensure that laboratory testing services are accurate, reliable and timely.

Pursuant to CLIA, a review is required to renew the certificates every two years.  Additionally, we are regularly subject to survey and inspection to assess compliance with program standards and may be subject to additional random inspections. Standards for testing under CLIA are based on the level of complexity of the tests performed by the laboratory. Laboratories performing high complexity testing are required to meet more stringent requirements than laboratories performing less complex tests. Our clinical laboratory facility performs high complexity testing and holds a CLIA certificate of accreditation. Our treatment facilities currently are certified for waiver testing because they only furnish urinalysis, a low complexity test.  Our laboratory facility currently is certified for complex testing.

CLIA does not preempt state laws that are more stringent than federal law. State laws may require additional personnel qualifications, quality control, record maintenance and/or proficiency testing. A number of states in which we operate have implemented their own regulatory and licensure requirements. In addition, some states require laboratories that solicit or test samples collected from individuals within that state to hold a laboratory license even though the laboratory does not have physical operations within the state. Our laboratory facility is located in Brentwood, Tennessee, and is licensed as a clinical laboratory in Tennessee. Our laboratory facility is also licensed in other states as required to process test samples originating from individuals within such states. Our laboratory facility is accredited by COLA and participates in the College of American Pathologists (“CAP”) proficiency program.

Health Planning and Certificates of Need

The construction of new healthcare facilities, the expansion, transfer or change of ownership of existing facilities and the addition of new beds, services or equipment may be subject to state laws that require prior approval by state regulatory agencies under

14


 

certificate of need (“CON”) laws. These laws generally require that a state agency determine the p ublic need for construction or acquisition of facilities or the addition of new services. Review of CON applications and other healthcare planning initiatives may be lengthy and may require public hearings. Violations of these state laws may result in the imposition of civil sanctions or revocation of a facility’s license. Currently, no states in which we operate have CON requirements for substance abuse treatment centers applicable to our facilities.

 

Other State Healthcare Laws

Most states have a variety of laws that may potentially impact our operations and business practices.  For instance, many states in which our programs operate prohibit corporations (and other legal entities) from practicing medicine by employing physicians and certain non-physician practitioners.  These prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine impact how our programs structure their relationships with physicians and other affected non-physician practitioners. These arrangements, however, have typically not been vetted by either a court or the affected regulatory body.

 

Similarly, many states prohibit physicians from sharing a portion of their professional fees with any other person or entity.  These so-called fee-splitting prohibitions range from prohibiting arrangements resembling a kickback to broadly prohibiting percentage-based compensation and other variable compensation arrangements with physicians.

 

If our arrangements with physicians were found to violate a corporate practice of medicine prohibition or a state fee-splitting prohibition, our contractual arrangements with physicians in such states could be adversely affected, which, in turn, may adversely affect both our operations and profitability. Further, we could face sanctions for aiding and abetting the violation of the state’s medical practice act.

 

Local Land Use and Zoning

Municipal and other local governments also may regulate our treatment programs. Many of our facilities must comply with zoning and land use requirements in order to operate and many of our de novo acquisition targets will be contingent upon zoning and land use approvals.  For example, local zoning authorities regulate not only the physical properties of a healthcare facility, such as its height and size, but also the location and activities of the facility. In addition, community or political objections to the placement of treatment facilities can result in delays in the land use permit process and may prevent the operation of facilities in certain areas.

 

Risk Management and Insurance

The healthcare industry in general continues to experience an increase in the frequency and severity of litigation and claims. As is typical in the healthcare industry, we could be subject to claims that our services have resulted in injury to our clients or had other adverse effects. In addition, resident, visitor and employee injuries could also subject us to the risk of litigation. While we believe that quality care is provided to our clients and that we substantially comply with all applicable regulatory requirements, an adverse determination in a legal proceeding or government investigation could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

We maintain commercial insurance coverage on an occurrence basis for general and professional liability claims with no deductible, a primary $1.0 million per claim limit and an annual aggregate primary limit of $3.0 million with umbrella coverage for an additional $20.0 million limit.

 

Compliance Programs

Compliance with government rules and regulations is a significant concern throughout our industry, in part due to evolving interpretations of these rules and regulations.  We seek to conduct our business in compliance with all statutes and regulations applicable to our operations.  To this end, we have established an informal compliance program that reviews for regulatory compliance procedures, policies and facilities throughout our business.  Our executive management team is responsible for the oversight and operation of our compliance program.  We provide periodic and comprehensive training programs to our personnel, which are intended to promote the strict observance of our policies designed to ensure compliance with the statutes and regulations applicable to us.  

 

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

 

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws that: (i) regulate certain activities and operations that may have environmental or health and safety effects, such as the handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of medical and pharmaceutical waste products generated at our facilities, the presence of other hazardous substances in the indoor environment and protection of the environment and natural resources in connection with the development or construction of our facilities; (ii)

15


 

impose liability for costs of cleaning up, and damages to natural resources from, past spills, waste disposals on and off-site or other releases of hazardous materials or regulated substanc es; and (iii) regulate workplace safety, including the safety of workers who may be exposed to blood-borne pathogens such as HIV, the hepatitis B virus and the hepatitis C virus. Our laboratory and some of our treatment facilities generate infectious or ot her hazardous medical waste due to the illness or physical condition of our clients and in connection with performing laboratory tests. The management of infectious medical waste is subject to regulation under various federal, state and local environmental laws, which establish management requirements for such waste. These requirements include record-keeping, notice and reporting obligations. Management believes that our operations are generally in compliance with environmental and health and safety regulat ory requirements or that any non-compliance will not result in a material liability or cost to achieve compliance. Historically, the costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with environmental laws and regulations at our facilities, including our labo ratory, have not been material. However, we cannot assure you that future costs and expenses required for us to comply with any new, or changes in existing, environmental and health and safety laws and regulations or new or discovered environmental conditi ons will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Employees

As of December 31, 2015, we employed approximately 1,600 people, consisting of approximately 1,400 full-time employees and approximately 200 part-time employees.  None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our employee relations are good.

Available Information

We file certain reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. We are an electronic filer, and the SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file electronically. Our website address is www.americanaddictioncenters.org . We make available free of charge, through our website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our website and the information contained therein or linked thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our actual operating results may differ materially from those described in forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to, those described below. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in addition to the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

Our revenues, profitability and cash flows could be materially adversely affected if we are unable to operate certain key treatment facilities, our corporate office or our laboratory facility.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from three treatment facilities located in California, Nevada and Texas. These treatment facilities accounted for 65.1% of our total revenues in 2015 and 79.4% in 2014. It is likely that a small number of facilities will continue to contribute a significant portion of our total revenues in any given year for the foreseeable future. Additionally, we have a centralized corporate office that houses our accounting, billing and collections, information technology, marketing and call center departments and a high complexity laboratory facility that conducts quantitative drug testing and other laboratory services. If any event occurs that would result in a complete or partial shutdown of any of these facilities or our centralized corporate office or laboratory, including, without limitation, any material changes in legislative, regulatory, economic, environmental or competitive conditions in these states or natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes, tornadoes or floods or prolonged airline disruptions due to a natural disaster or for any reason, such event could lead to decreased revenues and/or higher operating costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, profitability and cash flows.  

 

16


 

A n increase in uninsured and underinsured clients or the deterioration in the collectability of the accounts of such clients could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Collection of receivables from third-party payors and clients is critical to our operating performance. Our primary collection risks are (i) the risk of overestimating our net revenues at the time of billing, which may result in us receiving less than the recorded receivable, (ii) the risk of non-payment as a result of commercial insurance companies denying claims, (iii) the risk that clients will fail to remit insurance payments to us when the commercial insurance company pays out-of-network claims directly to the client, (iv) resource and capacity constraints that may prevent us from handling the volume of billing and collection issues in a timely manner and (v) the risk of non-payment from uninsured clients. Additionally, our ability to hire and retain experienced personnel also affects our ability to bill and collect accounts in a timely manner. We establish our provision for doubtful accounts based on the aging of the receivables and taking into consideration historical collection experience by facility, services provided, payor source and historical reimbursement rate, current economic trends and percentages applied to the accounts receivable aging categories. At December 31, 2015, our allowance for doubtful accounts represented approximately 21.7% of our accounts receivable balance as of such date, with three commercial payors each representing in excess of 10% of the accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2015. We routinely review accounts receivable balances in conjunction with these factors and other economic conditions that might ultimately affect the collectability of the client accounts and make adjustments to our allowances as warranted. Significant changes in business operations, payor mix or economic conditions, including changes resulting from implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the “Affordable Care Act”), could affect our collection of accounts receivable, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, increased client concentration in states that permit commercial insurance companies to pay out-of-network claims directly to the client instead of us, such as California and Nevada, could adversely affect our collection of receivables. Increases in the growth of uninsured and underinsured clients or in our provision for doubtful accounts or unexpected changes in reimbursement rates by third-party payors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We rely on our multi-faceted sales and marketing program to continuously attract and enroll clients in our network of facilities.  Any disruption in our national sales and marketing program would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe our national sales and marketing program, including the July 2015 acquisition of RSG, provides us with a competitive advantage compared to treatment facilities that primarily target local geographic areas and use fewer marketing channels to attract clients. If any disruption occurs in our national sales and marketing program for any reason or if we are unable to effectively attract and enroll new clients to our network of facilities, our ability to maintain census could be adversely affected, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, our ability to grow or even to maintain our existing level of business depends significantly on our ability to establish and maintain close working and referral relationships with hospitals, other treatment facilities, employers, alumni, employee assistance programs and other referral sources. We have no binding commitments with any of these referral sources. We may not be able to maintain our existing referral relationships or develop and maintain new relationships in existing or new markets. If we lose existing relationships with our referral sources, the number of people to whom we provide services may decline, which may adversely affect our revenues. Also, if we fail to develop new referral relationships, our growth may be restrained.

 

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from providing services to clients covered by third-party payors who could reduce their reimbursement rates or otherwise restrain our ability to obtain, or provide services to, clients. This risk is heightened because we are generally an “out-of-network” provider.

Managed care organizations and other third-party payors pay for the services that we provide to many of our clients.  For 2015, approximately 90% of our revenues were reimbursable by third-party payors, including amounts paid by such payors to clients, with the remaining portion payable directly by our clients. If any of these third-party payors reduce their reimbursement rates or elect not to cover some or all of our services, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.  

 

In addition to limits on the amounts payors will pay for the services we provide to their members, controls imposed by third-party payors designed to reduce admissions and the length of stay for clients, including post-admission authorizations and utilization review, have affected and are expected to continue to affect our facilities. Utilization review entails the review of the admission and course of treatment of a client by third-party payors. Inpatient utilization, average lengths of stay and occupancy rates continue to be negatively affected by payor-required preadmission authorization and utilization review and by payor pressure to maximize outpatient and alternative healthcare delivery services for less acutely ill clients. Efforts to impose more stringent cost controls are expected to continue. Although we are unable to predict the effect these controls and changes will have on our operations, significant limits on the scope of services reimbursed and on reimbursement rates and fees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If the rates paid or the scope of laboratory or other substance abuse treatment services covered by

17


 

third-party commercial payors are reduced, our busin ess, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

For certain facilities, we are considered an “out-of-network” provider by the majority of third-party payors, and, therefore, we bill our full charges for services covered by such third-party payors.  Third-party payors generally attempt to limit use of out-of-network providers by requiring clients to pay higher copayment and/or deductible amounts for out-of-network care. Additionally, third-party payors have become increasingly aggressive in attempting to minimize the use of out-of-network providers by disregarding the assignment of payment from clients to out-of-network providers (i.e., sending payments to clients instead of out-of-network providers), capping out-of-network benefits payable to clients, waiving out-of-pocket payment amounts and initiating litigation against out-of-network providers for interference with contractual relationships, insurance fraud and violation of state licensing and consumer protection laws.  If third-party payors impose further restrictions on out-of-network providers, our revenues could be threatened, forcing our facilities to participate with third-party payors and accept lower reimbursement rates compared to our historic reimbursement rates.

 

Third-party payors also are entering into sole source contracts with some healthcare providers, which could effectively limit our pool of potential clients. Moreover, third-party payors are beginning to carve out specific services, including substance abuse treatment and behavioral health services, and establish small, specialized networks of providers for such services at fixed reimbursement rates. Continued growth in the use of carve-out arrangements could materially adversely affect our business to the extent we are not selected to participate in such smaller specialized networks or if the reimbursement rate is not adequate to cover the cost of providing the service.

 

If we overestimate the reimbursement amounts that payors will pay us for services performed, it would increase our revenue adjustments, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, profitability and cash flows and lead to significant shifts in our results of operations from quarter to quarter that may make it difficult to project long-term performance.  

 

We recognize revenues from commercial payors at the time services are provided based on our estimate of the amount that payors will pay us for the services performed. We estimate the net realizable value of revenues by adjusting gross client charges using our expected realization and applying this discount to gross client charges. Through December 31, 2013, our expected realization was determined by management after taking into account historical collections received from the commercial payors since our inception compared to the gross client charges billed. Beginning in January 2014, we enhanced the methodology related to our net realizable value to more quickly react to potential changes in reimbursements by facility, by type of service and by payor. As a result, management adjusted the expected realization discount, on a per facility basis, to reflect a twelve-month historical analysis of reimbursement data by facility in addition to considering the type of services provided, the payors and the gross client charge rates by facility. This adjustment resulted in a decrease in our expected realization for the first half of 2014.   A significant or sustained decrease in our collection rates could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain or improve historical collection rates in future reporting periods.

 

Estimates of net realizable value are subject to significant judgment and approximation by management.  It is possible that actual results could differ from the historical estimates management has used to help determine the net realizable value of revenues.  If our actual collections either exceed or are less than the net realizable value estimates, we will record a revenue adjustment, either positive or negative, for the difference between our estimate of the receivable and the amount actually collected in the reporting period in which the collection occurred.   A significant negative revenue adjustment could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, profitability and cash flows in the reporting period in which such adjustment is recorded. In addition, if we record a significant revenue adjustment, either positive or negative, in any given reporting period, it may lead to significant shifts in our results from operations from quarter to quarter, which may limit our ability to make accurate long-term predictions about our future performance.

 

Certain third-party payors account for a significant portion of our revenues, and the reduction of reimbursement rates or coverage of services by any such payor could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, profitability and cash flows.  

For the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 15.1% of our revenue reimbursements came from Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield of Colorado, 12.5% came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of Texas, 11.5% came from Aetna, and 11.1% came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of California. No other payor accounted for more than 10% of our revenue reimbursements for the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 18.1% of our revenue reimbursements came from Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield of Colorado, 13.3% came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of Texas, 12.9% came from Aetna, 10.5% came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of California, and 10.5% came from United Behavioral Health. No other payor accounted for more than 10% of our revenue reimbursements for the year ended December 31, 2014. If any of these or other third-party payors reduce their reimbursement rates for the services we provide or otherwise implement measures, such as specialized networks, that reduce the payments we receive, our revenues, profitability and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

18


 

 

Our acquisition strategy exposes us to a variety of operational, integration and financial risks, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A principal element of our business strategy is to grow by acquiring other companies and assets in the mental health and substance abuse treatment industry. We evaluate potential acquisition opportunities consistent with the normal course of our business. Our ability to complete acquisitions is subject to a number of risks and variables, including our ability to negotiate mutually agreeable terms with the counterparties, our ability to finance the purchase price and our ability to obtain any licenses or other approvals required to operate the assets to be acquired. We may not be successful in identifying and consummating suitable acquisitions, which may impede our growth and negatively affect our results of operations and may also require a significant amount of management resources. In addition, growth, especially rapid growth, through acquisitions exposes us to a variety of operational and financial risks. We summarize the most significant of these risks below.

 

Integration risks .  We must integrate our acquisitions with our existing operations. This process involves various components of our business and the businesses we have acquired, including the following:

 

 

·

physicians and employees who are not familiar with our operations;

 

·

clients who may elect to switch to another substance abuse treatment provider;

 

·

assignment or termination of material contracts, including commercial payor agreements;

 

·

regulatory compliance programs and state and federal licensing requirements; and

 

·

disparate operating, information and record keeping systems and technology platforms.

The integration of acquisitions with our operations could be expensive, require significant attention from management, may impose substantial demands on our operations or other projects and may impose challenges on the combined business including, without limitation, consistencies in business standards, procedures, policies, business cultures and internal controls and compliance. In addition, certain acquisitions require a capital outlay, and the return we achieve on such invested capital may be less than the return that we could achieve on other projects or investments.

 

Benefits may not materialize . When evaluating potential acquisition targets, we identify potential synergies and cost savings that we expect to realize upon the successful completion of the acquisition and the integration of the related operations. We may, however, be unable to achieve or may otherwise never realize the expected benefits. Our ability to realize the expected benefits from potential cost savings and revenue improvement opportunities is subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control, such as changes to government regulation governing or otherwise impacting the substance abuse treatment and behavioral healthcare industries, reductions in reimbursement rates from third-party payors, operating difficulties, difficulties obtaining required licenses and permits, client preferences, changes in competition and general economic or industry conditions. If we do not achieve our expected results, it may adversely impact our results of operations.

 

Assumptions of unknown liabilities.   Businesses that we acquire may have unknown or contingent liabilities, including, without limitation, liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare laws and regulations. Although we typically attempt to exclude significant liabilities from our acquisition transactions and seek indemnification from the sellers of such facilities for at least a portion of these matters, we may experience difficulty enforcing those indemnification obligations, or we may incur material liabilities for the past activities of acquired facilities. Such liabilities and related legal or other costs and/or resulting damage to a facility’s reputation could negatively impact our business.

 

Completing Acquisitions.   Suitable acquisitions may not be accomplished due to unfavorable terms. Further, the cost of an acquisition could result in a dilutive effect on our results of operations, depending on various factors, including the amount paid for an acquired facility, the acquired facility’s results of operations, the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, effects of subsequent legislation and limits on reimbursement rate increases. In addition, we may have to pay cash, incur additional debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, which could adversely affect our financial results, result in dilution to our existing stockholders, result in increased fixed obligations or impede our ability to manage our operations.

 

Managing growth.   Some of the facilities we have acquired or may acquire in the future may have had significantly lower operating margins than the facilities we operated prior to the time of our acquisition thereof or had operating losses prior to such acquisition. If we fail to improve the operating margins of the facilities we acquire, operate such facilities profitably or effectively integrate the operations of acquired facilities, our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

 

 

19


 

Our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to meet our obligations under our indebtedness, react to changes in the e conomy or our industry and to raise additional capital to fund our operations.

 

As of December 31, 2015, we had total debt of $145.1 million outstanding.  We have historically relied on debt financing to fund our real estate development and our operating cash flow requirements, and we expect such debt financing needs to continue.  A summary of the material terms of our indebtedness can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to our stockholders. For example, it could:

 

 

·

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, resulting in possible defaults on, and acceleration of, such indebtedness;

 

·

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

·

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements or to carry out other aspects of our business;

 

·

limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements or to carry out other aspects of our business;

 

·

limit our ability to make material acquisitions or take advantage of business opportunities that may arise; and

 

·

place us at a potential competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt.

Our operating flexibility is limited in significant respects by the restrictive covenants in our credit facility and subordinated convertible notes, and we may be unable to comply with all covenants in the future.

Our 2015 Credit Facility and subordinated convertible notes impose restrictions that could impede our ability to enter into certain corporate transactions, as well as increases our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, by limiting our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our business and industry. These restrictions limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

 

·

incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

·

pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any of our capital stock;

 

·

make certain capital expenditures;

 

·

enter into leases;

 

·

make certain payments or investments;

 

·

create liens on our assets;

 

·

make any substantial change in the nature of our business as it is currently conducted; and

 

·

merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of our assets.

20


 

In addition, our 2015 Credit Facility requires us to meet certain financial covenants. The restrictions may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interests of our business and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. Our 2015 Credit Facility and subordinated convertible no tes also contain cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions , respectively, that would apply to each other and to any other material indebtedness we may have. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive cov enants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility. Our ability to comply with these restrictive covenants in future periods will largely depend on our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy. We cannot assure you t hat we will be granted any waivers or amendments to the 2015 Credit Facility or under the subordinated convertible notes if for any reason we are unable to comply with the terms of the 2015 Credit Facility and subordinated convertible notes in the future. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the 2015 Credit Facility and/or subordinated convertible notes , which could result in the acceleration of our debt. In the event of an acceleration of our debt, we could b e forced to apply all available cash flows to repay such debt and could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.  

 

We will need additional financing to execute our business plan and fund operations, which additional financing may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

As of December 31, 2015, we had $52.2 million of working capital. Our acquisition and de novo development strategies will require substantial capital. During 2015, we announced and/or completed eight acquisitions with an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $151 million. During the same period, we purchased two properties with an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $20.0 million.

 

To fund our acquisition and development strategies, we may consider raising additional funds through various financing sources, including the sale of our equity securities and the procurement of commercial debt financing. However, there can be no assurance that such funds will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to expand or continue our business as desired and operating results may be adversely affected. Any debt financing will increase expenses and must be repaid regardless of operating results and may involve restrictions limiting our operating flexibility. If we issue equity securities to raise additional funds, the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders will be reduced, and our stockholders may experience additional dilution in net book value per share.

 

Our ability to obtain needed financing may be impaired by such factors as the capital markets, both generally and specifically in our industry, which could impact the availability or cost of future financings. If the amount of capital we are able to raise from financing activities, together with our revenues from operations, is not sufficient to satisfy our capital needs, we may be required to decrease the pace of, or eliminate, our acquisition strategy and potentially reduce or even cease operations.

 

Our business may face significant risks with respect to future de novo expansion, including the time and costs of identifying new geographic markets, the ability to obtain necessary licensure and other zoning or regulatory approvals and significant start-up costs including advertising, marketing and the costs of providing equipment, furnishings, supplies and other capital resources.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to develop new substance abuse treatment facilities in existing and new markets, either by building a new facility or by acquiring an existing facility with an alternative use and repurposing it as a substance abuse treatment facility.  Such de novo expansion involves significant risks, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

 

·

the time and costs associated with identifying locations in suitable geographic markets, which may divert management attention from existing operations;

 

·

the possibility of changes to comprehensive zoning plans or zoning regulations that imposes additional restrictions on use or requirements could impact our expansion into otherwise suitable geographic markets;

 

·

the need for significant advertising and marketing expenditures to attract clients;

 

·

our ability to provide each de novo facility with the appropriate equipment, furnishings, materials, supplies and other capital resources;

 

·

our ability to obtain licensure and accreditation, establish relationships with healthcare providers in the community and delays or difficulty in installing our operating and information systems;

21


 

 

·

the costs of evaluating new markets, hiring experienced local physicians, management and staff and opening new facilities, and the time lags between these activities and the generation of sufficient revenues to support the co sts of the expansion; and  

 

·

our ability to finance de novo expansion and possible dilution to our existing stockholders if our common stock is used as consideration.

As a result of these and other risks, there can be no assurance that a de novo treatment facility will become profitable.

 

Our ability to maintain census and the average length of stay of our clients is dependent on a number of factors outside of our control, and if we are unable to maintain census, or if we experience a significant decrease in average length of stay, our business, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Our revenues are directly impacted by our ability to maintain census and, to a lesser extent, the average length of stay of our clients.  These metrics are dependent on a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts, our referral relationships, our staffing levels and facility capacity, the extent to which third-party payors require preadmission authorization or utilization review controls, competition in the industry and the decisions of our clients to seek and commit to treatment.  A significant decrease in census or, to a lesser extent, average length of stay could materially adversely affect our revenues, profitability and cash flows due to lower reimbursements received and the additional resources required to collect accounts receivable and to maintain our existing level of business. 

Given the client-driven nature of the substance abuse treatment sector, our business is dependent on clients seeking and committing to treatment. Although increased awareness and de-stigmatization of substance abuse treatment in recent years has resulted in more people seeking treatment, the decision of each client to seek treatment is ultimately discretionary.  In addition, even after the initial decision to seek treatment, our adult clients may decide at any time to discontinue treatment and leave our facilities against the advice of our physicians and other treatment professionals.  For this reason, among others, average length of stay can vary among periods without correlating to the overall operating performance of our business. Management does not view average length of stay as a key metric with respect to our operating performance; however, if clients or potential clients decide not to seek treatment or discontinue treatment early, census and average length of stay could decrease and, as a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

As a provider of treatment services, we are subject to governmental investigations and potential claims and legal actions by clients, employees and others, which may increase our costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Given the addiction and mental health issues of clients and the nature of the services provided, the substance abuse treatment industry is heavily regulated by governmental agencies and involves significant risk of liability.  We and others in our industry are exposed to the risk of governmental investigations and lawsuits or other claims against us and our physicians and professionals arising out of our day to day business operations, including, without limitation, client treatment at our facilities and relationships with healthcare providers that may refer clients to us.  Addressing any investigations, lawsuits or other claims may distract management and divert resources, even if we ultimately prevail.  Regardless of the outcome of any such investigation, lawsuit or claim, the publicity and potential risks associated with the investigation, lawsuit or claim could negatively impact the perception of the Company by clients, investors or others.  Fines, restrictions, penalties and damages imposed as a result of an investigation or a successful lawsuit or claim that is not covered by, or is in excess of, our insurance coverage may increase our costs and reduce our profitability.  Our insurance premiums have increased year over year, and insurance coverage may not be available at a reasonable cost in the future, especially given the significant increase in insurance premiums generally experienced in the healthcare industry.

 

We are also subject to potential medical malpractice lawsuits and other legal actions in the ordinary course of business. Some of these actions may involve large claims as well as significant defense costs. We cannot predict the outcome of these lawsuits or the effect that findings in such lawsuits may have on us. All professional and general liability insurance we purchase is subject to policy limitations. We believe that, based on our past experience, our insurance coverage is adequate considering the claims arising from the operation of our facilities. While we continuously monitor our coverage, our ultimate liability for professional and general liability claims could change materially from our current estimates. If such policy limitations should be partially or fully exhausted in the future or if payments of claims exceed our estimates or are not covered by our insurance, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Certain of our current and former employees and certain of our subsidiaries are defendants in a criminal proceeding that could result in a substantial disruption to our business.

 

On July 29, 2015, a California court unsealed a criminal indictment returned by a grand jury against certain of our subsidiaries, our former President and former member of our Board of Directors, a current facility-level employee and three former

22


 

employees.  The indictment was returned in connection with a criminal investigation by the California Department of Ju stice and charged the defendants with second-degree murder and dependent adult abuse in connection with the death of a client in 2010 at one of our former locations. We believe the allegations are legally and factually unfounded and intend to contest them vigorously. We have always strived to deliver and will continue to seek to provide, quality, comprehensive, compassionate care to individuals and families struggling with alcohol and drug addictions and mental and behavioral health issues. Defending oursel ves against the indictment could potentially entail costs that are material and could require significant attention from our management. If the defendants were to be convicted of the crimes alleged in the indictment, potential penalties could include fines , restitution, conditions of probation and other remedies. Given the relatively early stage of this proceeding, we cannot estimate the amount or range of loss if the defendants were to be convicted; however, such loss could be material. Regardless of the o utcome of the indictment, the publicity and potential risks associated with the indictment could negatively impact the perception of our Company by clients, investors and others. The consequences of the current criminal proceeding, as well as consequences of any future governmental investigation or lawsuit of any related or unrelated matter, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competition may lead to declines in client volumes and an increase in labor costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The substance abuse treatment industry is highly competitive, and competition among substance abuse treatment providers (including behavioral healthcare facilities) for clients has intensified in recent years. There are behavioral healthcare facilities that provide substance abuse and other mental health treatment services comparable to at least some of the services offered by our facilities in each of the geographical areas in which we operate. Some of our competitors are owned by tax-supported governmental agencies or by nonprofit corporations and may have certain financial advantages not available to us, including endowments, charitable contributions, tax-exempt financing and exemptions from sales, property and income taxes.  If our competitors are better able to attract clients, expand services or obtain favorable participation agreements at their facilities, we may experience a decline in client volume, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our operations depend on the efforts, abilities and experience of our management team, physicians and medical support personnel, including our nurses, mental health technicians, therapists and counselors.  We compete with other healthcare providers in recruiting and retaining qualified management, physicians, nurses and other support personnel responsible for the daily operations of our facilities.

 

The nationwide shortage of nurses and other medical support personnel is a significant operating issue facing us and other healthcare providers. This shortage may require us to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain nurses and other medical support personnel or require us to hire more expensive temporary or contract personnel. In addition, certain of our facilities are required to maintain specified nurse-staffing levels. To the extent we cannot meet those levels, we may be required to limit the services provided by these facilities, which could have a corresponding adverse effect on our net operating revenues.

 

Increased labor union activity is another factor that could adversely affect our labor costs. Although we are not aware of any union organizing activity at any of our facilities, we are unable to predict whether any such activity will take place in the future. To the extent that a portion of our employee base unionizes, it is possible that our labor costs could increase materially.

 

We cannot predict the degree to which we will be affected by the future availability or cost of attracting and retaining talented medical support staff. If our general labor and related expenses increase, we may not be able to raise our rates correspondingly. Our failure to either recruit and retain qualified management, physicians, nurses and other medical support personnel or control our labor costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We depend heavily on key management personnel, and the departure of one or more of our key executives or a significant portion of our local facility management personnel or sales force could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The expertise and efforts of our key executives, including our chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer and general counsel, and other key members of our facility management personnel and sales staff are critical to the success of our business. We do not currently have employment agreements or non-competition covenants with any of our key executives. The loss of the services of one or more of our key executives or of a significant portion of our facility management personnel or sales staff could significantly undermine our management expertise and our ability to provide efficient, quality healthcare services at our facilities.  Furthermore, if one or more of our key executives were to terminate employment with us and engage in a competing business, we would be subject to increased competition, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business depends on our information systems and our inability to effectively integrate, manage and keep secure our information systems could disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business.

23


 

Our business depends on effective and secure info rmation systems that assist us in, among other things, admitting clients to our facilities, monitoring census and utilization, processing and collecting claims, reporting financial results, measuring outcomes and quality of care, managing regulatory compli ance controls, and maintaining operational efficiencies.  These systems include software developed in-house and systems provided by external contractors and other service providers.  To the extent that these external contractors or other service providers become insolvent or fail to support the software or systems, our operations could be negatively affected.  Our facilities also depend upon our information systems for electronic medical records, accounting, billing, collections, risk management, payroll an d other information.  If we experience a reduction in the performance, reliability, or availability of our information systems, our operations and ability to process transactions and produce timely and accurate reports could be adversely affected.

 

Our information systems and applications require continual maintenance, upgrading, and enhancement to meet our operational needs.  Our acquisitions require transitions and integration of various information systems. We regularly upgrade and expand our information systems’ capabilities. If we experience difficulties with the transition and integration of information systems or are unable to implement, maintain, or expand our systems properly, we could suffer from, among other things, operational disruptions, regulatory problems, working capital disruptions and increases in administrative expenses.

 

In addition, we could be subject to a cyber-attack that bypasses our information technology security systems and other security incidents that result in security breaches, including the theft, loss or misappropriation of individually identifiable health information subject to HIPAA and other privacy and security laws, proprietary business information, or other confidential or personal data. Such an incident could also disrupt our information technology business systems, cause us to incur significant investigation and remediation expenses, and subject us to litigation, government inquiries, penalties and reputational damages. Information security and the continued development, maintenance and enhancement of our safeguards to protect our systems, data, software and networks is a priority for us. As security threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify and enhance our safeguards and investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. If we are subject to cyber-attacks or security breaches, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

 

Further, our information systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fire, flood, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure, break-ins and similar events.  A failure to implement our disaster recovery plans or ultimately restore our information systems after the occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Because of the confidential health information we store and transmit, loss of electronically-stored information for any reason could expose us to a risk of regulatory action, litigation, possible liability and loss.

 

Failure to adequately protect our trademarks and any other proprietary rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We maintain a trademark portfolio that we consider to be of significant importance to our business, and we may acquire additional trademarks or other proprietary rights in acquisitions that we pursue as part of our growth strategy. If the actions we take to establish and protect our trademarks and other proprietary rights are not adequate to prevent imitation of our services by others or to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our services as an alleged violation of their trademarks and proprietary rights, it may be necessary for us to initiate or enter into litigation in the future to enforce our trademark rights or to defend ourselves against claimed infringement of the rights of others. Any legal proceedings could result in an adverse determination that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are required to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements. If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of NYSE listing rules. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in our financial statements is also likely to suffer if we report a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we have incurred and will continue to incur incremental costs in order to improve our internal control over financial reporting and comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including increased auditing and legal fees.

Risks Related to Regulatory Matters

If we fail to comply with the extensive laws and government regulations impacting our industry, we could suffer penalties, be the subject of federal and state investigations or be required to make significant changes to our operations, which may reduce

24


 

our revenues, increase our costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Healthcare service providers are required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels relating to, among other things:

 

 

·

licensure, certification and accreditation of substance abuse treatment services;

 

 

·

Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 (“CLIA”) certification, state licensure and accreditation of laboratory services;

 

 

·

handling, administration and distribution of controlled substances;

 

 

·

necessity and adequacy of care, quality of services, and qualifications of professional and support personnel;

 

 

·

referrals of clients and permissible relationships with physicians and other referral sources;

 

 

·

claim submission and collections, including penalties for the submission of, or causing the submission of, false, fraudulent or misleading claims;

 

 

·

consumer protection issues and billing and collection of client-owed accounts issues;

 

 

·

privacy and security issues associated with health-related information, client personal information and medical records, including their use and disclosure, client notices, adequate security safeguards and the handling of breaches, complaints and accounting for disclosures;

 

 

·

physical plant planning, construction of new facilities and expansion of existing facilities;

 

 

·

activities regarding competitors;

 

 

·

Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) laws and regulations related to drugs and medical devices;

 

 

·

operational, personnel and quality requirements intended to ensure that clinical testing services are accurate, reliable and timely;

 

 

·

health and safety of employees;

 

 

·

handling, transportation and disposal of medical specimens and infectious and hazardous waste; and

 

 

·

corporate practice of medicine, fee-splitting, self-referral and kickback prohibitions.

 

Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in the imposition of significant civil or criminal penalties, loss of license or certification or require us to change our operations, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Both federal and state government agencies as well as commercial payors have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare organizations.

 

We endeavor to comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements, however, there is no guarantee that we will be able to adhere to all of the complex government regulations that apply to our business. We seek to structure all of our relationships with physicians to comply with applicable anti-kickback laws, physician self-referral laws, fee-splitting laws and state corporate practice of medicine prohibitions.  We monitor these laws and their implementing regulations and implement changes as necessary. However, the laws and regulations in these areas are complex and often subject to varying interpretations.  For example, if an enforcement agency were to challenge the compensation paid under our contracts with professional physician groups, we could be required to change our practices, face criminal or civil penalties, pay substantial fines or otherwise experience a material adverse effect as a result.

 

We may be required to spend substantial amounts to comply with legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to privacy and security of client health information.

There are currently numerous legislative and regulatory initiatives at the federal and state levels addressing client privacy and security concerns. In particular, federal regulations issued under the Drug Abuse Prevention, Treatment and Rehabilitation Act of

25


 

1979 strictly restrict the disclosure of client identifiable information related to substance abuse. These requirements apply to any of our facilities that receive any federal assistance, which is interprete d broadly to include facilities licensed, certified or registered by a federal agency. In addition, the federal privacy and security regulations issued under HIPAA require our facilities to comply with extensive administrative requirements on the use and d isclosure of individually identifiable health information (known as “protected health information”) and require covered entities, which include most healthcare providers, to implement and maintain administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protec t the security of such information. Additional security requirements apply to electronic protected health information. These regulations also provide clients with substantive rights with respect to their health information and impose substantial administra tive obligations on our facilities, including the requirement to enter into written agreements with contractors, known as business associates, to whom our programs disclose protected health information. We may be subject to penalties as a result of a busin ess associate violating HIPAA, if the business associate is found to be our agent.  Covered entities must notify individuals, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, and, in some cases, the media of breaches involving unsecured protected health information. HHS and state attorneys general are authorized to enforce these regulations. Violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations may result in significant civil and criminal penalties, and data breaches and other HIPAA violations m ay give rise to class action lawsuits by affected clients under state law.

 

Our programs remain subject to any privacy-related federal or state laws that are more restrictive than the HIPAA privacy and security regulations. These laws vary by state and could impose additional requirements and penalties. For example, some states impose strict restrictions on the use and disclosure of health information pertaining to mental health or substance abuse. Further, most states have enacted laws and regulations that require us to notify affected individuals in the event of a data breach involving individually identifiable information. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission may use its consumer protection authority to initiate enforcement actions in response to data breaches or other privacy or security lapses.

 

As public attention is drawn to issues related to the privacy and security of medical and other personal information, federal and state authorities may increase enforcement efforts, seek to impose harsher penalties as well as revise and expand laws or enact new laws concerning these topics. Compliance with current as well as any newly established provisions or interpretations of existing requirements will require us to expend significant resources. Increased focus on privacy and security issues by enforcement authorities may increase the overall risk that our substance abuse treatment facilities may be found lacking under federal and state privacy and security laws and regulations.

 

Our treatment facilities operate in an environment of increasing state and federal enforcement activity and private litigation targeted at healthcare providers.

Both federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated their civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and various segments of the healthcare industry. These investigations relate to a wide variety of topics, including relationships with physicians, billing practices and use of controlled substances. The Affordable Care Act included an additional $350 million of federal funding over ten years to fight healthcare fraud, waste and abuse, including $30 million for federal fiscal year 2016. From time to time, the HHS Office of Inspector General and the Department of Justice have established national enforcement initiatives that focus on specific billing practices or other suspected areas of abuse. Although we do not currently bill Medicare or Medicaid for substance abuse treatment services, there is a risk that specific investigation initiatives could be expanded to include our treatment facilities. In addition, increased government enforcement activities, even if not directed towards our treatment facilities, also increase the risk that our facilities, physicians and other clinicians furnishing services in our facilities, or our executives and directors, could be named as defendants in private litigation such as state or federal false claims act cases or consumer protection cases, or could become the subject of complaints at the various state and federal agencies that have jurisdiction over our operations. Any governmental investigations, private litigation or other legal proceedings involving any of our facilities, our executives or our directors, even if we ultimately prevail, could result in significant expense and could adversely affect our reputation or profitability. In addition, we may be required to make changes in our laboratory or other substance abuse treatment services as a result of an adverse determination in any governmental enforcement action, private litigation or other legal proceeding, which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Changes to federal, state and local regulations, as well as different or new interpretations of existing regulations, could adversely affect our operations and profitability.

Because our treatment programs and operations are regulated at federal, state and local levels, we could be affected by different regulatory changes in different regional markets. Increases in the costs of regulatory compliance and the risks of noncompliance may increase our operating costs, and we may not be able to recover these increased costs, which may adversely affect our results of operations and profitability.

 

Many of the current laws and regulations are relatively new. Thus, we do not always have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of these laws and regulations. In the future, evolving interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current or past practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our treatment facilities, equipment, personnel, services or capital expenditure programs. A determination that we have violated these

26


 

laws, or a public announcement that we are being investigated for possible violations of these laws, could adversely affect our business, operating results and overall reputation in the marketplace.

 

In addition, federal, state and local regulations may be enacted that impose additional requirements on our facilities.  Adoption of legislation or the creation of new regulations affecting our facilities could increase our operating costs, restrain our growth, limit us from taking advantage of opportunities presented and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Adverse changes in existing comprehensive zoning plans or zoning regulations that impose additional restrictions on the use of, or requirements applicable to, our facilities may affect our ability to operate our existing facilities or acquire new facilities, which may adversely affect our results of operations and profitability.

 

We are subject to uncertainties regarding the impact of the Affordable Care Act and related payment reform efforts, which represent a significant change to the healthcare industry.

The Affordable Care Act provides for increased access to coverage for healthcare and seeks to reduce healthcare-related expenses. Overall, the expansion of health insurance coverage under the Affordable Care Act is expected to be beneficial to the substance abuse treatment industry. Health insurers are prohibited from denying coverage to individuals because of preexisting conditions. Further, all new small group and individual market health plans must cover ten essential health benefit categories, which include substance abuse addiction and mental health disorder services. The Affordable Care Act also requires small group and individual market plans to comply with the requirements of the Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008, which was previously limited to group health plans and group insurers. According to 2013 HHS estimates, these changes will ensure coverage for substance abuse addiction treatment and mental health disorders treatment for 62.5 million Americans.

The expansion of commercial insurance for substance abuse treatment services under the Affordable Care Act may result in a higher demand for services from all providers. This may bring new competitors to the market, some of which may be better capitalized and have greater market penetration than we do. Further, we expect increased demand for substance abuse treatment services to also increase the demand for case managers, therapists, medical technicians and others with clinical expertise in substance abuse treatment, which may make it more difficult to adequately staff our substance abuse treatment facilities and could significantly increase our costs in delivering treatment, which may adversely affect both our operations and profitability.

One of the many impacts of the Affordable Care Act has been a dramatic increase in payment reform efforts by federal and state government payors as well as commercial payors. These efforts take many forms, including the growth of ACOs, pay-for-performance bonus arrangements, partial capitation arrangements and the bundling of services into a single payment. One result of these efforts is that more risk of the overall cost of care is being transferred to providers. As institutional providers and their affiliated physicians assume more risk for the cost of care, we expect more services to be furnished within provider networks formed to accept these types of payment reform. Our ability to compete and to retain our traditional sources of clients may be adversely affected by our exclusion from such networks or our inability to be included in such networks.

The Affordable Care Act remains subject to court challenges, legislative efforts to repeal or amend the law and regulatory interpretation. We cannot predict the impact that the Affordable Care Act and related rulemaking and regulations may have on our business, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity or whether we will be able to adapt successfully to the changes required by the Affordable Care Act.

Change of ownership or change of control requirements imposed by state and federal licensure and certification agencies as well as third-party payors may limit our ability to timely realize opportunities, adversely affect our licenses and certifications, interrupt our cash flows and adversely affect our profitability.

State licensure laws and many federal healthcare programs (where applicable) impose a number of obligations on healthcare providers undergoing a change of ownership or change of control transaction.  These requirements may require new license applications as well as notices given a fixed number of days prior to the closing of affected transactions.  These provisions require us to be proactive when considering both internal restructuring and acquisitions of third-party targets.  Failure to provide such notices or to submit required paperwork can adversely affect licensure on a going forward basis, can subject the parties to penalties and can adversely affect our ability to operate our facilities.

 

Many third-party payor agreements, including government payor programs, also have change of ownership or change of control provisions.  Such provisions generally include a prior notice provision as well as require the consent of the payor in order to continue the terms of the payor agreement.  Abiding by the terms of such provisions may reopen pricing negotiations with third-party payors where the provider currently has favorable reimbursement terms as compared to the market. Failure to comply with the terms of such provisions can result in a breach of the underlying third-party payor agreement. Currently, we have few third-party payor agreements; however, as substance abuse treatment coverage and payment reform initiatives continue to expand, these types of provisions could have a significant impact on our ability to realize opportunities and could adversely affect our cash flows and profitability.

 

27


 

We could face risks associated with, or arising out of, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations that:

 

 

·

regulate certain activities and operations that may have environmental or health and safety effects, such as the generation, handling and disposal of medical and pharmaceutical wastes;

 

 

·

impose liability for costs of cleaning up, and damages to natural resources from, past spills, waste disposals on and off-site and other releases of hazardous materials or regulated substances; and

 

 

·

regulate workplace safety.

 

Compliance with these laws and regulations could increase our costs of operation. Violation of these laws may subject us to significant fines, penalties or disposal costs, which could negatively impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We could be responsible for the investigation and remediation of environmental conditions at currently or formerly operated or leased sites, as well as for associated liabilities, including liabilities for natural resource damages, third-party property damage or personal injury resulting from lawsuits that could be brought by the government or private litigants relating to our operations, the operations of our facilities or the land on which our facilities are located. We may be subject to these liabilities regardless of whether we lease or own the facility, and regardless of whether such environmental conditions were created by us or by a prior owner or tenant, or by a third-party or a neighboring facility whose operations may have affected such facility or land, because liability for contamination under certain environmental laws can be imposed on current or past owners or operators of a site without regard to fault. We cannot assure you that environmental conditions relating to our prior, existing or future sites or those of predecessor companies whose liabilities we may have assumed or acquired will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

State efforts to regulate the construction or expansion of healthcare facilities could impair our ability to operate and expand our facilities.

The construction of new healthcare facilities, the expansion, transfer or change of ownership of existing facilities and the addition of new beds, services or equipment may be subject to state laws that require prior approval by state regulatory agencies under certificate of need (“CON”) laws. These laws generally require that a state agency determine the public need for construction or acquisition of facilities or the addition of new services. Review of CONs and other healthcare planning initiatives may be lengthy and may require public hearings. We currently do not operate facilities in any states where a CON is required to be obtained for capital expenditures exceeding a prescribed amount, changes in capacity or services offered. However, states in which we now or may in the future operate may require CONs under certain circumstances not currently applicable to us or may impose standards and other health planning requirements upon us. Violation of these state laws and our failure to obtain any necessary state approval could:

 

 

·

result in our inability to acquire a targeted facility, complete a desired expansion or make a desired replacement; or

 

 

·

result in the revocation of a facility’s license or impose civil or criminal penalties on us, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we are unable to obtain required regulatory, zoning or other required approvals for renovations and expansions, our growth may be restrained and our operating results may be adversely affected.  In the past, we have not experienced any material adverse effects from such requirements, but we cannot predict their future impact on our operations.

Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

We are a holding company with nominal net worth and will depend on dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries to pay dividends, if any.

AAC Holdings, Inc. is a holding company with nominal net worth. We do not conduct any business operations other than our investments in our subsidiaries. Our business operations are conducted primarily out of our direct operating subsidiary, AAC. As a result, our ability to pay dividends, if any, will be dependent upon cash dividends and distributions or other transfers to us from our subsidiaries, including AAC. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon their respective earnings and subject to any limitations on the ability of such entities to make payments or other distributions to us. In addition, our subsidiaries, including our direct operating subsidiary, AAC, are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to make any funds available to us.

 

28


 

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders and their respective affiliates have substantial control over the company and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

Our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, owned, in the aggregate, approximately 69.7% of our outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2015.  Michael T. Cartwright, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and his affiliates owned approximately 25.1% of our common stock, and Jerrod N. Menz, our former President, a former member of our Board of Directors and an employee of the Company, and his affiliates owned approximately 21.6% of our common stock, in each case as of December 31, 2015.  As a result, these stockholders, acting together, have substantial control over the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, will continue to have significant influence over the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of:

 

 

·

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in corporate control;

 

 

·

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; or

 

 

·

discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our articles of incorporation, bylaws and Nevada law could prevent or delay a change in control of our company.

Provisions in our articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which we refer to as our bylaws, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or change of control. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions:

 

 

·

permit our Board of Directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control;

 

 

·

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the Board of Directors;

 

 

·

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

 

·

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

 

·

provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders;

 

 

·

do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose); and

 

 

·

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors or the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of voting stock.

 

The lack of public company experience of our management team could adversely impact our ability to comply with the reporting requirements of U.S. securities laws.

 

Our management team’s public company experience is limited to the operation of the Company since its IPO in October 2014, and their limited experience could impair our ability to comply with legal and regulatory requirements such as those imposed by the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, we have limited accounting personnel and other related resources with SEC reporting experience. Despite recent reforms made possible by the JOBS Act, compliance with the securities laws and regulations, as well as the requirements of the NYSE, occupies a significant amount of time of our management and significantly increases our legal, accounting and other expenses, and will continue to do so in the future, particularly after we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company.” Our senior management may not be able to implement programs and policies in an effective and timely manner that adequately respond to such increased legal, regulatory compliance and reporting requirements, including maintaining internal controls over financial reporting. Any such deficiencies, weaknesses or lack of compliance could have

29


 

a material adverse effect on our ability to comply with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which is necessary to maintain our public company status. If we fail to fulfill any of these public company reporting obligations, our ability to continue as a U.S. public company will be in jeopardy.

 

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of our IPO in October 2014, although we could lose that status sooner if our revenues exceed $1 billion, if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period or if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates meets or exceeds $700 million as of any June 30th before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31st. If some investors find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period for implementing new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

 

 

Item 2. Properties.

A listing of our owned and leased facilities is included in Item 1 of this report under the heading “Facilities.” Additionally, we lease approximately 102,000 square feet of office space located at 200 Powell Place, Brentwood, Tennessee. We also lease approximately 11,000 square feet of laboratory space in Brentwood, Tennessee to perform quantitative drug testing and other laboratory services that support our treatment facilities.  We believe that these facilities are in good condition and suitable for our present requirements.

 

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, we may be engaged in various lawsuits and legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business. Except as described below, we are currently not aware of any legal proceedings the ultimate outcome of which, in our judgment based on information currently available, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

State of California

 

On July 29, 2015, the Superior Court of the State of California court unsealed a criminal indictment returned by a grand jury against our subsidiaries ABTTC, Inc. dba A Better Tomorrow Treatment Centers, Forterus, Inc. and Forterus Health Care Services, Inc., Jerrod N. Menz, our former President and former member of our Board of Directors, as well as a current facility-level employee and three former employees.  Mr. Menz remains an employee of the Company. The indictment was returned in connection with a criminal investigation by the California Department of Justice and charged the defendants with second-degree murder and dependent adult abuse in connection with the death of a client in 2010 at one of our former locations. We believe the allegations are legally and factually unfounded and intend to contest them vigorously. Pending before the court are motions to dismiss the indictment on various legal and factual grounds.  Trial has been set for May 6, 2016.  Given the early stage of this proceeding, we cannot estimate the amount or range of loss if the defendants were to be convicted; however, such loss could be material.

 

Kasper v. AAC Holdings, Inc. et al. and Tenzyk c. AAC Holdings, Inc. et al.

 

On August 24, 2015, a shareholder filed a purported class action in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee against the Company and certain of its current and former officers.  The plaintiff generally alleges that the Company and certain of its current and former officers violated Sections 10(b) and/or 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder by making allegedly false and/or misleading statements and failing to disclose certain information.  On

30


 

September 14, 2015, a second class ac tion against the same defendants asserting essentially the same allegations was filed in the same court.  On October 26, 2015, the court entered an order consolidating these two described actions into one action.  On February 29, 2016, the p laintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint.   The Company intends to defend this action vigorously.  At this time the Company cannot predict the results of this litigation with certainty, and cannot estimate the amount or range of loss, if any.  The Company believes the disposition of this action will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position.

 

Other

The Company is aware of various other legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. To cover these types of claims, the Company maintains insurance it believes to be sufficient for its operations, although some claims may potentially exceed the scope of coverage in effect. Plaintiffs in these matters may request punitive or other damages that may not be covered by insurance.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

 

31


 

PA RT II

 

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Market Information and Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock began trading on October 2, 2014 and is listed for trading on the NYSE under the symbol “AAC.” Prior to that date, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NYSE for the period in which our stock has been listed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 2, 2014 - December 31, 2014

$

33.32

 

 

$

17.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

$

38.43

 

 

$

23.94

 

Second Quarter

$

45.48

 

 

$

30.00

 

Third Quarter

$

46.60

 

 

$

15.09

 

Fourth Quarter

$

28.72

 

 

$

18.25

 

 

 

Stock Performance Graph

 

The following graph compares the cumulative total return on our common stock during the period from October 2, 2014 (the day our common stock began trading on the NYSE) through December 31, 2015, with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Health Care Index.   The S&P 500 Index includes 500 companies representing all major industries.   The S&P Health Care Index is a group of 56 companies involved in a variety of healthcare related businesses.   The graph assumes $100 invested on October 2, 2014 in our common stock and in each index and assumes reinvestment of dividends, if any.  Stock price performance shown in the graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance.

 

 

 

10/2/2014

 

12/31/2014

 

3/31/15

 

6/30/15

 

9/30/15

 

12/31/15

 

AAC Holdings, Inc.

$

100.00

 

 

167.14

 

 

165.30

 

 

235.46

 

 

120.27

 

 

103.03

 

S&P 500

$

100.00

 

 

105.79

 

 

106.25

 

 

106.01

 

 

98.66

 

 

105.02

 

S&P 500 Health Care Index

$

100.00

 

 

108.38

 

 

124.11

 

 

127.88

 

 

114.72

 

 

122.79

 

 

 

32


 

Holders of Record

 

On March 1, 2016, the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE was $20.34 per share.  As of March 1, 2016, there were approximately 189 holders of record of our common stock.  This does not include the number of persons whose stock is in nominee or “street” name accounts through brokers.

 

Dividend Policy

 

Holdings has never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business, and therefore, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to the payment of dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

See Part III, “Item 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

 

Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities and Issuer Purchases of Company Stock

 

As partial consideration for our acquisition of certain intellectual property assets of GigaVoice, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“GigaVoice”), which closed on April 17, 2015, we issued 17,110 shares of our common stock to the owner of GigaVoice on January 1, 2016.

 

The transaction set forth in this subsection of Item 5 did not involve any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering.  This transaction was made in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder) as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering.  The recipient of the securities in this transaction represented his intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates or book-entry positions representing the shares issued in the transaction.  The recipient had adequate access, through his relationship with the Company, to information about the Company.


33


 

It em 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table presents our selected historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. Holdings was formed as a Nevada corporation on February 12, 2014, and acquired 93.6% of the outstanding shares of common stock of AAC on April 15, 2014 in connection with the Reorganization Transactions related to our IPO. As a result of the short-form merger completed in November 2014, AAC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. Prior to the completion of the Reorganization Transactions, Holdings had not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. Accordingly, all financial data herein relating to periods prior to the completion of the Reorganization Transactions is that of AAC and its consolidated subsidiaries.

The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected financial data in this section is not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.  Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

 

2012

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Income Statement Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client related revenue

 

$

28,275

 

 

$

66,035

 

 

$

115,741

 

 

$

132,968

 

 

$

205,752

 

Other revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,509

 

Total revenue

 

$

28,275

 

 

$

66,035

 

 

$

115,741

 

 

$

132,968

 

 

$

212,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, wages and benefits

 

 

9,171

 

 

 

25,680

 

 

 

46,856

 

 

 

54,707

 

 

 

91,406

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

4,915

 

 

 

8,667

 

 

 

13,493

 

 

 

15,683

 

 

 

20,821

 

Professional fees

 

 

1,636

 

 

 

5,430

 

 

 

10,277

 

 

 

8,075

 

 

 

10,316

 

Client related services

 

 

5,791

 

 

 

8,389

 

 

 

7,986

 

 

 

10,794

 

 

 

15,754

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

2,448

 

 

 

6,384

 

 

 

11,615

 

 

 

13,518

 

 

 

22,708

 

Rentals and leases

 

 

1,196

 

 

 

3,614

 

 

 

4,634

 

 

 

2,106

 

 

 

5,298

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

1,063

 

 

 

3,344

 

 

 

10,950

 

 

 

11,391

 

 

 

18,113

 

Litigation settlement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,588

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

2,379

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

806

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

195

 

 

 

1,288

 

 

 

3,003

 

 

 

4,662

 

 

 

7,837

 

Acquisition-related expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

845

 

 

 

3,401

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

26,415

 

 

 

62,796

 

 

 

112,208

 

 

 

122,268

 

 

 

198,033

 

Income from operations

 

 

1,860

 

 

 

3,239

 

 

 

3,533

 

 

 

10,700

 

 

 

14,228

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

337

 

 

 

980

 

 

 

1,390

 

 

 

1,872

 

 

 

3,607

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,775

)

Other expense (income), net

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

(725

)

Income before income tax expense

 

 

1,523

 

 

 

2,247

 

 

 

2,107

 

 

 

8,921

 

 

 

13,121

 

Income tax expense

 

 

652

 

 

 

1,148

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

2,555

 

 

 

4,780

 

Net income

 

 

871

 

 

 

1,099

 

 

 

1,492

 

 

 

6,366

 

 

 

8,341

 

Less: net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

(706

)

 

 

1,182

 

 

 

2,833

 

Net income attributable to AAC Holdings, Inc. stockholders

 

 

871

 

 

 

1,504

 

 

 

786

 

 

 

7,548

 

 

 

11,174

 

Deemed contribution-redemption of Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BHR Series A Preferred Unit dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(693

)

 

 

(147

)

Redemption of BHR Series A preferred Units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(534

)

Net income available to AAC Holdings, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

871

 

 

$

1,504

 

 

$

1,786

 

 

$

6,855

 

 

$

10,493

 

Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.41

 

 

$

0.49

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.41

 

 

$

0.48

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34


 

Basic

 

 

6,735,594

 

 

 

12,208,160

 

 

 

13,855,797

 

 

 

16,557,655

 

 

 

21,605,037

 

Diluted

 

 

6,777,889

 

 

 

12,363,164

 

 

 

14,291,937

 

 

 

16,619,180

 

 

 

21,661,259

 

Other Financial Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

2,055

 

 

$

7,168

 

 

$

11,558

 

 

$

21,092

 

 

$

44,277

 

Adjusted  diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.29

 

 

$

0.52

 

 

$

0.97

 

Balance Sheet Data (as of the end of the period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

133

 

 

$

740

 

 

$

2,012

 

 

$

48,540

 

 

$

18,750

 

Working capital (deficit)

 

$

(814

)

 

$

3,190

 

 

$

1,220

 

 

$

63,153

 

 

$

52,187

 

Total assets

 

$

13,043

 

 

$

53,598

 

 

$

81,638

 

 

$

145,952

 

 

$

316,049

 

Total debt, including current portion

 

$

6,640

 

 

$

25,222

 

 

$

43,075

 

 

$

28,641

 

 

$

145,141

 

Total stockholders' equity (deficit), including noncontrolling interests

 

$

(7,736

)

 

$

4,678

 

 

$

11,883

 

 

$

95,141

 

 

$

136,488

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net income available to AAC Holdings, Inc. common stockholders, and adjusted diluted earnings per share (herein collectively referred to as "Non-GAAP Disclosures") are “non-GAAP financial measures” as defined under the rules and regulations promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Management defines Adjusted EBITDA as net income adjusted for interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, income tax expense, stock-based compensation and related tax reimbursements, litigation settlement and California matter related expense, reorganization expense (which includes the Reorganization Transactions and expenses associated with the amendment and restatement of our then-existing credit facility), acquisition-related expense and certain other non-capitalized costs associated with our 2015 Credit Facility, de novo start-up expense and certain other non-recurring charges.  Where applicable, these include professional services for accounting, legal, valuation services and licensing expenses.

Management defines Adjusted Net Income Available to AAC Holdings, Inc. common stockholders as net income available to AAC Holdings, Inc. common stockholders adjusted for the redemption of BHR Series A Preferred Units in February 2015, litigation settlement and California matter related expense, reorganization expense (which includes the Reorganization Transactions and expenses associated with the amendment and restatement of our then-existing credit facility), acquisition-related expense and certain other non-capitalized costs associated with our 2015 Credit Facility, de novo start-up expense and certain other non-recurring charges and the income tax effect of the non-GAAP adjustments at the then applicable effective tax rate.  

The Non-GAAP Disclosures are considered supplemental measures of the Company’s performance and are not required by, or presented in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The Non-GAAP Disclosures are not measures of the Company’s financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP. Management has included information concerning Non-GAAP Disclosures because they believe that such information is used by certain investors as a measure of a company’s historical performance. Management believes these measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of issuers of equity securities, many of which present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA when reporting their results. Because Non-GAAP Disclosures are not determined in accordance with GAAP, they are subject to varying calculations and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Management’s presentation of Non-GAAP Disclosures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

 

2012

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

871

 

 

$

1,099

 

 

$

1,492

 

 

$

6,366

 

 

$

8,341

 

Non-GAAP Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

337

 

 

 

980

 

 

 

1,390

 

 

 

1,872

 

 

 

3,607

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

195

 

 

 

1,288

 

 

 

3,003

 

 

 

4,662

 

 

 

7,837

 

Income tax expense

 

 

652

 

 

 

1,148

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

2,555

 

 

 

4,780

 

Stock-based compensation and related tax reimbursements

 

 

 

 

 

2,408

 

 

 

1,649

 

 

 

3,030

 

 

 

5,757

 

Litigation settlement and California matter related expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,588

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

5,446

 

Reorganization expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

821

 

 

 

1,176

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related expense

 

 

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

 

845

 

 

 

3,801

 

De novo start-up expense and other

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

3,369

 

Facility closure operating  losses and expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,114

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,775

)

Adjusted EBITDA as reported

 

$

2,055

 

 

$

7,168

 

 

$

11,558

 

 

$

21,092

 

 

$

44,277

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income Available to AAC Holdings, Inc. Common Stockholders to Net Income Available to AAC Holdings, Inc. Common Stockholders

35


 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

 

2012

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Net income available to AAC Holdings, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

871

 

 

$

1,504

 

 

$

1,786

 

 

$

6,855

 

 

$

10,493

 

Non-GAAP Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Litigation settlement and California matter related expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,588

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

5,446

 

Reorganization expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

821

 

 

 

1,176

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related expense

 

 

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

 

845

 

 

 

3,801

 

De novo start-up and other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

3,369

 

Facility closure operating  losses and expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,114

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,775

)

Redemption of BHR Series A Preferred Units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

534

 

Income tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

(125

)

 

 

(995

)

 

 

(747

)

 

 

(4,064

)

Adjusted net income available to AAC Holdings, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

871

 

 

$

1,624

 

 

$

4,200

 

 

$

8,715

 

 

$

20,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

6,777,889

 

 

 

12,363,164

 

 

 

14,291,937

 

 

 

16,619,180

 

 

 

21,661,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.29

 

 

$

0.52

 

 

$

0.97

 

 


36


 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, the documents that it incorporates by reference and the documents into which it may be incorporated by reference, may contain, and from time to time the Company and its managements may make certain statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.   These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this annual report.  In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “continues,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “plan,” “should,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.  Forward-looking statements may include information concerning Holdings’ possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of Holdings’ revenues, profitability, outlook and overall business strategy.  These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results and performance to be materially different from the information contained in the forward-looking statements.  These risks, uncertainties and other factors include, without limitation: (i) our inability to operate our facilities; (ii) our reliance on our sales and marketing program to continuously attract and enroll clients; (iii) a reduction in reimbursement rates by certain third-party payors for inpatient and outpatient services and point of care and diagnostic lab testing; (iv) our failure to successfully achieve growth through acquisitions and de novo expansions; (v) uncertainties regarding the timing of the closing of pending acquisitions; (vi) our failure to achieve anticipated financial results from prior or pending acquisitions; (vii) the possibility that a governmental entity may prohibit, delay or refuse to grant approval for the consummation of the acquisitions; (viii) a disruption in our ability to perform diagnostic drug testing services; (ix) maintaining compliance with applicable regulatory authorities, licensure and permits to operate our facilities and lab; (x) a disruption in our business related to the recent indictment of certain of our subsidiaries and current and former employees, including a former senior executive; (xi) our inability to agree on conversion and other terms for the balance of convertible debt; (xii) our inability to meet our covenants in our loan documents; (xiii) our inability to obtain senior lender consent to exceed the current $50 million limit in unsecured subordinated debt; (xiv) our inability to integrate newly acquired facilities; (xv) a disruption to our business and reputational and potential economic risks associated with the civil securities claims brought by shareholders; and (xvi) general economic conditions, as well as other risks discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this annual report will prove to be accurate.  Investors should not place undue reliance upon forward-looking statements .

Overview

We are a provider of inpatient and outpatient substance abuse treatment services for individuals with drug and alcohol addiction.   In addition to our inpatient and outpatient treatment services, we perform drug testing and diagnostic laboratory services and provide physician services to our clients.    As of December 31, 2015, we operated nine residential substance abuse treatment facilities located throughout the United States, focused on delivering effective clinical care and treatment solutions across 897 beds, which includes 482 licensed detoxification beds, and nine standalone outpatient centers.  As of December 31, 2015, we also had a 93-bed facility near Aliso Viejo, California under development that we expect to open as a chemical dependency recovery hospital (“CDRH”) in the second quarter of 2016.  In addition, we are in the process of expanding our Recovery First facility in the Fort Lauderdale, Florida area to accommodate 22 additional detoxification beds, and are also expanding The Oxford Centre facility to accommodate 44 additional residential beds and 48 sober living beds.  

The majority of our approximately 1,600 employees, as of December 31, 2015 are highly trained clinical staff who deploy research-based treatment programs with structured curricula for detoxification, residential treatment, partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient care.  By applying a tailored treatment program based on the individual needs of each client, many of whom require treatment for a co-occurring mental health disorder, such as depression, bipolar disorder and schizophrenia, we believe we offer the level of quality care and service necessary for our clients to achieve and maintain sobriety.

We are also an internet marketer in the addiction treatment industry with respect to website visits and leads generated. Following our acquisition of RSG in July 2015, combined with our previously existing internet assets, we now operate a broad portfolio of internet assets that services millions of website visits each month. RSG, through its wholly owned subsidiary Recovery Brands, LLC (“Recovery Brands”), a leading publisher of “authority” websites such as Rehabs.com and Recovery.org, serves families and individuals struggling with addiction and seeking treatment options through comprehensive online directories, treatment provider reviews, forums and professional communities.  Recovery Brands also provides online marketing solutions to other treatment providers such as enhanced facility profiles, audience targeting, lead generation and tools for digital reputation management.

 

 

 

37


 

2015 Developments

Existing Facilities and Ancillary Services

On January 1, 2015, we increased capacity at our Forterus facility in Temecula, California with the addition of 31 beds, including 24 detoxification beds.

On January 6, 2015, we entered into an office space lease for our new corporate headquarters and call center pursuant to which AAC agreed to lease approximately 102,000 square feet of office space located in Brentwood, Tennessee. We relocated to the new headquarters in the fourth quarter of 2015.

On January 8, 2015, our 20,000 square foot substance abuse outpatient center in Las Vegas, Nevada, received licensure for intensive outpatient treatment services and immediately began treating patients at the facility.

On February 18, 2015, our 20,000 square foot substance abuse outpatient center in Arlington, Texas, received licensure for intensive outpatient treatment services and began treating patients at the facility in April 2015.

In April 2015, we began performing definitive and confirmatory lab testing for AAC facilities in Rhode Island and California.

In August 2015, we  completed an 8,000-square-foot expansion of our lab in Brentwood, Tennessee.

On December 31, 2015, we ceased operations at The Academy and FitRx due to their continued unprofitability and our realignment to focus solely on adult addiction treatment.  FitRx had 20 beds and was focused on binge eating and similar disorders. The Academy was a residential treatment facility with 18 beds that was focused on providing substance abuse treatment services to adolescent clients.

New Property Developments and Acquisitions

On February 20, 2015, we acquired the assets of Recovery First, a Florida-based provider of substance abuse treatment and rehabilitation services, including a 63-bed inpatient substance abuse treatment facility in the greater Fort Lauderdale, Florida area, for cash consideration of $13.0 million (the “Recovery First Acquisition”).  

On February 24, 2015, we acquired a property in Ringwood, New Jersey for aggregate cash consideration of $6.4 million, which we expect to develop into an inpatient facility with approximately 150 beds (the “Ringwood Property Acquisition”).  

On April 1, 2015, we acquired a memory care hospital in Aliso Viejo, California for an aggregate purchase price of $13.5 million in cash (the “Aliso Viejo Acquisition”). We began renovation and rehabilitation of the 93-bed facility in the second quarter of 2015 and expect to apply for a license to operate it as a CDRH. We expect to invest approximately $5.0 million for renovations and construction and have targeted a completion date in the second quarter of 2016.

On April 17, 2015, we completed the acquisition of the assets of CSRI, a provider of intensive outpatient substance abuse treatment services in Greenville, Portsmouth and South Kingstown, Rhode Island, for an aggregate of $665,000 in cash and approximately 42,460 shares of our common stock (the “CSRI Acquisition”).

On April 17, 2015, we acquired certain marketing assets with a value of $1.1 million for an aggregate of cash consideration of $0.5 million and 17,110 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On July 2, 2015, we acquired RSG, a leading publisher in the substance abuse treatment industry with a comprehensive portfolio of websites and marketing assets, for aggregate consideration of approximately $32.5 million in cash and 540,193 shares of our common stock (the “RSG Acquisition”).

On July 2, 2015, we also acquired Taj Media, a premier digital marketing agency with significant experience in the substance abuse treatment industry, for aggregate consideration of approximately $2.2 million in cash and 37,253 shares of our common stock (the “Taj Media Acquisition”).

On August 10, 2015, we completed the acquisition of the assets of The Oxford Centre, a Mississippi-based provider of substance abuse treatment and rehabilitation services, including a 76-bed inpatient substance abuse treatment facility in Etta,

38


 

Mississippi and three outpatient facil ities in Oxford, Tupelo and Olive Branch, Mississippi, for an aggregate of $35.0 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities (the “Oxford Centre Acquisition”).

On October 1, 2015, we completed the acquisition of the assets of Sunrise House, a New Jersey-based provider of substance abuse treatment and rehabilitation services, including a 110-bed inpatient substance abuse treatment facility in Lafayette, New Jersey, for cash consideration of $6.6 million and the assumption of certain liabilities (the “Sunrise House Acquisition”).

On October 16, 2015, we began treating clients at our River Oaks facility, a 162-bed residential treatment center located near Tampa, Florida after completing construction and receiving licensure.  The total construction cost of the River Oaks facility was $18.8 million.

On December 11, 2015, we signed a definitive agreement to acquire the assets of Wetsman Forensic Medicine, LLC (d/b/a Townsend) and its affiliates for an aggregate of $12.75 million in cash and $8.5 million in restricted shares of Holdings’ common stock.   Townsend is a leading substance abuse treatment provider in Louisiana and operates seven in-network outpatient centers in Louisiana that deliver intensive outpatient treatment as well as a 32-bed in-network facility located in Scott, Louisiana that offers detoxification and inpatient treatment. Townsend also operates an in-network lab that services these facilities.   The acquisition is subject to certain closing conditions such as the assignment of certain contracts and the receipt of certain licenses necessary to operate the business, and is expected to close in the second quarter of 2016. In addition, on February 1, 2016 we initiated development of a 10,000-square foot in-network laboratory outside of New Orleans that we expect to be completed in the third quarter of this year.   We currently anticipate that this lab expansion will increase the operational capacity of Townsend’s existing in-network lab.

On December 11, 2015, we signed a definitive agreement to acquire assets of Solutions Recovery, Inc. and its affiliates and associated real estate assets for an aggregate of $6.75 million in cash and $6.25 million in restricted shares of Holdings’ common stock.  The acquisition will provide 124 sober living beds; 70 licensed in-network detox, residential, and halfway house beds; and three in-network outpatient centers.  The acquisition is subject to certain closing conditions such as the assignment of certain contracts and the receipt of certain licenses necessary to operate the business, and is expected to close in the second quarter of 2016.

Financing

On March 9, 2015, we entered into a five-year, $125.0 million senior secured credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders party thereto (the “2015 Credit Facility”), which consists of a $50.0 million revolver and a $75.0 million term loan.  We used a portion of the proceeds from the $75.0 million term loan to repay $24.9 million of prior indebtedness.   On July 1, 2015, we borrowed $15.0 million under the revolver, and on August 7, 2015, we borrowed an additional $32.0 million under the revolver.  Proceeds were used to fund de novo development projects and acquisitions. For additional discussion related to the 2015 Credit Facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financing Relationships.”

On October 2, 2015, we entered into two financing facilities with affiliates of Deerfield Management Company, L.P (“Deerfield”). The capital commitment consists of $25.0 million of subordinated convertible debt and up to $25.0 million of unsecured subordinated debt, together with an incremental facility of up to an additional $50.0 million of subordinated convertible debt (subject to certain conditions). We issued $25.0 million of subordinated convertible debt at closing.   A portion of the proceeds to date have been primarily used for de novo development activities and the remaining proceeds will be used to fund our active acquisition strategy, de novo pipeline and for other corporate purposes.  For additional discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financing Relationships.”

Components of Results of Operations

Client Related Revenue .   Our client related revenue primarily consists of service charges related to providing addiction treatment and related services, including the collection and laboratory testing of urine for controlled substances. We recognize revenues at the estimated net realizable value in the period in which services are provided. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, approximately 90% of our client related revenues were reimbursable by commercial payors, including amounts paid by such payors to clients, with the remaining revenues payable directly by our clients. Given the scale and nationwide reach of our network of substance abuse treatment facilities, we generally have the ability to serve clients located across the country from any of our facilities, which allows us to operate our business and analyze revenue on a system-wide basis rather than focusing on any individual facility.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 15.1% of our client related revenue reimbursements came from Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield of Colorado, 12.5% came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of Texas, 11.5% came from Aetna, and 11.1% came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of California.  No other payor accounted for more than 10% of our client related revenue reimbursements for the year ended December 31, 2015.  For the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 18.1% of our client related revenue reimbursements came from Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield of Colorado, 13.3% came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of

39


 

Texas, 12.9% came from Aetna, 10.5% came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of California, and 10.5% came from United Behavioral Health.  No othe r payor accounted for more than 10% of our client related revenue reimbursements for the year ended December 31, 2014.  

The following table summarizes the composition of our client related revenues for detoxification and residential treatment services, partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient treatment services, and point-of-care drug testing, diagnostic laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Detoxification and residential treatment services

 

 

28%

 

 

 

32%

 

Partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient treatment services

 

 

46%

 

 

 

38%

 

Point-of-care drug testing, definitive laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services 1

 

 

26%

 

 

 

30%

 

1  Professional groups and other ancillary services represent less than 10% of the total percentage of commercial payor revenues for point-of-care drug testing, diagnostic laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services.

The increase in detoxification and residential treatment services as a percentage of client related revenues and the decrease in partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient treatment services as a percentage of client related revenues was primarily related to the 28% increase in licensed detoxification beds during 2015 as a result of acquisitions and the opening of River Oaks in October 2015. As of December 31, 2015, we had 482 licensed detoxification beds compared to 378 licensed detoxification beds as of December 31, 2014.

The increase in point-of-care drug testing, diagnostic laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services as a percentage of client related revenues in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily related to the addition of high complexity lab testing revenues from our facilities in Florida and California as a result of beginning to provide such services in December 2014 and April 2015, respectively.  This increase was partially offset by a decline in the number of tests performed on a per client basis and a decline in reimbursement rates for point-of-care testing and diagnostic laboratory services during the second half of 2015.  We experienced a decline of 12% in point-of-care drug testing, diagnostic laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services as a percentage of client related revenues for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2015.  Point-of-care drug testing, diagnostic laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services as a percentage of client related revenues for the six months ended December 31, 2015 was 24% compared to 36% for the six months ended June 30, 2015.  

We recognize revenues from commercial payors at the time services are provided based on our estimate of the amount that payors will pay us for the services performed. We estimate the net realizable value of revenues by adjusting gross client charges using our expected realization and applying this discount to gross client charges. Our expected realization is determined by management after taking into account the type of services provided and the historical collections received from the commercial payors, on a per facility basis, compared to the gross client charges billed.

Our accounts receivable primarily consists of amounts due from commercial payors. The client self-pay portion is usually collected upon admission and in limited circumstances the client will make a deposit and negotiate the remaining payments as part of the services. We do not recognize revenue for any amounts not collected from the client in either of these situations. From time to time, we may provide free care to a limited number of clients, which we refer to as scholarships. We do not recognize revenues for scholarships provided. Included in the aging of accounts receivable are amounts for which the commercial insurance company paid out-of-network claims directly to the client and for which the client has yet to remit the insurance payment to us (which we refer to as “paid to client”). Such amounts paid to clients continue to be reflected in our accounts receivable aging as amounts due from commercial payors. Accordingly, our accounts receivable aging does not provide for the distinct identification of paid to client receivables.

Other Revenue.   Our other revenue consists of service charges from the delivery of  quality targeted leads to behavioral and mental health service businesses through our operating subsidiary RSG, which was acquired on July 2, 2015 .   Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the fee for services is fixed or determinable, and collectability of the fee is reasonably assured. 

40


 

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses are primarily impacted by nine categories of expenses: salaries, wages and benefits; advertising and marketing; professional fees; client related services; other operating expenses; rentals and leases; provi sion for doubtful account s; depreciation and amortization ; and acquisition-related expenses .

 

·

Salaries, wages and benefits . We employ a variety of staff related to providing client care, including case managers, therapists, medical technicians, housekeepers, cooks and drivers, among others. Our clinical salaries, wages and benefits expense is largely driven by the total number of beds in our facilities and our average daily residential census. We also employ a professional sales force and staff a centralized call center. Our corporate staff includes accounting, billing and finance professionals, marketing and human resource personnel, IT staff and senior management.

 

·

Advertising and marketing . We promote our treatment facilities through a variety of channels including television advertising, internet search engines and Yellow Page advertising, among others. While we do not compensate our referral sources for client referrals, we do have arrangements with multiple marketing channels that we pay on a performance basis (i.e., pay per click or pay per inbound call). We also host and attend industry conferences. Our advertising and marketing efforts and expense is largely driven by the total number of available beds in our facilities.

 

·

Professional fees . Professional fees consist of various professional services used to support primarily corporate related functions. These services include client billings and collections, accounting related fees for financial statement audits and tax preparation and legal fees for, among other matters, employment, compliance and general corporate matters. These fees also include information technology, consulting, payroll fees and national medical director fees.

 

·

Client related services . Client related services consist of physician and medical services as well as client meals, pharmacy, travel, and various other expenses associated with client treatment, including the cost of contractual arrangements for the treatment of clients where the demand for services exceed our capacity. Client related services are significantly influenced by our average daily residential census.

 

·

Other operating expenses . Other operating expenses consists primarily of utilities, insurance, telecom, travel and repairs and maintenance expenses, and is significantly influenced by the total number of beds in our facilities and our average daily residential census.

 

·

Rentals and leases . Rentals and leases mainly consist of properties under various equipment and operating leases, which includes space required to perform client services and space for administrative facilities.

 

·

Provision for doubtful accounts.   The provision for doubtful accounts represents the expense associated with management’s best estimate of accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future. We establish our provision for doubtful accounts based on the aging of the receivables, historical collection experience by facility, services provided, payor source and historical reimbursement rate, current economic trends and percentages applied to the accounts receivable aging categories. As of December 31, 2015, all accounts receivable aged greater than 360 days were fully reserved in our consolidated financial statements. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we rely on the results of detailed reviews of historical write-offs and recoveries on a rolling twelve-month basis (the hindsight analysis) as a primary source of information to utilize in estimating the collectability of our accounts receivable. We supplement this hindsight analysis with other analytical tools, including, but not limited to, historical trends in cash collections compared to net revenues less bad debt and days sales outstanding.

 

·

Depreciation and amortization . Depreciation and amortization represents the ratable use of our capitalized property and equipment, including assets under capital leases, over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortizable intangible assets, which mainly consist of trademark-related intangibles and non-compete agreements.

 

·

Acquisition-related expenses.   Acquisition-related expenses consist primarily of professional fees and travel costs associated with our acquisition activities.

Key Drivers of Our Results of Operations . Our results of operations and financial condition are affected by numerous factors, including those described under “Risk Factors” and those described below:

 

·

Average Daily Residential Census.   We refer to the average number of clients to whom we are providing services at our residential facilities on a daily basis over a specific period as our “average daily residential census.” Our revenues are directly impacted by our average daily residential census, which fluctuates based on the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts, total number of beds, the number of client admissions and discharges in a period, average length of stay, and the ratio of clinical staff to clients.

 

·

Average Daily Residential Revenue and Average Net Daily Residential Revenue.   Our average daily residential revenue is a per census metric equal to our total residential revenues for a period divided by our average daily residential census for the same period divided by the number of days in the period. Our average net daily residential revenue is a per census metric equal to our total residential revenues less provision for doubtful accounts for a period divided by our average daily residential census for the same period divided by the number of days in the period. The key drivers of average daily

41


 

 

residential revenue and average net daily residential revenue include the mix of services and level of care that we provide to our clients during the period and payor mix. We provide a broad continuum of services including detoxification, residential treatment, partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient care, with detoxification resulting in the highest daily charges and intensive outpatient care resulting in the lowest daily charges. We also generate revenues from point-of care drug testing, diagnostic laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services associated with serving our clients. We tend to experience higher margins from our point-of-care drug testing, which is conducted on-site at our treatment facilities, and our diagnostic laboratory services, which are conducted at our centralized laboratory facility in Brentwood, Tennessee, than we do from other services.  

 

·

Outpatient Visits.   Our outpatient visits represents the total number of outpatient visits at our standalone outpatient centers during the period.  Our revenues are directly impacted by our outpatient visits, which fluctuates based on our sales and marketing efforts, utilization review and the average length of stay.

 

·

Billed Days.   We refer to billed days as the number of days in a given period for which we charged a commercial payor for the category of services provided.  Detoxification and residential treatment levels of care feature higher per day gross client charges than partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient levels of care, but also require greater levels of more highly trained medical staff.  Average length of stay can vary among periods without correlating to the overall operating performance of our business and, as a result, management does not view average length of stay as a key metric with respect to our operating performance.  Rather, management views average billed days for the levels of care as a more meaningful metric to investors because it refers to the number of days in a given period for which we billed for the category of services provided.  For example, in any given week, clients receiving partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient services might only qualify for five or three days, respectively, of reimbursable services during a seven day calendar period, which results in fewer billed days (e.g., five or three days, respectively) than the average length of stay (e.g., seven days) for partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient services during the same weekly period.

The following table presents, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the average length of stay and average billed days with respect to detoxification and residential treatment services and partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient services of our commercial payor clients:

 

Average Length of Stay

 

 

Average Billed Days

 

 

2014

2015

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

Detoxification and residential treatment services

7

 

13

 

 

 

7

 

 

13

 

Partial hospitalization and intensive outpatient services

26

 

25

 

 

 

16

 

 

21

 

The average length of stay and average billed days with respect to our private pay clients, which is not separately allocated to any category of service is approximately 35 days for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 31 days for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

·

Expense Management . Our profitability is directly impacted by our ability to manage our expenses, most notably salaries, wages and benefits and advertising and marketing costs, and to adjust accordingly based upon our capacity.

 

·

Billing and Collections . Our revenues and cash flow are directly impacted by our ability to properly verify our clients’ insurance benefits, obtain authorization for levels of care, properly submit insurance claims and manage collections.


42


 

Results of Operations

The following table presents our consolidated income statements for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client related revenue

 

$

115,741

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

132,968

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

205,752

 

 

 

96.9

 

Other revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,509

 

 

 

3.1

 

Total revenue

 

$

115,741

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

132,968

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

212,261

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, wages and benefits

 

 

46,856

 

 

 

40.5

 

 

 

54,707

 

 

 

41.1

 

 

 

91,406

 

 

 

43.1

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

13,493

 

 

 

11.7

 

 

 

15,683

 

 

 

11.8

 

 

 

20,821

 

 

 

9.8

 

Professional fees

 

 

10,277

 

 

 

8.9

 

 

 

8,075

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

10,316

 

 

 

4.9

 

Client related services

 

 

7,986

 

 

 

6.9

 

 

 

10,794

 

 

 

8.1

 

 

 

15,754

 

 

 

7.4

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

11,615

 

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

13,518

 

 

 

10.2

 

 

 

22,708

 

 

 

10.7

 

Rentals and leases

 

 

4,634

 

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

2,106

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

5,298

 

 

 

2.5

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

10,950

 

 

 

9.5

 

 

 

11,391

 

 

 

8.6

 

 

 

18,113

 

 

 

8.5

 

Litigation settlement

 

 

2,588

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

2,379

 

 

 

1.1

 

Restructuring

 

 

806

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

3,003

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

4,662

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

7,837

 

 

 

3.7

 

Acquisition-related expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

845

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

3,401

 

 

 

1.6

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

112,208

 

 

 

96.9

 

 

 

122,268

 

 

 

92.0

 

 

 

198,033

 

 

 

93.3

 

Income from operations

 

 

3,533

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

10,700

 

 

 

8.0

 

 

 

14,228

 

 

 

6.7

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

1,390

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

1,872

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

3,607

 

 

 

1.7

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,775

)

 

 

(0.8

)

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(725

)

 

 

(0.3

)

Income before income tax expense

 

 

2,107

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

8,921

 

 

 

6.7

 

 

 

13,121

 

 

 

6.2

 

Income tax expense

 

 

615

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

2,555

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

4,780

 

 

 

2.3

 

Net income

 

 

1,492

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

6,366

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

 

8,341

 

 

 

3.9

 

Less: net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(706

)

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

1,182

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

2,833

 

 

 

1.3

 

Net income attributable to AAC Holdings, Inc. stockholders

 

 

786

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

7,548

 

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

11,174

 

 

 

5.3

 

Deemed contribution-redemption of Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BHR Series A Preferred Unit dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(693

)

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(147

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Redemption of BHR Series A preferred Units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(534

)

 

 

(0.3

)

Net income available to AAC Holdings, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

1,786

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

$

6,855

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

$

10,493

 

 

 

4.9

 

Comparison of Year ended December 31, 2015 to Year ended December 31, 2014

Client Related Revenue

Client related revenues increased $72.8 million, or 54.7%, to $205.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $133.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Revenues were positively impacted by an increase in average daily residential census, outpatient visits at our nine standalone outpatient centers, and an increase in high complexity lab testing.    

Our average daily residential census increased by 42.6% to 562 clients for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 396 clients for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase in average daily residential census was driven by the 60 bed expansion of Greenhouse in July 2014, the 31 bed expansion at Forterus in January 2015, the Recovery First Acquisition, which added 56 beds, in February 2015, the Oxford Centre Acquisition, which added 76 beds, in August 2015, the Sunrise House Acquisition, which added 110 beds in October 2015, and the opening of River Oaks, which added 162 beds, in October 2015.

With the opening of the Desert Hope Outpatient Center in January 2015, the opening of the Greenhouse Outpatient Center in April 2015, the CSRI Acquisition in April 2015 (which added three standalone outpatient centers), the Oxford Centre Acquisition in

43


 

August (which added three standalone outpatient centers), and the Sunrise House Acquisition in Octo ber 2015 (which added one stand alone outpatient center ) , we now operate nine standalone outpatient centers.  We had 12,879 outpati ent visits at our nine standalone outpatient centers for the year ended December 31, 2015.      

As a percentage of client related revenues, point-of-care drug testing, diagnostic laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services were 30% and 26% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  We experienced a decline of 14% in point-of-care drug testing, diagnostic laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services as a percentage of client related revenues for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2015.    Point-of-care drug testing, diagnostic laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services as a percentage of client related revenues for the six months ended December 31, 2015 was 24% compared to 38% for the six months ended June 30, 2015.  The decline as a percentage of client related revenues was related to a combination of a decrease in the number of tests performed on a per patient basis and a decline in reimbursement rates for point-of-care testing and diagnostic laboratory services during the second half of 2015. We currently anticipate continued reimbursement pressure on point-of care testing and diagnostic laboratory services and as a result expect a marginal decline in point-of-care drug testing, diagnostic laboratory services, professional groups and other ancillary services as a percentage of client related revenues in subsequent quarters. However, we currently anticipate that the declines in reimbursement rates for point-of-care testing and diagnostic laboratory services will be partially offset by an expansion of our laboratory services to include hematology and pharmacogenetics currently anticipated in the second quarter of 2016 and by providing laboratory services to third party providers beginning during 2016.  However, we do not currently anticipate revenues from third party providers to be meaningful until late in 2016.  

Other Revenue

Other revenue increased $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to zero for the year ended December 31, 2014.  Other revenue consists of service charges from the delivery of  quality targeted leads to behavioral and mental health service businesses obtained through phone calls from online inquiries and click-throughs from our suite of websites and network ad campaigns through RSG, which we acquired in July 2015.

Salaries, Wages and Benefits

Salaries, wages and benefits increased $36.7 million, or 67.1%, to $91.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $54.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase in salaries and wages was primarily impacted by growth in our residential facilities and our standalone outpatient centers.  Our number of employees increased by approximately 720 employees, or 93%, to approximately 1,600 employees at December 31, 2015, from approximately 880 employees at December 31, 2014. Also contributing to the increase was an increase in stock based compensation of $2.7 million to $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  As a percentage of revenues, salaries, wages and benefits were 43.1% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 41.1% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Advertising and Marketing

Advertising and marketing expenses increased $5.1 million, or 32.5%, to $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase in advertising and marketing expense was primarily driven by the continued expansion of our national advertising and marketing programs, including the acquisitions of RSG and Taj Media in July 2015. As a percentage of revenues, advertising and marketing expenses were 9.8% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 11.8% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The decrease in advertising and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue is partially attributable to efficiencies gained through the RSG Acquisition and the Taj Media Acquisition.

Professional Fees

Professional fees were $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in professional fees was primarily related to approximately $3.1 million of professional fees incurred during the second half of 2015 associated with certain litigation in California as partially offset by a decrease in professional fees related to the elimination of customer and billing collection fees as a result of the CRMS Acquisition in April 2014.

Client Related Services

Client related services expenses increased $5.0 million, or 46.3%, to $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in expense was primarily related to increases in clinician fees paid as a result of the increase in average daily residential census to 562 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 396 for the year

44


 

ended December 31 , 2014.   As a percentage of revenues, client related services expenses were 7.4 % of total revenues for the year ended December 31 , 2015 compared to 8.1 % of total revenues for the year ended December 31 , 2014.  The decline in client related services expenses as a percentage of revenues was primarily related to increased revenues for high complexity lab testing for our facilities in Florida and California and increased other revenues which do not require client related services.

Other Operating Expenses

Other operating expenses increased $9.2 million, or 68.1%, to $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase was primarily the result of additional operating expenses associated with the expansions and acquisitions that occurred in fiscal 2015.  As a percentage of revenues, other operating expenses were 10.7% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 10.2% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Rentals and Leases

Rentals and leases increased $3.2 million, or 152.4%, to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  As a percentage of revenues, rentals and leases were 2.5% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 1.6% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily the result of increased rent as a result of the bed expansion at Forterus in January 2015, the Recovery First Acquisition in February 2015, the lease associated with our new corporate headquarters and call center beginning in June 2015, and the acquisitions of RSG and Taj Media in July 2015. 

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The provision for doubtful accounts increased $6.7 million, or 58.8%, to $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in the provision for doubtful accounts was primarily related to the 54.7% increase in client related revenues during 2015. Also contributing to the increase was an increase in the aging of our accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015 primarily due to acquisitions, a conversion to new lab billing software in the third and fourth quarters and ICD-10 conversion. As a percentage of revenues, the provision for doubtful accounts was 8.5% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 8.6% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014.  

We establish our provision for doubtful accounts based on the aging of the receivables and taking into consideration historical collection experience by facility, services provided, payor source and historical reimbursement rate, current economic trends and percentages applied to the accounts receivable aging categories. As of December 31, 2015, all accounts receivable aged greater than 360 days were fully reserved in our consolidated financial statements. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we rely on the results of detailed reviews of historical write-offs and recoveries (the hindsight analysis) as a primary source of information to utilize in estimating the collectability of our accounts receivable. We perform the hindsight analysis utilizing rolling twelve-month accounts receivable collection, write-off and recovery data. We supplement this hindsight analysis with other analytical tools, including, but not limited to, historical trends in cash collections compared to net revenues less bad debt and days sales outstanding.

The following table presents a summary of our aging of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

Current

 

31-180 Days

 

Over 180 Days

 

Total

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

28.9

%

 

47.0

%

 

24.1

%

 

100.0

%

December 31, 2015

 

 

25.7

%

 

43.0

%

 

31.3

%

 

100.0

%

During the second quarter of 2014, management analyzed the past two years of accounts receivable collection and write-off history and the current projected bad debt write-offs for all client accounts covered by insurance. Based on the results of this analysis, including improvements noted in the credit quality of receivables aged 120-180 days, management concluded that the current methodology for establishing the allowance for doubtful accounts resulted in, and would continue to result in, an overstatement of the reserve requirement. As a result, management revised the estimates used to establish the provision for doubtful accounts, effective as of the second quarter of 2014. This change in estimate reduced the reserve percentages applied to various aging classes of accounts receivable aged less than 360 days to more closely reflect actual collection and write-off history that we have experienced and expect to experience in the future. These adjustments resulted in a reserve release of approximately $1.5 million during the second quarter of 2014.

 

 

45


 

 

Litigation Settlement

Litigation settlement expense increased $1.9 million to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. During 2015, we recognized $2.2 million in litigation expense related to reserves established for the Horizon matter, which was settled in October 2015.  For further discussion of significant legal matters, see Note 16 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $3.1 million, or 66.0%, to $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense was 3.7% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 3.5% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily attributable to additions of property and equipment and intangible assets as a result of recent acquisitions and facility expansions.

Acquisition-related Expense

Acquisition-related expense increased $2.6 million, or 302.5%, to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The acquisition-related expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily related to professional fees and travel costs associated with our acquisition activity in fiscal 2015, during which we completed or announced eight acquisitions.  As a percentage of revenues, acquisition-related expense was 1.6% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 0.6% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase in interest expense was primarily the result of an increase in outstanding debt as partially offset by a reduction in interest rates.  Outstanding debt at December 31, 2015 was approximately $145.1 million compared to $28.6 million at December 31, 2014.  The interest rate on the $118.9 million outstanding under the 2015 Credit Facility was 3.33% at December 31, 2015 and the interest rate outstanding on the $25.0 million of 2015 Subordinated Convertible Debt was 2.5% at December 31, 2015. 

As a percentage of revenues, interest expense was 1.7% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 1.4% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Bargain Purchase Gain

Bargain purchase gain was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to zero for the year ended December 31, 2014.   The bargain purchase gain is directly attributable to our acquisition of the Sunrise House in October 2015.   As the fair value of the net acquired assets exceeded the consideration paid for the Sunrise House, a bargain purchase gain was recognized in the fourth quarter of 2015.  

Income Tax Expense

For  the year ended December 31, 2015, income tax expense was $4.8 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 36.4%, compared to $2.6 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 28.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2014.   The prior year effective tax rate included a 4.2% benefit related to the release of a valuation allowance and a 3.2% benefit related to income taxed directly to flow-through owners of BHR prior to the acquisition of BHR on April 15, 2014.  

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest was $2.8 million compared to net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, representing a $1.6 million change.  The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest is directly related to our consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”).   During the year ended December 31, 2014, we consolidated one real estate VIE, BHR, through April 15, 2014 at which point it became a wholly owned subsidiary; and five professional group VIEs.   During the year ended December 31, 2015, noncontrolling interest was comprised of six professional group VIEs.  

 

 

46


 

 

Comparison of Year ended December 31, 2014 to Year ended December 31, 2013

 

Client Related Revenues

Client related revenues increased $17.3 million, or 15.0%, to $133.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $115.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Client related revenues were positively impacted by a 16.8% increase in average daily residential census to 396 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 339 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in average daily residential census was driven by the 60 bed expansion of the Greenhouse facility in July 2014 and the continued expansion of both our outside sales force and our national advertising program. While client related revenues were positively impacted by the increase in average daily residential census, this increase was partially offset by a 1.6% decrease in average daily residential revenue to $920 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $935 for the year ended December 31, 2013. As previously disclosed, through December 31, 2013, our expected realization was determined by management after taking into account historical collections received from the commercial payors since our inception compared to the gross client charges billed. Beginning in January 2014, we enhanced our methodology related to our net realizable value to more quickly react to potential changes in reimbursements by facility, by type of service and by payor. As a result, management adjusted the expected realization to reflect a historical analysis of reimbursement data by facility in addition to considering the type of services provided, the payors and the gross client charge rates. This adjustment resulted in a decrease in our expected realization in 2014.  For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we did not recognize any other revenue.

 

Salaries, Wages and Benefits

Salaries, wages and benefits increased $7.8 million, or 16.6%, to $54.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $46.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, salaries, wages and benefits were 41.1% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 40.5% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily related to the impact of stock compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 relating to the vesting of equity award grants under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Also, our Chief Operating Officer commenced employment in February 2013 and our General Counsel and Secretary commenced employment in December 2013. Accordingly, our salaries, wages and benefits for the year ended December 31, 2014 included their salaries for the entire period of 2014. The increase was also impacted by the addition of staff in connection with the CRMS Acquisition in April 2014.

 

Advertising and Marketing

Advertising and marketing expenses increased $2.2 million, or 16.3%, to $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, advertising and marketing expenses were 11.8% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 11.7% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily driven by the expansion of our national advertising program, an increased emphasis on internet advertising campaigns and marketing efforts targeted at increasing census for the Greenhouse facility expansion, which was completed in July 2014.

 

Professional Fees

Professional fees decreased $2.2 million, or 21.4%, to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, professional fees were 6.1% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 8.9% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in professional fees is primarily related to the elimination of customer and billing collection fees as a result of the CRMS Acquisition in April 2014.

 

Client Related Services

Client related services expenses increased $2.8 million, or 35.0%, to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, client related services expenses were 8.1% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 6.9% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily related to increases in clinician fees paid due to greater census in detoxification and residential beds which require greater numbers of more highly qualified medical staff. Detoxification and residential treatment services accounted for 27% of total billed days for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 23% of total billed days for the year ended December 31, 2013. Also contributing to the increase in client related services expenses were increases in clinician fees as a result of the consolidation of the Professional Groups effective October 1, 2013.

47


 

 

Other Operating Expenses

Other operating expenses increased $1.9 million, or 16.4%, to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, other operating expenses were 10.2% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 10.0% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Rentals and Leases

Rentals and leases decreased $2.5 million, or 54.3%, to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, rentals and leases were 1.6% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 4.0% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily related to a reduction in rent expense resulting from the consolidation of Greenhouse Real Estate, LLC effective October 8, 2013 and the BHR Acquisition in April 2014.

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The provision for doubtful accounts increased $0.4 million, or 3.6%, to $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, the provision for doubtful accounts was 8.6% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 9.5% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013.

We establish our provision for doubtful accounts based on the aging of the receivables and taking into consideration historical collection experience by facility, services provided, payor source and historical reimbursement rate, current economic trends and percentages applied to the accounts receivable aging categories. As of December 31, 2014, all accounts receivable aged greater than 360 days were fully reserved in our consolidated financial statements. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we rely on the results of detailed reviews of historical write-offs and recoveries (the hindsight analysis) as a primary source of information to utilize in estimating the collectability of our accounts receivable. We perform the hindsight analysis on a quarterly basis, utilizing rolling twelve-month accounts receivable collection, write-off and recovery data. We supplement this hindsight analysis with other analytical tools, including, but not limited to, historical trends in cash collections compared to net revenues less bad debt and days sales outstanding.

During the second quarter of 2014, management analyzed the past two years of accounts receivable collection and write-off history and the current projected bad debt write-offs for all client accounts covered by insurance. Based on the results of this analysis, including improvements noted in the credit quality of receivables aged 120-180 days, management concluded that the current methodology for establishing the allowance for doubtful accounts resulted in, and would continue to result in, an overstatement of the reserve requirement. As a result, management revised the estimates used to establish the provision for doubtful accounts, effective as of the second quarter of 2014. This change in estimate reduced the reserve percentages applied to various aging classes of accounts receivable aged less than 360 days to more closely reflect actual collection and write-off history that we have experienced and expect to experience in the future. These adjustments resulted in a reserve release of approximately $1.5 million during the second quarter of 2014.

During the third and fourth quarters of 2014, we continued to experience favorable collections of accounts receivable as noted by a decrease in accounts receivable aged greater than 180 days as a percentage of total accounts receivable to 24.1% at December 31, 2014 from 36.3% at December 31, 2013.

The following table presents a summary of our aging of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 

 

Current

 

31-180 Days

 

Over 180 Days

 

Total

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

22.8

%

 

40.9

%

 

36.3

%

 

100.0

%

December 31, 2014

 

 

28.9

%

 

47.0

%

 

24.1

%

 

100.0

%

 

 

Litigation Settlement

Litigation settlement expense decreased $2.1 million, or 80.8%, to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, litigation settlement expense was 0.4% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2.2% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. The year ended December 31, 2013 reflects $2.5 million of litigation settlement expense related to a State of California wage and hour class action claim.

48


 

Restructuring

Restructuring expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $0.8 million. Two call centers were closed in the third quarter of 2013 and were consolidated with the existing call center at our headquarters in Brentwood, Tennessee to create a centralized call center. The call center operations were centralized in order to manage costs more effectively and optimize the call center’s view of client services, thus streamlining the placement of clients to treatment facilities. In addition, the Leading Edge facility, which was acquired in the 2012, was closed in June 2013. Management elected to close the facility because the amenities and the service offerings at the facility were inconsistent with our long-term strategy. During the transition period leading up to closing, clients that would have been candidates for the Leading Edge facility were referred to other treatment facilities, primarily Desert Hope. As a result of the facility closure, we recorded restructuring and exit charges of $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. These charges consisted of $0.2 million of payroll, severance and employee related costs and facility exit costs related to ongoing lease obligations of approximately $0.3 million. Restructuring expenses related to centralizing the call centers totaled $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 related to severance and relocation costs.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.7 million, or 56.7%, to $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense was 3.5% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2.6% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily the result of the consolidation of Greenhouse Real Estate, LLC in October 2013 and the acquisition of BHR in April 2014. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was also attributable to additions of property and equipment.

Acquisition-related Expense

Acquisition-related expense was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.   As a percentage of revenues, acquisition-related expense was 0.6% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The acquisition-related expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily related to professional fees associated with our acquisition activity in the fourth quarter of 2014.   For the year ended December 31, 2013, we did not recognize any acquisition-related expense.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, interest expense was 1.4% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 1.2% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in interest expense is related to the consolidation of Greenhouse Real Estate, LLC in October 2013, and the additional interest expense related to increased outstanding debt obligations associated with the Greenhouse expansion, which was completed in July 2014. In July 2014, the Company also entered into two interest rate swap agreements to mitigate its exposure to interest rate risks. The interest rate swap agreements have a combined initial notional amount of $21.6 million which fixes the interest rates over the life of the interest rate swap agreements. The Company has not designated the interest rate swaps as hedges and, therefore, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps are included in interest expense in the audited consolidated income statements. The change in fair value during the year ended December 31, 2014 was approximately $431,000.

Income Tax Expense

For the year ended December 31, 2014, income tax expense was $2.6 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 28.6%, compared to $0.6 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 29.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

Net Loss (Income) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest was $1.2 million compared to net income attributable to noncontrolling interest of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, representing a $1.9 million change. This change was primarily the result of the consolidation of the Professional Groups effective October 1, 2013.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

49


 

Gene ral

Our primary sources of liquidity are net cash generated from operations, borrowings under our 2015 Credit Facility, proceeds from the issuance of subordinated convertible debt, and proceeds from issuances of our common stock. We also have utilized operating lease transactions with respect to commercial properties primarily to perform client services and provide space for administrative facilities.  We expect that our future funding for working capital needs, capital expenditures, long-term debt repayments and other financing activities will continue to be provided from some or all of these sources.  Our future liquidity could be impacted by our ability to access capital markets, which may be restricted due to our credit ratings, general market conditions, leverage capacity, the outcome of pending litigation and by existing or future debt agreements.

We anticipate that our current level of cash on hand and internally generated cash flows will be sufficient to fund our anticipated working capital needs, debt service and repayment obligations and interest and maintenance capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months. However, to the extent we pursue acquisitions or facility expansions in the future, we may need to access additional capital resources to fund such activities.

Cash Flow Analysis

Our cash flows are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Provided by operating activities

 

$

3,443

 

 

$

8,038

 

 

$

6,193

 

Used in investing activities

 

 

(13,144

)

 

 

(19,521

)

 

 

(143,402

)

Provided by financing activities

 

 

10,973

 

 

 

58,011

 

 

 

107,419

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

1,272

 

 

 

46,528

 

 

 

(29,790

)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

 

2,012

 

 

 

48,540

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities was $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  Cash flows for operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 were positively impacted by net income, adjusted for non-cash expenses, as well as the timing of accounts payable and accrued liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 2014.  These increases were more than offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, and by approximately $6.6 million of increased cash outflows related to certain litigation in California, of which $3.1 million was expensed during 2015.  The increase in accounts receivable was primarily related to an increase in revenues in 2015 as compared to 2014.   Also contributing to the increase in accounts receivable were increases related to billing and collection delays associated with our acquisitions and conversion to new lab billing software in the second half of 2016.  Working capital totaled $52.2 million at December 31, 2015 and $63.2 million at December 31, 2014.  The decrease of $9.7 million was primarily attributable to funding of acquisitions and de novo development projects.

Cash provided by operating activities was $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $4.6 million compared to cash provided by operating activities of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $4.6 million increase in cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily related to the benefit from the increase in accrued liabilities and depreciation and amortization expense as partially offset by an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets. Working capital totaled $63.2 million at December 31, 2014 and $1.2 million at December 31, 2013. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the IPO to repay the $13.1 million balance, in full, of our prior revolving line of credit, the BHR term loan of $1.6 million and the final $7.3 million payment related to the settlement of certain litigation.

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $143.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $123.9 million compared to cash used in investing activities of $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase was primarily related to the business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, and de novo development activity during 2015, including $35.0 million for The Oxford Centre, $32.2 million for RSG, $13.5 million for the purchase of a property in Aliso Viejo, California, $13.0 million for Recovery First, $10.2 million for the development of River Oaks, $6.6 million for Sunrise House, $6.4 million for the purchase of a property in Ringwood, New Jersey, $2.2 million for Taj Media, and $0.6 million for CSRI, with the remaining amount primarily related to continuing costs associated with our de novo projects and completion of our new corporate headquarters.

50


 

Cash used in investing activities was $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $6.4 million compared to cash used in investing activities of $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily related to $3.5 mill ion paid in connection with the BHR Acquisition and the CRMS Acquisition, an increase in capital expenditures of $2.6 million, and $0.5 million placed in escrow related to the acquisition of Recovery First.  These increases in cash used in investing activi ties were partially offset by the net receipt of notes and other receivables from related parties of $0.2 million.

 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $107.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $49.4 million compared to cash provided by financing activities of $58.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase was primarily related to net proceeds from the 2015 Credit Facility of $120.8 million and $24.2 million from the financing transaction with Deerfield, and partially offset by the redemption of the BHR Series A Preferred Units of $8.5 million, repayments of long-term debt and capital leases of $27.6 million and repayments of subordinated notes payable of $1.0 million.

Cash provided by financing activities was $58.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $47.0 million compared to cash provided by financing activities of $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily related to proceeds of $69.5 million from the sale of the common stock in connection with our IPO and proceeds of $8.2 million from the sale of BHR Series A Preferred Units, as partially offset by an increase in payments on long-term debt and capital leases of $4.4 million and a decrease in proceeds from the revolving line of credit and long-term debt of $23.5 million.

Financing Relationships

2015 Credit Facility

On March 9, 2015, we entered into a five year $125.0 million senior secured credit facility (the “2015 Credit Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders party thereto.   The 2015 Credit Facility consists of a $50.0 million revolver and a $75.0 million term loan.  For additional discussion of our 2015 Credit Facility and a summary of its terms of, see Note 9 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.    

We used approximately $24.9 million of the proceeds from the $75.0 million term loan to repay in full our then outstanding real estate debt, certain equipment loans and certain capital leases. We did not incur any significant early termination fees.  Remaining borrowings were primarily used to fund acquisitions and de novo development projects.

On July 1, 2015 and August 7, 2015, we borrowed $15.0 million and $32.0 million, respectively, under the $50.0 million revolver portion of the 2015 Credit Facility.  Proceeds from these borrowings were primarily used to fund acquisitions and de novo development projects.

As of December 31, 2015, we had $47.0 million outstanding under our revolver and $73.1 million outstanding on our term loan.  As of December 31, 2015, our availability under the revolver portion of the 2015 Credit Facility was $0.7 million, net of $2.3 million in standby letters of credit issued for various corporate purposes that are secured by the Company’s revolver. The 2015 Credit Facility also has an accordion feature that allows the total borrowing capacity to be increased to $200.0 million, subject to certain conditions, including obtaining additional commitments from lenders. At December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants.

Deerfield Financing

On October 2, 2015, we completed the closing of two financing facilities with affiliates of Deerfield.  The capital commitment consists of $25.0 million of subordinated convertible debt and up to $25.0 million of unsecured subordinated debt, together with an incremental facility of up to an additional $50.0 million of subordinated convertible debt (subject to certain conditions).  We issued $25.0 million of subordinated convertible debt at closing and currently anticipate we will use the proceeds to fund acquisition opportunities, our de novo pipeline and for other corporate purposes.

The $25.0 million of subordinated convertible debt bears interest at an annual rate of 2.50% and matures on September 30, 2021. The $25.0 million of subordinated convertible debt is convertible into shares of our common stock at $30.00 per share. In addition, we may borrow up to $25.0 million of unsecured subordinated debt that will bear interest at an annual rate of 12.0% and mature on September 30, 2020. The $25.0 million of unsecured subordinated debt may be drawn for acquisition financing through September 30, 2016 and can be repaid under certain conditions without penalty prior to October 2, 2017. We currently anticipate borrowing the remaining $25.0 million of unsecured subordinated debt in the first half of 2016 to fund announced acquisitions.

51


 

BHR Preferred Equity

For a summary of the terms of the BHR Series A Preferred Units, see Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  

On February 25, 2015, we exercised our call provision and redeemed 100% of the outstanding Series A Preferred Units for a total redemption price of approximately $8.5 million, which included $0.2 million for the 3.0% call premium and $0.3 million for unpaid preferred returns.

Related Party Notes Payable  

During 2015, we had outstanding notes payables resulting from seller financing from a 2012 acquisition.  On August 31, 2015, one of the notes payable was paid in full.  The remaining note payable which constitutes a balloon payment was amended, which required a principal payment of $0.3 million upon execution of the amendment, extended the maturity date to February 29, 2016, and increased the interest rate to 6.25%.  The amount outstanding on this note at December 31, 2015 was $1.2 million.   On February 29, 2016, we paid in full the outstanding balance, including principal payments of $1.2 million and accrued interest of $0.2 million.  

Subordinated Promissory Notes (Related Party and Non-related Party)

In March 2012 through April 2012, we issued $1.0 million of subordinated promissory notes to certain accredited investors, of which $0.2 million was issued to one of our directors. The notes bore interest at 12% per annum. Interest was payable monthly and the principal amount was due, in full, on the applicable maturity date of the note. Notes in the principal amount of $0.2 million matured on March 31, 2015 and the remaining notes, in the principal amount of $0.8 million, matured on March 31, 2017. In connection with the issuance of these notes, we issued detachable warrants to the lenders to purchase 112,658 shares of AAC common stock at $0.64 per share. The warrants were exercisable at any time up to their expiration on March 31, 2022. We recorded a debt discount of $0.1 million related to the warrants which reduced the carrying value of the subordinated notes. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance, net of the unamortized debt discount of $71,000, was $0.9 million, of which $0.2 million was due to one of our directors. In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, warrants representing 106,728 shares of AAC common stock were exercised in March 2014 and the remaining warrants representing 5,930 shares of AAC common stock were exercised in April 2014.   On February 27, 2015, we repaid in full the $1.0 million of the outstanding subordinated promissory notes.

Capital Lease Obligations  

We have capital leases with third party leasing companies for equipment and office furniture. The capital leases bear interest at rates ranging from 3.9% to 5.3% and have maturity dates from March 2017 through March 2019. Total obligations under capital leases at December 31, 2015 were $0.8 million, of which $0.3 million was included in the current portion of long-term debt.

 

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth information regarding our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

Payments due by period:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

1 to 3

 

 

3 to 5

 

 

More than

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

 

1 year

 

 

years

 

 

years

 

 

5 years

 

Senior secured loans (1)

 

 

134,932

 

 

 

7,691

 

 

 

22,241

 

 

 

105,000

 

 

 

 

Subordinated debt

 

 

28,594

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

1,250

 

 

 

1,250

 

 

 

25,469

 

Capital lease obligations (2)

 

 

799

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related debt

 

 

1,361

 

 

 

1,361

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

31,414

 

 

 

5,595

 

 

 

7,438

 

 

 

5,988

 

 

 

12,393

 

Litigation settlement

 

 

800

 

 

 

800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

197,900

 

 

 

16,366

 

 

 

31,418

 

 

 

112,254

 

 

 

37,862

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include required principal and interest payments. The estimated interest payments assume no change in LIBOR, or the base rate as defined in the Company’s 2015 Credit Facility, as of December 31, 2015. Also included in the estimated interest payments is the effect of two interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts at December 31, 2015 of $8.0

 

52


 

 

million and $ 1 1. 6 million, bearing interest at 4.205% and 4.725%, with maturity dates of May 2018 and August 2019, respectively.  

 

 

(2)

Includes future cash payments, including interest, due under our capital lease arrangements.

 

Consolidation of VIEs

The Professional Groups engage physicians and mid-level service providers and provide professional services to our clients through professional services agreements with each treatment facility. Under the professional services agreements, the Professional Groups also provide a physician to serve as medical director for the applicable facility. The Professional Groups either bill the payor for their services directly or are compensated by the treatment facility based on fair market value hourly rates. Each of the professional services agreements has a term of five years and will automatically renew for additional one-year periods.

We provided the initial working capital funding in connection with the formation of the Professional Groups and recorded a receivable. We make additional advances to the Professional Groups during periods in which there is a shortfall between revenues collected by the Professional Groups from the treatment facilities and payors, on the one hand, and the Professional Group’s contracting expenses and payroll requirements, on the other hand, thereby increasing the balance of the receivable. Excess cash flow of the Professional Groups is repaid to us, resulting in a decrease in the receivable. The Professional Groups are obligated to repay these funds and are charged commercially reasonable interest. We had receivables from the Professional Groups at December 31, 2015. The receivables due to us from the Professional Groups are eliminated in consolidation as the Professional Groups are VIEs of which we are the primary beneficiary.

AAC has entered into written management services agreements with each of the Professional Groups under which AAC provides management and other administrative services to the Professional Groups. These services include billing, collection of accounts receivable, accounting, management and human resource functions and setting policies and procedures. Pursuant to the management services agreements, the Professional Groups’ monthly revenues will first be applied to the payment of operating expenses consisting of refunds or rebates owed to clients or payors, compensation expenses of the physicians and other service providers, lease payments, professional and liability insurance premiums and any other costs or expenses incurred by AAC for the benefit of the Professional Groups and, thereafter, to the payment to AAC of a management fee equal to 20% of the Professional Groups’ gross collected monthly revenues. As described above, AAC will also provide financial support to each Professional Group on an as-needed basis to cover any shortfall between revenues collected by such Professional Groups from the treatment facilities and payors and the Professional Group’s contracting expenses and payroll requirements. Through these arrangements, we are directing the activities that most significantly impact the financial results of the respective Professional Groups; however, treatment decisions are made solely by licensed healthcare professionals employed or engaged by the Professional Groups as required by various state laws. Based on our ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the financial results of the Professional Groups, provide necessary funding and the obligation and likelihood of absorbing all expected gains and losses, we have determined that we are the primary beneficiary, and, therefore, consolidate the six Professional Groups as VIEs.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have entered into various non-cancelable operating leases expiring through June 2025. Commercial properties under operating leases primarily include space required to perform client services, sober living accommodations for our clients, and space for administrative facilities. Rent expense was $5.3 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses included in the financial statements. Estimates are based on historical experience and other available information, the results of which form the basis of such estimates. While we believe our estimation processes are reasonable, actual results could differ from our estimates. The following accounting policies are considered critical to our operating performance and involve subjective and complex assumptions and assessments.

Revenue Recognition

We provide services to our clients in both inpatient and outpatient treatment settings. Revenues are recognized when services are performed at the estimated net realizable value amount from clients, third-party payors and others for services provided. We receive the majority of payments from commercial payors at out-of-network rates. Client service revenues are recorded at established billing rates less adjustments to estimate net realizable value. Adjustments are recorded to state client service revenues at the amount

53


 

expected to be collected for the service provided based on historic adjustments for out-of-network services not under contract. Provisions for estimated third party payor reimbursements are provided in the period related services are rendered and adjusted in future periods when actual reimbursements are received.

Prior to admission, insurance coverage, as applicable, is verified and the client self-pay amount is determined. The client self-pay portion is generally collected upon admission. In some instances, clients will pay out-of-pocket as services are provided or will make a deposit and negotiate the remaining payments as part of the services. These out-of-pocket payments are included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and revenues related to these payments are deferred and recognized over the period services are provided. We do not recognize revenue for any amounts not collected from the client. From time to time, we may provide scholarships to a limited number of clients. We do not recognize revenues for scholarships provided.

We recognize revenues from commercial payors at the time services are provided based on our estimate of the amount that payors will pay us for the services performed. We estimate the net realizable value of revenues by adjusting gross client charges using our expected realization and applying this discount to gross client charges. Through December 31, 2013, our expected realization was determined by management after taking into account historical collections received from the commercial payors since our inception compared to the gross client charges billed. Beginning in January 2014, we enhanced the methodology related to our net realizable value to more quickly react to potential changes in reimbursements by facility, by type of service and by payor. As a result, management adjusted the expected realization discount, on a per facility basis, to reflect a historical analysis of reimbursement data by facility in addition to considering the type of services provided, the payors and the gross client charge rates by facility. This change resulted in a decrease in our expected realization in the first six months of 2014.

Estimates of net realizable value are subject to significant judgment and approximation by management. It is possible that actual results could differ from the historical estimates management has used to help determine the net realizable value of revenues. If our actual collections either exceed or are less than the net realizable value estimates, we will record a revenue adjustment, either positive or negative, for the difference between our estimate of the receivable and the amount actually collected in the reporting period in which the collection occurred.

In cases where the demand for our services exceeded our capacity, we historically entered into contractual arrangements with other parties to provide corporate support services. Based on criteria outlined in ASC 605,  Revenue Recognition , management determined that we were the principal party to the corporate support services provided. As a result, revenues generated through our contractual arrangements were included in revenues at their expected realizable amount while the subcontracted service payments made to the subcontracted parties were included in client expenses. The need for these contractual arrangements decreased as we increased bed capacity in the second half of 2012 and in the first half of 2013 as a result of the opening of the Desert Hope facility. During 2014 and 2015, we did not utilize these types of contractual arrangements.

Our other revenue consists of service charges from the delivery of  quality targeted leads to behavioral and mental health service businesses through our operating subsidiary RSG, which was acquired on July 2, 2015 .   Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the fee for services is fixed or determinable, and collectability of the fee is reasonably assured. 

Allowance for Contractual and Other Discounts

We derive the majority of our revenue reimbursements from commercial payors at out-of-network rates. Management estimates the allowance for contractual and other discounts based on its historical collections experience. The services authorized and provided and related reimbursement are often subject to interpretation and negotiation that could result in payments that differ from our estimates.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from third-party commercial payors and clients and we record accounts receivable net of contractual discounts. Our ability to collect outstanding receivables is critical to our results of operations and cash flows. Accounts receivable are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is management’s best estimate of accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future. Accordingly, the accounts receivable reported in our consolidated financial statements are recorded at the net amount expected to be received. Our primary collection risks are (i) the risk of overestimating our net revenues at the time of billing that may result in us receiving less than the recorded receivable, (ii) the risk of non-payment as a result of commercial insurance companies denying claims, (iii) the risk that clients will fail to remit insurance payments to us when the commercial insurance company pays out-of-network claims directly to the client, (iv) resource and capacity constraints that may prevent us from handling the volume of billing and collection issues in a timely manner and (v) the risk of non-payment from uninsured clients. In evaluating the collectability of accounts receivable and evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers a number of factors, including historical experience, the age of the accounts and current economic

54


 

trends. We continually monitor our accounts receivable balances and utilize retrospe ctive reviews and cash collection data to support our estimates of the allowance for doubtful accounts. In the second quarter of 2014, we analyzed our recent collection experience and made adjustments to the calculation of the net realizable value of our a ccounts receivable to take into account our collections experience over the past two years and improvements in the credit quality of our aged receivables. Estimates of our allowance for doubtful accounts are determined on a quarterly basis and adjusted mon thly thereafter based on actual collections. If actual future collections are less favorable than those projected by management, additional allowances for uncollectible accounts may be required. There can be no guarantee that we will continue to experience the same collection rates that we have experienced in the past. We do not believe that there are any significant concentrations of revenues from any particular payor that would subject us to significant credit risks in the event a payor becomes unwilling or unable to pay claims.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. We have no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives other than goodwill. We consider the following to be important factors that could trigger an impairment review: significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; identification of other impaired assets within a reporting unit; significant adverse changes in business climate or regulations; significant changes in senior management; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends.

Goodwill is assessed for impairment using a fair value approach at the reporting unit level. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process, if necessary. The provisions for the accounting standard of goodwill provide an entity with the option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to the determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. This qualitative assessment is referred to as a “step zero” approach. If, based on the qualitative factors, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the entity may skip the two-step impairment test required by accounting guidance. If an entity determines otherwise or, at the option of the entity, if a step zero is not performed, step one of the two-step impairment test is required. Under step one, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the entity must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed. Impairment shall be recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In performing step one of the goodwill impairment test, we compare the carrying amount of the reporting unit to the estimated fair value.

In assessing the recoverability of goodwill, we consider historical results, current operating trends and results, and make estimates and assumptions about revenues, margins and discount rates based on our budgets, business plans, economic projections and anticipated future cash flows. Each of these factors contains inherent uncertainties, and management exercises substantial judgment and discretion in evaluating and applying these factors.

The annual goodwill impairment test is performed as of December 31 of each year, utilizing the two-step test. We concluded that the carrying value of the reporting unit as of December 31, 2015 did not exceed its fair value, and thus no indication of impairment was present.

Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

Long-lived and intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Impairment is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740,  Income Taxes . Under the asset and liability method of ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

55


 

Under ASC 740, the effect on the deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided for significant deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that such assets will not be recovered.

Our practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to uncertain income tax positions in income tax expense.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

We measure compensation expense for all stock-based awards at fair value on the date of grant and recognize compensation expense over the service period for the awards expected to vest.

 

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Our interest expense is sensitive to changes in market interest rates. With respect to our interest-bearing liabilities, our long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2015 consisted of $120.1 million of variable rate debt with interest based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin. In July 2014, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risks. The interest rate swap agreements have initial notional amounts of $13.2 million and $8.9 million which fix the interest rates over the life of the interest rate swap agreements at 4.73% and 4.21%, respectively.  A hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates would decrease our pre-tax income and cash flows by approximately $1.0 million on an annual basis based upon our borrowing level at December 31, 2015 .

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Information with respect to this Item is contained in our consolidated financial statements beginning on Page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not applicable.

 

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, our management conducted an evaluation, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

 Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on our assessment under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015.

 This annual report does not include an attestation report from our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management's report was not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC that permit emerging growth companies, which we are, to provide only management's report in this annual report.

56


 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2015, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

Not applicable.

PART III

 

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth under the captions “Corporate Governance,” “Management” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on or about May 17, 2016, which we intend to file within 120 days after our fiscal year end.

 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees and a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers. These documents, as well as the charters of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee, are available on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.americanaddictioncenters.com under the captions “About Us,” “Investor Relations,” “Corporate Profile” and “Governance Documents.” Upon the written request of any person, we will furnish, without charge, a copy of any of these documents. Requests should be directed to AAC Holdings, Inc., 200 Powell Place, Brentwood, Tennessee 37027, Attention: Kathryn Sevier Phillips, General Counsel and Secretary. We intend to disclose any amendments to our Code of Ethics and any waiver from a provision of our code, as required by the SEC, on our website.

 

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Corporate Governance – Director Compensation” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on or about May 17, 2016, which we intend to file within 120 days after our fiscal year end.

 

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on or about May 17, 2016, which we intend to file within 120 days after our fiscal year end.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on or about May 17, 2016, which we intend to file within 120 days after our fiscal year end.

 

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth under the proposal “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on or about May 17, 2016, which we intend to file within 120 days after our fiscal year end.

 

 

 

57


 

PA RT IV

 

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

1.

Consolidated Financial Statements :

The consolidated financial statements required to be included in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, begin on Page F-1 and are submitted as a separate section of this report.

 

2.

Financial Statement Schedules :

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or are not required, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes in this report.

 

3.

Exhibits :

The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are listed in the Exhibit Index and incorporated by reference herein.

 

 

58


 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

  

PAGE

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2015

  

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015

  

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015

  

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015

 

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  

F-9

 

 

 

F-1


 

REPO RT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

AAC Holdings, Inc.

Brentwood, Tennessee

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AAC Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of AAC Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Nashville, Tennessee

March 8, 2016

 

 

 

F-2


 

AAC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Assets

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

48,540

 

 

$

18,750

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances

 

 

28,718

 

 

 

60,934

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

1,214

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,450

 

 

 

6,840

 

Total current assets

 

 

79,922

 

 

 

86,524

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

49,196

 

 

 

109,724

 

Goodwill

 

 

12,702

 

 

 

108,722

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

2,935

 

 

 

9,470

 

Other assets

 

 

1,197

 

 

 

1,609

 

Total assets

 

$

145,952

 

 

$

316,049

 

 

 

Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders’ Equity

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

2,001

 

 

$

7,878

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

10,411

 

 

 

21,653

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

2,570

 

 

 

3,611

 

Current portion of long-term debt – related party

 

 

1,787

 

 

 

1,195

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

16,769

 

 

 

34,337

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

1,479

 

 

 

1,195

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

24,097

 

 

 

140,335

 

Long-term debt—related party, net of current portion

 

 

187

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

431

 

 

 

3,694

 

Total liabilities

 

 

42,963

 

 

 

179,561

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mezzanine equity including noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest—Series A Preferred Units

 

 

7,848

 

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity including noncontrolling interest

 

 

7,848

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value:

   70,000,000 shares authorized, 21,374,374 and 22,813,809 shares issued

   and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively

 

 

21

 

 

 

23

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

88,238

 

 

 

121,923

 

Retained earnings

 

 

9,215

 

 

 

19,708

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

97,474

 

 

 

141,654

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

(2,333

)

 

 

(5,166

)

Total stockholders’ equity including noncontrolling interest

 

 

95,141

 

 

 

136,488

 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and stockholders’ equity

 

$

145,952

 

 

$

316,049

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-3


 

AAC HOLDINGS, Inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client related revenue

 

$

115,741

 

 

$

132,968

 

 

$

205,752

 

Other revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,509

 

Total revenue

 

$

115,741

 

 

$

132,968

 

 

$

212,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, wages and benefits

 

 

46,856

 

 

 

54,707

 

 

 

91,406

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

13,493

 

 

 

15,683

 

 

 

20,821

 

Professional fees

 

 

10,277

 

 

 

8,075

 

 

 

10,316

 

Client related services

 

 

7,986

 

 

 

10,794

 

 

 

15,754

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

11,615

 

 

 

13,518

 

 

 

22,708

 

Rentals and leases

 

 

4,634

 

 

 

2,106

 

 

 

5,298

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

10,950

 

 

 

11,391

 

 

 

18,113

 

Litigation settlement

 

 

2,588

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

2,379

 

Restructuring

 

 

806

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

3,003

 

 

 

4,662

 

 

 

7,837

 

Acquisition-related expenses

 

 

 

 

 

845

 

 

 

3,401

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

112,208

 

 

 

122,268

 

 

 

198,033

 

Income from operations

 

 

3,533

 

 

 

10,700

 

 

 

14,228

 

Interest expense, net  (change in fair value of interest rate

       swaps of  $ –, $431, and $33, respectively)

 

 

1,390

 

 

 

1,872

 

 

 

3,607

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,775

)

Other expense (income), net

 

 

36

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

(725

)

Income before income tax expense

 

 

2,107

 

 

 

8,921

 

 

 

13,121

 

Income tax expense

 

 

615

 

 

 

2,555

 

 

 

4,780

 

Net income

 

 

1,492

 

 

 

6,366

 

 

 

8,341

 

Less: net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(706

)

 

 

1,182

 

 

 

2,833

 

Net income attributable to AAC Holdings, Inc. stockholders

 

 

786

 

 

 

7,548

 

 

 

11,174

 

Deemed contribution-redemption of Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BHR Series A Preferred Unit dividends

 

 

 

 

 

(693

)

 

 

(147

)

Redemption of BHR Series A Preferred Units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(534

)

Net income available to AAC Holdings, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

1,786

 

 

$

6,855

 

 

$

10,493

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.41

 

 

$

0.49

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.41

 

 

$

0.48

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

13,855,797

 

 

 

16,557,655

 

 

 

21,605,037

 

Diluted

 

 

14,291,937

 

 

 

16,619,180

 

 

 

21,661,259

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

F-4


 

AAC HOLDINGS, Inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock –

 

 

Common Stock –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

 

AAC Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in Excess of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity (Deficit)

 

 

Non-

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Retained

 

 

of American

 

 

Controlling

 

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Amount

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Amount

 

 

Subscribed

 

 

Receivable

 

 

Capital)

 

 

Stock

 

 

Earnings

 

 

AAC Holdings, Inc.

 

 

Interests

 

 

Equity (Deficit)

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

 

1,545,373

 

 

$

1

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(677

)

 

$

(17

)

 

$

1,574

 

 

$

881

 

 

$

3,797

 

 

$

4,678

 

Common stock issued

 

 

1,424,124

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

(58

)

 

 

7,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,471

 

Redemption of mezzanine Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

Redemption of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,238

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,238

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,238

)

Common stock granted and issued under stock incentive plan

 

 

546,828

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

937

 

 

 

 

 

 

937

 

Conversion of debt to equity

 

 

381,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

Redemption of common stock

 

 

(698,259

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,654

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,654

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,654

)

Initial consolidation of VIEs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,020

 

 

 

3,020

 

Redemptions of noncontrolling interest

   of variable interest entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,990

)

 

 

(2,990

)

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

   holders, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(815

)

 

 

(815

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

786

 

 

 

786

 

 

 

706

 

 

 

1,492

 

Noncontrolling interest - Series A Preferred Dividend accrued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(18

)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

 

3,199,869

 

 

$

3

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

(58

)

 

$

9,449

 

 

$

(3,671

)

 

$

2,360

 

 

$

8,183

 

 

$

3,700

 

 

$

11,883

 

Common stock issued

 

 

741,322

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

58

 

 

 

6,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,076

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,076

 

Exercise of common stock warrants

 

 

112,658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

Common stock granted and issued under stock incentive plan

 

 

111,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

158,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,745

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,745

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,745

 

Dividends to mezzanine noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(61

)

 

 

(61

)

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

   holders, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(915

)

 

 

(915

)

Redemption of common stock

 

 

(14,318

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,594

)

 

 

(116

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,710

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,710

)

Private share exchange

 

 

(4,151,207

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

14,618,886

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,892

 

 

 

3,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,690

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

10,384

 

BHR acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

820,124

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,217

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,216

)

 

 

(3,661

)

 

 

(4,877

)

CRMS acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

234,324

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

Common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,250,000

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,871

 

Short-form merger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

293,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,908

 

 

 

(1,908

)

 

 

 

Dividends BHR Series A Preferred Units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(693

)

 

 

(693

)

 

 

 

 

 

(693

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,548

 

 

 

7,548

 

 

 

(1,182

)

 

 

6,366

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

21,374,374

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

88,238

 

 

$

 

 

$

9,215

 

 

$

97,474

 

 

$

(2,333

)

 

$

95,141

 

F-5


 

Common stock granted and issued under stock incentive plan, net of forfeitures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

806,892

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,376

 

Excess tax benefit from equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

Effect of employee stock purchase plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

554

 

 

 

 

 

 

554

 

BHR Series A Preferred Unit dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(147

)

 

 

(147

)

 

 

 

 

 

(147

)

Redemption of Series A BHR Preferred Units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(534

)

 

 

(534

)

 

 

 

 

 

(534

)

Acquisition of Clinical Services of Rhode Island, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,343

 

Acquisition of Referral Solutions Group, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

540,193

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,174

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,174

 

Acquisition of Taj Media, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,667

 

Acquisition of marketing intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

540

 

 

 

 

 

 

540

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,174

 

 

 

11,174

 

 

 

(2,833

)

 

 

8,341

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

22,813,809

 

 

$

23

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

121,923

 

 

$

 

 

$

19,708

 

 

$

141,654

 

 

$

(5,166

)

 

$

136,488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-6


 

AAC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,492

 

 

$

6,366

 

 

$

8,341

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

10,950

 

 

 

11,391

 

 

 

18,113

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

3,003

 

 

 

4,662

 

 

 

7,837

 

Equity compensation

 

 

979

 

 

 

1,802

 

 

 

5,757

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

395

 

 

 

 

 

 

365

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,775

)

Accretion of BHR Series A Preferred Units

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

32

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

261

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(1,500

)

 

 

(1,374

)

 

 

962

 

Decrease in fair value of contingent related-party note payable

 

 

(91

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(14,810

)

 

 

(15,155

)

 

 

(46,097

)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(1,287

)

 

 

190

 

 

 

(1,924

)

Accounts payable

 

 

510

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

5,061

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

3,611

 

 

 

(320

)

 

 

9,463

 

Other long term liabilities

 

 

159

 

 

 

272

 

 

 

(171

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

3,443

 

 

 

8,038

 

 

 

6,193

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(12,975

)

 

 

(15,584

)

 

 

(51,525

)

Issuance of notes and other receivables - related parties

 

 

 

 

 

(488

)

 

 

 

Collection of notes and other receivables - related parties

 

 

50

 

 

 

738

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(3,483

)

 

 

(90,187

)

Cash acquired in consolidation of variable interest entity

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Escrow funds held on acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

(500

)

 

 

(1,100

)

Purchase of intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(540

)

Purchase of other assets, net

 

 

(429

)

 

 

(204

)

 

 

(50

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(13,144

)

 

 

(19,521

)

 

 

(143,402

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

 

 

5,851

 

 

 

(12,550

)

 

 

47,000

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

 

9,150

 

 

 

4,053

 

 

 

100,218

 

Payments on long-term debt and capital leases

 

 

(2,433

)

 

 

(5,742

)

 

 

(27,572

)

Repayment of long-term debt — related party

 

 

(1,554

)

 

 

(2,601

)

 

 

(542

)

Repayment of subordinated notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(945

)

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,211

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(5,063

)

 

 

(5,710

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of common stock — initial public offering

 

 

 

 

 

69,518

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of common stock — private placement

 

 

7,429

 

 

 

6,089

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of BHR Series A Preferred Units

 

 

 

 

 

8,203

 

 

 

 

Redemption of BHR Series A Preferred Units

 

 

 

 

 

(1,825

)

 

 

(8,529

)

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

(509

)

 

 

 

Contributions from noncontrolling interest

 

 

1,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(1,396

)

 

 

(915

)

 

 

 

Redemption of noncontrolling interest

 

 

(2,990

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

10,973

 

 

 

58,011

 

 

 

107,419

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

1,272

 

 

 

46,528

 

 

 

(29,790

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

740

 

 

 

2,012

 

 

 

48,540

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

2,012

 

 

$

48,540

 

 

$

18,750

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-7


 

AAC HOLDINGS, Inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest, net of capitalized interest

 

$

1,265

 

 

$

1,743

 

 

$

3,404

 

Income taxes, net of refunds

 

$

2,870

 

 

$

4,156

 

 

$

1,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental information on non-cash investing and financing transactions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BHR Acquisition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Price

 

$

 

 

$

11,759

 

 

$

 

Assumption of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(1,759

)

 

 

 

Buyer common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

(7,000

)

 

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition

 

$

 

 

$

3,000

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRMS Acquisition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Price

 

$

 

 

$

2,500

 

 

$

 

Buyer common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition

 

$

 

 

$

500

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clinical Services of Rhode Island Acquisition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Price

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,007

 

Buyer common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,343

)

Cash paid for acquisition

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

664

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Referral Solutions Group Acquisition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Price

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

56,654

 

Buyer common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,174

)

Cash paid for acquisition

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

32,480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taj Media Acquisition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Price

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,907

 

Buyer common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,667

)

Cash paid for acquisition

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of equipment through capital lease

 

$

 

 

$

614

 

 

$

291

 

Accrued purchase of property and equipment

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,487

 

 

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-8


 

AAC Holdings, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1. Description of Business

AAC Holdings, Inc. (collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “Holdings”), was incorporated on February 12, 2014 for the purpose of acquiring all the common stock of American Addiction Centers, Inc. (“AAC”) and to engage in certain reorganization transactions as more fully described in Note 3.  The Company is headquartered in Brentwood, Tennessee and provides substance abuse treatment services for individuals with drug and alcohol addiction.  In addition to the Company’s substance abuse treatment services, the Company performs drug testing and diagnostic laboratory services and provides physician services to clients.  At December 31, 2015, the Company, through its subsidiaries, operated nine residential substance abuse treatment facilities, and nine standalone outpatient centers.

Following the Company’s acquisition of Referral Solutions Group, LLC (“RSG”) on July 2, 2015, combined with its previously existing internet assets, the Company operates a broad portfolio of internet assets that service millions of website visits each month. RSG, through its wholly owned subsidiary Recovery Brands, LLC (“Recovery Brands”), a leading publisher of “authority” websites such as Rehabs.com and Recovery.org, serves families and individuals struggling with addiction and seeking treatment options through comprehensive online directories, treatment provider reviews, forums and professional communities. Recovery Brands also provides online marketing solutions to other treatment providers such as enhanced facility profiles, audience targeting, lead generation and tools for digital reputation management.   

 

 

2. Basis of Presentation

Principles of Consolidation

The Company conducts its business through limited liability companies and C-corporations, each of which is a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, the accounts of variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in which the Company is the primary beneficiary, and certain professional groups through rights granted to the Company by contract to manage and control the business of such professional groups.  All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Private Share Exchange (defined below) between the Company and AAC’s stockholders (as discussed in Note 3) was accounted for similar to a common control transaction resulting in the assets, liabilities, and equity of AAC being carried over at their historical bases.  At the time of the Private Share Exchange, Holdings was a shell company that had not conducted any business and had no material assets or liabilities.  As such, the historical financial statements presented for periods prior to the Private Share Exchange represent the historical results of operations of AAC.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company consolidated one real estate VIE, Behavioral Healthcare Realty, LLC (“BHR”) through April 15, 2014, at which point BHR was acquired by the Company and became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (see Note 3 for further discussion).  At the time of the BHR Acquisition, BHR leased two treatment facilities to the Company under long-term triple net leases and was renovating and constructing additional treatment facilities that it planned to lease to the Company. The Company was the primary beneficiary as a result of its guarantee of BHR’s debt prior to the BHR Acquisition.  The Company also consolidated five professional groups (“Professional Groups”) that constituted VIEs as of December 31, 2014 and six Professional Groups that constituted VIEs as of December 31, 2015.  The Professional Groups are responsible for the supervision and delivery of medical services to the Company’s clients.  The Company provides management services to the Professional Groups.  Based on the Company’s ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the Professional Groups, provide necessary funding to the Professional Groups and the obligation and likelihood of absorbing all expected gains and losses of the Professional Groups, the Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of these Professional Groups.  

The accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 include assets of $0.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively, and liabilities of $3.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, related to the VIEs.  The accompanying consolidated income statements include net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest of $(0.7) million, $1.2 million and $2.8 million related to the VIEs for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

 

F-9


 

3. Reorganization Transactions

On April 15, 2014, the Company completed the following transactions which were all completed substantially concurrently (collectively, the “Reorganization Transactions”):

 

·

A voluntary private share exchange with certain stockholders of AAC, whereby holders representing over 93.6% of the outstanding shares of common stock of AAC exchanged their shares on a one-for-one basis for shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Private Share Exchange”);

 

·

The acquisition of all of the outstanding common membership interests of BHR, an entity controlled by related parties, which through its subsidiaries owns properties located in Florida, Nevada and Texas, in exchange for $3.0 million in cash, the assumption of a $1.8 million term loan and 820,124 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “BHR Acquisition”); and

 

·

The acquisition of all of the outstanding membership interests of Clinical Revenue Management Services, LLC (“CRMS”), an entity controlled by related parties, which provides client billing and collection services for the Company, in exchange for $0.5 million in cash and 234,324 shares of the Company’s common stock.

As a result of the foregoing transactions, the Company owned (i) over 93.6% of the outstanding common stock of AAC, (ii) 100% of the outstanding common membership interests in BHR, and (iii) 100% of the outstanding membership interests in CRMS. To help fund or facilitate these transactions, the following additional financing transactions were undertaken in 2014 prior to or in connection with the aforementioned transactions: (i) AAC sold 741,322 shares of its common stock in a private placement to certain accredited investors from February 2014 through April 2014, with net proceeds of $6.0 million, (ii) BHR sold 8.5 Series A Preferred Units in a private placement to certain accredited investors in January and February 2014 with net proceeds of $0.4 million (See Note 10), (iii) BHR redeemed 36.5 Series A Preferred Units from certain accredited investors in April 2014 (See Note 10) and (iv) BHR sold 160 new Series A Preferred Units in a private placement to an accredited investor in April 2014 with net proceeds of $7.8 million (see Note 10).

Private Share Exchange

Certain common shares of AAC issued in 2008 under the previous Board of Directors exceeded the number of shares duly authorized by AAC’s Articles of Incorporation. These common shares were previously classified as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheets because they did not meet the definition of permanent equity as a result of these legal imperfections. To cure these legal imperfections and in preparation for an initial public offering, in the first quarter of 2014, the Company initiated a voluntary private share exchange with certain of AAC’s stockholders whereby the Company offered to certain of AAC’s stockholders the opportunity to receive one share of the Company’s common stock for (i) each share of AAC’s common stock held by such stockholders and (ii) a release from claims arising from or related to the share imperfections (collectively, the “Private Share Exchange”). The Private Share Exchange was conditioned upon, among other things, holders of AAC’s common stock who participated in the Private Share Exchange validly assigning and transferring to the Company at least 90% of the outstanding shares of AAC prior to the expiration of the Private Share Exchange. The Private Share Exchange expired in April 2014, and at the expiration of the Private Share Exchange, holders representing 93.6% of AAC’s common stock had exchanged their shares for shares of common stock of the Company, and AAC became a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Private Share Exchange was accounted for similar to a common control transaction resulting in the assets, liabilities and equity of AAC being carried over at their historical bases. Prior to the completion of the Reorganization Transactions, Holdings had not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. Shares of AAC common stock that were not exchanged remained in mezzanine equity or stockholders’ equity until the completion of the short-form merger in November 2014.

Behavioral Healthcare Realty, LLC Acquisition

On April 15, 2014, BHR redeemed 36.5 of its noncontrolling Series A Preferred Units for $1.8 million. These former holders of Series A Preferred Units used the proceeds from the redemption to purchase 224,697 shares of AAC’s common stock at $8.12 per share as part of an exempt common stock offering. Included in the aforementioned transaction, nine of the Series A Preferred Units were redeemed from directors and relatives of directors who purchased 55,406 shares of AAC’s common stock valued at approximately $450,000.

Simultaneously, BHR amended and restated its Limited Liability Company Agreement which among other things changed the rights and privileges of the Series A Preferred Units. On April 15, 2014, BHR received $7.8 million in net proceeds from the sale of 160 units ($50,000 per unit) of its noncontrolling Series A Preferred Units to BNY Alcentra Group Holdings, Inc. (“Alcentra”). Alcentra received a 1% fee at closing and was entitled to receive a 12% per annum preferred return on its initial investment, payable quarterly in arrears. In the event of a non-payment, the preferred return compounded on a quarterly basis computed on an actual/360 day basis. In the event of non-payment for three months, the preferred return increased to 15.0%, and further increased to 18.0% if not paid beginning in the fourth month, with each increase compounding on a quarterly basis computed on an actual/360 day basis. The Series A Preferred Units contained certain embedded issuer call and holder put provisions. BHR had the option to redeem a minimum

F-10


 

of 40 Series A Preferred Units and up to 100% of the outstanding Series A Preferred Units for $50,000 per unit, plus (i) any accrued and unpaid preferred return and (ii) a call premium of (a) 3.0% through April 15, 201 5, (b) 2.0% from April 16, 2015 through April 15, 2017 and (c) no premium any time after April 15, 2017. Alcentra had a put right that, if exercised, require d BHR to redeem all of the issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Units by making a payment equa l to $50,000 per unit plus the accrued but unpaid preferred return. Alcentra was able to exercise its put right for a period of 30 days following the 36th month or 48th month after the date of issuance and at any time following the 60th month after the dat e of issuance. In the event of a sale of a property owned by BHR, Alcentra was entitled to the repayment of its initial capital contribution plus (i) any accrued and unpaid preferred return and (ii) any applicable call premium. As long as any of the Series A Preferred Units were outstanding, distributions to affiliates of BHR were limited to $3.0 million annually.

The Series A Preferred Units generally had no voting or approval rights regarding the management of BHR. However, the holders of Series A Preferred Units were entitled to vote with respect to (i) any action that would change the rights or restrictions of the Series A Preferred Units in a way that would adversely affect such holders and (ii) the creation or issuance of any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security of BHR having rights, preferences or privileges senior to the common units of BHR. In addition, unanimous approval of all BHR members, including the holders of Series A Preferred Units, is required to approve the sale by BHR of more than 50% of its real property, more than 50% of the voting or economic rights of any BHR subsidiary or the merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of BHR or sale of a majority of the common units of BHR.

In addition, so long as Alcentra owned at least 60 Series A Preferred Units, subject to adjustment for certain BHR redemptions, the manager of BHR could not engage in certain transactions without the approval of a majority of the Series A Preferred Unit holders, including, without limitation, the following: (i) liquidate, dissolve or wind up the business of BHR; (ii) authorize the issuance of additional Series A Preferred Units or any class or series of equity securities with rights, preferences or parity with or senior to that of the Series A Preferred Units; (iii) declare or pay any cash distribution or make any other distribution not permitted under the limited liability company agreement; (iv) pay any management or similar fees; (v) pay rebates or reduce payments payable by any primary tenants or (vi) make payments to affiliates of BHR in excess of $3.0 million per year in the aggregate.

Substantially concurrent with the Private Share Exchange, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common membership interests of BHR by issuing 820,124 shares of Company common stock (at a fair value of $8.54 per share as determined by the Company), paying $3.0 million in cash and assuming of a $1.7 million term loan from a financial institution to the Company’s CEO, former President and CFO. The original proceeds from this loan were used to repay a loan related to Greenhouse Real Estate, LLC and was accounted for as an additional capital contribution in BHR. The Company refinanced the assumed term loan and was required to make monthly principal payments of $35,855 to a financial institution, plus 5.0% interest and a balloon payment of $1.4 million in April 2015. In the event of an initial public offering prior to April 2015, the Credit Facility required that the Company immediately repay the $1.7 million assumed and refinanced term loan with proceeds from the IPO. Prior to the BHR Acquisition, BHR was controlled by the CEO, former President and CFO of the Company. BHR owned the real property associated with treatment facilities, which were leased to the Company, as well as other properties that were currently in development or were being held for future development. The BHR Acquisition was accounted for as a common control transaction as BHR was already being consolidated as a VIE in accordance with FASB ASC 810, Consolidations , and, accordingly, the Company recognized $4.9 million of the $11.8 million in fair value of consideration transferred (consisting of $3.0 million cash consideration, the $1.7 million loan assumed and the net deferred tax liabilities of $0.2 million). The Company eliminated the noncontrolling interest attributable to BHR of $3.7 million with the excess of fair value over the carrying value of noncontrolling interest recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital of $1.2 million.

Clinical Revenue Management Services, LLC Acquisition

On April 15, 2014, the Company acquired all the outstanding membership interests of CRMS in exchange for $0.5 million in cash and 234,324 common shares of the Company’s common stock (at a fair value of $8.54 per common share as determined by the Company) for total consideration paid of $2.5 million (collectively, the “CRMS Acquisition”). The purchase price was based upon a third party valuation report of CRMS obtained by the Company. CRMS provides billing and collections services to the Company and has no customers other than the Company. After this acquisition, all billing and collection services for the Company are performed by a wholly owned subsidiary. Prior to its acquisition by the Company, CRMS was owned by the spouses of the Company’s CEO and former President. The purchase price resulted in a premium to the fair value of the net assets acquired and, correspondingly, the recognition of goodwill. The amount recorded for goodwill is consistent with the Company’s intentions for the acquisition.

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The Company recorded the transaction based upon the fair value of the consideration paid. This consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date based on their fair values as follows (in thousands):

 

 

F-11


 

Cash

 

$

149

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

452

 

Property and equipment

 

 

91

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,810

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

2,502

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

2

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

2

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

2,500

 

 

Qualitative factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill include certain intangible assets that are not recognized as a separate identifiable intangible asset apart from goodwill. Intangible assets not recognized apart from goodwill consist primarily of the assembled workforce. The goodwill recognized is not deductible for income tax purposes. Acquisition related costs totaled $0.1 million and were expensed in other operating expenses in the audited consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The results of operations for CRMS from the acquisition date of April 15, 2014 are included in the consolidated income statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 and include revenue of $4.0 million and income before income taxes of $1.8 million. The following presents the unaudited pro forma revenues and income before income taxes of the combined entity had the CRMS Acquisition occurred on the first day of the period presented (in thousands):  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

income taxes

 

Combined pro forma from January 1, 2013 – December 31, 2013

 

$

115,741

 

 

$

2,802

 

Combined pro forma from January 1, 2014 – December 31, 2014

 

$

132,968

 

 

$

8,805

 

 

Fair Value of Shares Issued

The Company determined the fair value of shares of restricted common stock of the Company issued in connection with the BHR Acquisition and the CRMS Acquisition to be $8.54 per share. Management analyzed a valuation report prepared by an independent third party with respect to the valuation of the Company taking into account the Private Share Exchange, the BHR Acquisition and the CRMS Acquisition. In particular, the valuation report analyzed the potential impact of the then-proposed Reorganization Transactions on the valuation of the Company, such as the increase in 2013 pro forma net income as a result of BHR results of operations being included for all of 2013. The valuation report also noted that the impact of the BHR Acquisition on the enterprise value would be mixed, as the additional EBITDA generated at the Company level due to recapture rents and cash and non-cash expenses was not sufficient to overcome the negative impact on enterprise value of BHR’s debt outstanding for the entire year. With respect to CRMS, the analysis determined that it would allow the recapture of additional EBITDA (on a pro forma basis for 2013) due to a combination of recapture revenues (commissions no longer paid) and the expected cost savings. In determining the fair value of the Company’s common stock, management also considered investor demand in the private placement of AAC common stock from February 2014 through April 2014 at $8.12 per share, the improved projected results of operations of the remainder of 2014 and the probability of an initial public offering in 2014. Based on the foregoing analysis, the Company determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of April 15, 2014 to be $8.54 per share.

Initial Public Offering and Short-Form Merger

On October 7, 2014, the Company completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 5,750,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $15.00 per share, which included the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 250,000 shares from the Company and 500,000 shares from certain stockholders.  Net proceeds to the Company from the IPO were approximately $68.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering costs.

On November 10, 2014, the Company completed a subsidiary short-form merger with AAC and a wholly-owned merger subsidiary whereby the legacy holders of AAC common stock who did not participate in the Private Share Exchange received 1.571119 shares of Holdings common stock for each share of AAC common stock owned at the effective time of the merger (for an aggregate of approximately 293,040 shares of Holdings common stock).  Upon completion of the short-form merger, Holdings owned 100% of the outstanding shares AAC.  The Private Share Exchange was accounted for similar to a common control transaction resulting in the assets, liabilities and equity of AAC being carried over at their historical bases. Shares of AAC common stock that were not exchanged remained in mezzanine equity or stockholders’ equity until the completion of the short-form merger in November 2014.   The short-form merger was accounted for as an equity transaction in accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation .

 

 

F-12


 

4. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses at the date and for the periods that the consolidated financial statements are prepared. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to insurance adjustments, provisions for doubtful accounts, goodwill and intangible assets, long-lived assets, deferred revenues and income taxes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

 

General and Administrative Costs

The majority of the Company’s expenses are “cost of revenue” items. Costs that could be classified as general and administrative expenses include the Company’s corporate overhead costs, which were $28.1 million, $25.3 million, and $48.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015, respectively.

 

Client Related Revenues

The Company provides services to its clients in both inpatient and outpatient treatment settings. Client related revenues are recognized when services are performed at estimated net realizable value from clients, third-party payors and others for services provided. The Company receives the majority of payments from commercial payors at out-of-network rates. Client related revenues are recorded at established billing rates less adjustments to estimate net realizable value. Adjustments are recorded to state client service revenues at the amount expected to be collected for the service provided based on historic adjustments for out-of-network services not under contract. Prior to admission, each client’s insurance is verified and the client self-pay amount is determined. The client self-pay portion is generally collected upon admission. In some instances, clients will pay out-of-pocket as services are provided or will make a deposit and negotiate the remaining payments as part of the services. These out-of-pocket payments are included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and revenues related to these payments are deferred and recognized over the period services are provided. From time to time, scholarships may be provided to a limited number of clients. The Company does not recognize revenues for care provided via scholarships.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 12.3% of the Company’s revenue reimbursements came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of California, 12.1% came from Aetna, and 10.3% came from United Behavioral Health. No other payor accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue reimbursements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 18.1% of the Company’s revenue reimbursements came from Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield of Colorado,  13.3% came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of Texas, 12.9% came from Aetna, 10.5% came from Blue Cross Blue Shield of California, and 10.5% came from United Behavioral Health. No other payor accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue reimbursements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 15.1% of the Company’s revenues were reimbursed by Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield of Colorado; 12.5% by Blue Cross Blue Shield of Texas; 11.5% by Aetna, and 11.1% were reimbursed by Blue Cross Blue Shield of California. No other payor accounted for more than 10% of revenue reimbursements for the year ended December 31, 2015.

In prior years in cases where the demand for services exceeded capacity, the Company entered into contractual arrangements with other parties to provide services. Management evaluated and determined the Company was the principal party to the services provided. Revenues generated through the Company’s contractual arrangements are included in revenues at their expected realizable amount while the subcontracted service payments made are included in client related services. The need for these contractual arrangements decreased as the Company increased its bed capacity in the second half of 2012 and further decreased with the increased bed capacity in the first quarter of 2013 as a result of the opening of Desert Hope. None of the contractual arrangements were utilized during 2014 or 2015.

Other Revenue

The Company’s other revenue consists of service charges from the delivery of quality targeted leads to behavioral and mental health service businesses through the Company’s operating subsidiary Referral Solutions Group, LLC, which was acquired on July 2, 2015.  Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the fee for services is fixed or determinable, and collectability of the fee is reasonably assured.

F-13


 

Allowance for Contractual and Other Discounts

The Company derives the majority of its revenues from commercial payors at out-of-network rates. Management estimates the allowance for contractual and other discounts based on its historical collection experience. The services authorized and provided and related reimbursement are often subject to interpretation and negotiation that could result in payments that differ from the Company’s estimates.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable primarily consists of amounts due from third-party payors (non-governmental) and private pay clients and is recorded net of contractual discounts. The Company’s ability to collect outstanding receivables is critical to its results of operations and cash flows. Accounts receivable is reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is management’s best estimate of accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future. Accordingly, accounts receivable reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements is recorded at the net amount expected to be received. The Company’s primary collection risks are (i) the risk of overestimating net revenues at the time of billing that may result in the Company receiving less than the recorded receivable, (ii) the risk of non-payment as a result of commercial insurance companies denying claims, (iii) the risk that clients will fail to remit insurance payments to the Company when the commercial insurance company pays out-of-network claims directly to the client, (iv) resource and capacity constraints that may prevent the Company from handling the volume of billing and collection issues in a timely manner, (v) the risk that clients do not pay the Company for their self-pay balance (including co-pays, deductibles and any portion of the claim not covered by insurance) and (vi) the risk of non-payment from uninsured clients. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts is based on historical experience, but management also takes into consideration the age of accounts, creditworthiness and current economic trends when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. An account is written off only after the Company has pursued collection efforts or otherwise determines an account to be uncollectible.

At December 31, 2014, 20.7% of accounts receivable was from Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield of Colorado, 13.0% was from Blue Cross Blue Shield of California, and 10.6% was from Blue Cross Blue Shield of Texas.  At December 31, 2015, 22.4% of accounts receivable was from Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield of Colorado and 15.0% was from Blue Cross Blue Shield of California. No other payor accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 or 2015.

A summary of activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

4,278

 

Additions charged to provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

10,950

 

Accounts written off, net of recoveries

 

 

(1,908

)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

13,320

 

Additions charged to provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

11,391

 

Accounts written off, net of recoveries

 

 

(16,243

)

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

8,468

 

Additions charged to provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

18,113

 

Accounts written off, net of recoveries

 

 

(9,704

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

16,877

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost or at acquisition date fair value for assets obtained in business combinations, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The Company capitalizes interest on construction projects and such interest is included in the cost of the related asset. Assets held for development are classified as construction in progress and the Company does not depreciate these assets until they are placed in service. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease period, whichever is less. Assets under capital leases are amortized over the lease term or in the event of transfer of ownership at the end of the lease over the economic life of the leased asset. Amortization expense related to assets under capital lease is included with depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of income. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated economic useful lives of the assets, as follows:

F-14


 

 

 

 

Range of Lives

Computer software and equipment

 

3 years

Buildings

 

36 years

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

5 years

Vehicles

 

5 years

Equipment under capital lease

 

3-5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Life of the asset or lease,

 

 

whichever is less

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company has only one operating segment, substance abuse/behavioral healthcare treatment services, for segment reporting purposes. The substance abuse/behavioral healthcare treatment services operating segment represents one reporting unit for purposes of the Company’s goodwill impairment test. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.   If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recorded. The Company’s annual impairment tests of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles in 2014 and 2015 resulted in no impairment charges. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives other than goodwill.

The Company’s other intangible assets principally relate to trademarks, marketing intangibles, non-compete agreements, and leasehold interests acquired during business combinations. Trademarks and marketing intangibles are amortized over a period of ten years, non-compete agreements are amortized over the five-year term of the agreements, and leasehold interests are amortized over the remaining life of the leases.

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Impairment is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. The Company did not identify any indicators of impairment during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015.

Accrued Liabilities

The Company’s accrued liabilities, reflected as a current liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Accrued payroll liabilities

 

$

6,536

 

 

$

10,090

 

Accrued litigation settlement

 

 

158

 

 

 

800

 

Accrued legal fees

 

 

317

 

 

 

479

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

 

 

 

2,527

 

Accrued property, plant, and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

1,487

 

Other

 

 

3,400

 

 

 

6,270

 

Total accrued liabilities

 

$

10,411

 

 

$

21,653

 

 

Segments

The focus of all Company operations is centered on a single service, substance abuse/behavioral healthcare treatment. As such, the Company has one operating segment. The Company is organized and operates as one reportable segment, consisting of various treatment facilities located in the United States. The treatment facilities operate in the same industry and have similar economic characteristics, services and clients. Management has the ability to direct and serve clients in any of these facilities, which allows management to operate the Company’s business and analyze its revenues on a system-wide basis rather than focusing on any individual facility. The Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates performance and manages resources based on the results of the consolidated operations as a whole.

F-15


 

Advertising Expenses

Advertising costs are expensed as the related activity occurs.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation to employees using a fair-value based method for costs related to all share-based payments. Prior to the Company’s stock being traded in an active market, the Company estimated the fair value of employee restricted stock awards on the date of grant based on the appraised fair value.  The fair value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

Earnings Per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per common share are calculated based on the weighted-average number of shares outstanding in each period and dilutive stock options, non-vested shares, convertible debt securities, and warrants, to the extent such securities have a dilutive effect on earnings per share using the treasury stock method. The two-class method determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating preferred stock and their respective participation rights in undistributed earnings. Effective with the elimination of the Series B Preferred Stock in the first quarter of 2013, the Company no longer has two classes of stock.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

The effect on the deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided for significant deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that such assets will not be recovered.

The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to uncertain income tax positions in income tax expense.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

VIEs included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements consist of various corporations and a partnership.  As discussed in Note 3, the Company acquired BHR on April 15, 2014, prior to that date, BHR was a partnership for income tax purposes.  Partnerships are characterized as flow through entities for federal and certain state income tax purposes, taxes for the VIEs that are considered partnerships are not recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, except for certain state taxes imposed at the entity level. Taxes that are imposed on the owners of these partnerships are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  Taxes attributable to BHR after the acquisition date are included in these consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value, for financial reporting purposes, is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.

Disclosure is required about how fair value was determined for assets and liabilities and following a hierarchy for which these assets and liabilities must be grouped, based on significant levels of inputs as follows: Level 1—quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2—quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability; or Level 3—unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, such as discounted cash flow models or valuations. The determination of where assets and liabilities fall within this hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

F-16


 

Comprehensive Income

As of December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015, the Company did not have any components of other comprehensive income. As such, comprehensive income equaled net income for each of the periods presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Recent Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the International Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”, which outlines a single comprehensive model for recognizing revenue and supersedes most existing revenue recognition guidance, including guidance specific to the healthcare industry. Companies across all industries will use a new five-step model to recognize revenue from customer contracts. The new standard, which replaces nearly all existing GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards revenue recognition guidance, will require significant management judgment in addition to changing the way many companies recognize revenue in their financial statements. The standard is effective for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this standard will have on its revenue recognition policies and procedures, financial position, result of operations, cash flows, financial disclosures and control framework.

In March 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”.  The update is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and those interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted.  The update requires debt issuance costs related to a note to be reported in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the face amount of that note on a retrospective basis upon adoption.  The Company determined to early adopt the revised guidance and presented $1.9 million of deferred debt issuance costs associated with the Company’s 2015 Credit Facility (as later defined) net of the debt balance at December 31, 2015 (see Note 9).  The impact on prior periods was not material.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, “Business Combinations:  Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments” (“ASU 2015-16”).  ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement for an acquirer to retrospectively adjust its financial statements for changes to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement-period following the consummation of a business combination.  Instead, ASU 2015-16 requires these types of adjustments to be made during the reporting period in which they are identified and would require additional disclosure or separate presentation of the portion of the adjustment that would have been recorded in the previously reported periods as if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date.  ASU 2015-16 is effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those years, with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not been issued .  The adoption of ASU 2015-16 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations. 

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, “Income Taxes: Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes” (“ASU 2015-17”).  ASU 2015-17 requires deferred tax assets and liabilities to be netted and presented as a single non-current amount in the balance sheet, rather than separating them into current and non-current amounts. The Company prospectively adopted the provisions of ASU 2015-17 during the fourth quarter of 2015. Prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted.  The adoption of ASU 2015-17 had no impact on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases”. The new standard establishes a right-of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement.  The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

5. Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share (“EPS”) was calculated using the two-class method required for participating securities up until 2013. Series B Preferred Stock was entitled to dividends at the rate equal to that of common stock.  Undistributed earnings allocated to these participating securities were subtracted from net income in determining net income attributable to common stockholders. Net losses, if any, were not allocated to these participating securities. Effective with the elimination of the Series B Preferred Stock in the first quarter of 2013, the Company no longer has two classes of stock.

F-17


 

Basic EPS is computed by dividi ng net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include both the common shares classified as mezzanine equity and those classified as equity.

For the calculation of diluted EPS, net income attributable to common stockholders for basic EPS is adjusted by the effect of dilutive securities, including awards under stock-based payment arrangements, and outstanding convertible debt securities. Diluted EPS attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of fully diluted common shares outstanding during the period.

The following tables reconcile the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS for years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands except share and per share amounts):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Numerator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to AAC Holdings, Inc.

 

$

786

 

 

$

7,548

 

 

$

11,174

 

Plus: redemption of Series B Preferred Stock deemed contribution

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Series A Preferred Unit dividends

 

 

 

 

 

(693

)

 

 

(147

)

Less:  Redemption of BHR Series A Preferred Units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(534

)

Net income available to common shares

 

$

1,786

 

 

$

6,855

 

 

$

10,493

 

Denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding – basic

 

 

13,855,797

 

 

 

16,557,655

 

 

 

21,605,037

 

Dilutive securities

 

 

436,140

 

 

 

61,525

 

 

 

56,222

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding – diluted

 

 

14,291,937

 

 

 

16,619,180

 

 

 

21,661,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.41

 

 

$

0.49

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.41

 

 

$

0.48

 

 

The Company has included common stock that is classified as mezzanine equity in the denominator for basic and diluted EPS calculations for 2013 and 2014.

 

 

6 .   Acquisitions

On February 20, 2015, the Company acquired certain assets of Recovery First, Inc. (“Recovery First”), a Florida-based provider of substance abuse treatment and rehabilitation services, for $13.0 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities.  The purchase price was based upon arms-length negotiations between the Company and Recovery First, an unrelated third party, that resulted in a premium to the fair value of the net assets acquired (including identifiable intangible assets) and, correspondingly, the recognition of goodwill. The amount recorded for goodwill is consistent with the Company’s intentions for the acquisition and is deductible for income tax purposes.

On April 17, 2015, the Company acquired certain assets of Clinical Services of Rhode Island, Inc. (“CSRI”), a provider of intensive outpatient substance abuse treatment services, for $0.7 million in cash and 42,460 in shares of Holdings’ common stock.  The purchase price was based upon arms-length negotiations between the Company and CSRI, an unrelated third party, that resulted in a premium to the fair value of the net assets acquired and, correspondingly, the recognition of goodwill.  The amount recorded for goodwill is consistent with the Company’s intentions for the acquisition and is deductible for income tax purposes.

On July 2, 2015, the Company acquired RSG, an online publisher in the substance abuse treatment industry with a portfolio of websites and marketing assets, for $32.5 million in cash and 540,193 in shares of Holdings’ common stock.   The purchase price was based upon arms-length negotiations between the Company and RSG, an unrelated third party, that resulted in a premium to the fair value of the net assets acquired and, correspondingly, the recognition of goodwill.  The amount recorded for goodwill is consistent with the Company’s intentions for the acquisition and is deductible for income tax purposes.

On July 2, 2015, the Company acquired Taj Media, LLC (“Taj Media”), a digital marketing agency with addiction treatment industry expertise, for $2.2 million in cash and 37,253 in shares of Holdings’ common stock.   The purchase price was based upon arms-length negotiations between the Company and Taj Media, an unrelated third party, that resulted in a premium to the fair value of the net assets acquired and, correspondingly, the recognition of goodwill.  The amount recorded for goodwill is consistent with the Company’s intentions for the acquisition and is deductible for income tax purposes.

F-18


 

On August 10, 2015, the Company acquired certain assets of The Oxford Centre, Inc. and its affiliates (“Oxford”), which operates a 76-bed residential facility lo cated on a 110-acre campus in Etta, Mississippi, which is 65 miles southwest of Memphis, Tennessee, and three outpatient treatment locations in Oxford, Tupelo and Olive Branch, Mississippi , for $35.0 million in cash.  The purchase price was based upon arms -length negotiations between the Company and Oxford, an unrelated third party, that resulted in a premium to the fair value of the net assets acquired and, correspondingly, the recognition of goodwill.  The amount recorded for goodwill is consistent with t he Company’s intentions for the acquisition and is deductible for income tax purposes.

On October 1, 2015, the Company acquired certain assets of Sunrise House Foundation, Inc. (“Sunrise House”), a non-profit corporation operating a 110-bed substance abuse treatment center, 30 halfway house beds and two outpatient programs in Western New Jersey, for $6.6 million in cash.  The purchase price was based upon arms-length negotiations between the Company and Sunrise House, an unrelated third party, that resulted in a fair value assessment of the net assets acquired of $8.4 million.  The $1.8 million of assets in excess of the purchase price was recorded as a bargain purchase gain and is included in “Bargain purchase gain” in the consolidated statements of income.   Prior to recording this gain, the Company reassessed its identification of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including the use of independent valuation experts to assist the Company in appraising the personal property, real property and intangible assets acquired. The Company believes there were several factors that contributed to this transaction resulting in a bargain purchase gain, including historical losses incurred by the business.

Each of these acquisitions was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations . The Company recorded each transaction based upon the fair value of the consideration paid. This consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the corresponding acquisition dates, based on their fair values.   The fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, at the corresponding acquisition dates, were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Recovery First

 

 

CSRI

 

 

RSG

 

 

Taj Media

 

 

Oxford

 

 

Sunrise House

 

 

Total

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

 

$

27

 

 

$

231

 

 

$

45

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

303

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

750

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

546

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

1,997

 

 

 

758

 

 

 

4,233

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Property and equipment

 

 

1,416

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

4,706

 

 

 

6,604

 

 

 

12,778

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

143

 

Goodwill

 

 

10,574

 

 

 

1,857

 

 

 

51,946

 

 

 

3,844

 

 

 

27,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

96,020

 

Intangible assets

 

 

300

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

680

 

 

 

940

 

 

 

6,390

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

13,040

 

 

 

2,051

 

 

 

57,230

 

 

 

3,960

 

 

 

35,182

 

 

 

8,415

 

 

 

119,878

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

40

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

576

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

935

 

Net assets acquired

 

 

13,000

 

 

 

2,007

 

 

 

56,654

 

 

 

3,907

 

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

8,375

 

 

 

118,943

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,775

)

 

 

(1,775

)

Total purchase price of acquisition

 

$

13,000

 

 

$

2,007

 

 

$

56,654

 

 

$

3,907

 

 

$

35,000

 

 

$

6,600

 

 

$

117,168

 

Acquisition-related costs for the acquisitions were expensed in acquisition-related expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

 

  The results of operations for the acquired entities from the respective acquisition dates are included in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2015, and include revenues of $23.0 million and income before income taxes of $6.9 million.  The following presents the unaudited pro forma revenues and income before taxes of the combined entity had the acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2014 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Revenues

 

$

175,743

 

 

$

236,828

 

Income before income taxes

 

$

19,494

 

 

$

17,913

 

F-19


 

 

7. Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Computer equipment and software

 

$

4,845

 

 

$

13,498

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

4,535

 

 

 

8,477

 

Vehicles

 

 

834

 

 

 

1,153

 

Equipment under capital lease

 

 

1,777

 

 

 

1,498

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

3,538

 

 

 

15,671

 

Construction in progress

 

 

19,410

 

 

 

17,424

 

Building

 

 

19,733

 

 

 

53,264

 

Land

 

 

2,538

 

 

 

13,380

 

Total property and equipment

 

 

57,210

 

 

 

124,365

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(8,014

)

 

 

(14,641

)

 

 

$

49,196

 

 

$

109,724

 

 

Acquired Property

On February 24, 2015, the Company purchased a piece of property including buildings, structures, and 96 acres of land in Ringwood, New Jersey for $6.4 million in cash and recorded the balance as construction in progress. The Company funded the purchase price from cash on hand with the intention of converting the property into a treatment center.

On April 1, 2015, the Company acquired a 93-bed hospital in southern California for cash consideration of $13.5 million and recorded the balance as construction in progress and land.  The Company funded the purchase price from cash on hand with the intention of converting the property into a chemical dependency recovery hospital.

 

 

8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company’s goodwill balance was $12.7 million and $108.7 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The increase in goodwill relates to the acquisitions noted below and as discussed in Note 6.

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

12,702

 

Recovery First acquisition

 

 

10,574

 

CSRI acquisition

 

 

1,857

 

RSG acquisition

 

 

51,946

 

Taj Media acquisition

 

 

3,844

 

Oxford acquisition

 

 

27,799

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

108,722

 

Other identifiable intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consisted of the following as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands):  

 

 

 

Gross Carrying Value

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Trademarks

 

$

2,682

 

 

$

4,052

 

 

$

626

 

 

$

955

 

Non-compete agreements

 

 

1,257

 

 

 

1,257

 

 

 

587

 

 

 

838

 

Marketing intangibles

 

 

220

 

 

 

5,651

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

355

 

Leasehold interests

 

 

 

 

 

670

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Other

 

 

51

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

$

4,210

 

 

$

11,681

 

 

$

1,275

 

 

$

2,211

 

F-20


 

 

Changes to the carrying value of identifiable intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):  

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

2,935

 

Amortization expense

 

 

(936

)

Recovery First intangibles

 

 

300

 

Acquisition of marketing intangibles

 

 

1,081

 

RSG intangibles

 

 

4,470

 

Oxford intangibles

 

 

680

 

Sunrise House intangibles

 

 

940

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

9,470

 

 

On April 17, 2015, the Company acquired certain marketing assets with a value of $1.1 million for cash consideration of $0.5 million and 17,110 shares of the Company’s common stock issued on January 1, 2016, with an estimated fair value of $0.5 million at the date of acquisition.

 

The weighted-average amortization periods of the acquired intangible assets are as follows:

 

 

 

Weighted - Average Amortization Period (in Years)

Trademarks

 

10

Non-compete agreements

 

5

Marketing intangibles

 

10

Leasehold interests

 

10

Other

 

5

 

At December 31, 2015, all intangible assets are amortized using a straight-line method.  The following table presents amortization expense expected to be recognized during fiscal years subsequent to December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

1,335

 

2017

 

 

1,251

 

2018

 

 

1,082

 

2019

 

 

1,046

 

2020

 

 

1,042

 

Thereafter

 

 

3,714

 

Total

 

$

9,470

 

 


F-21


 

 

9. Notes Payable and Revolving Line of Credit

A summary of the Company’s debt obligations, net of unamortized discounts, is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Non-related party debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior secured loans, net of issuance costs

 

$

 

 

$

118,936

 

Real estate debt

 

 

24,590

 

 

 

 

Asset purchases

 

 

126

 

 

 

 

Subordinated debt, net of issuance costs

 

 

708

 

 

 

24,240

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

1,243

 

 

 

770

 

Total non-related party debt

 

 

26,667

 

 

 

143,946

 

Less current portion

 

 

(2,570

)

 

 

(3,611

)

Total non-related party debt, long-term

 

$

24,097

 

 

$

140,335

 

Related party debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related debt

 

$

1,787

 

 

$

1,195

 

Subordinated debt

 

 

187

 

 

 

 

Total related party debt

 

 

1,974

 

 

 

1,195

 

Less current portion

 

 

(1,787

)

 

 

(1,195

)

Total related party debt, long-term

 

$

187

 

 

$

 

Credit Facility

The Company’s prior credit facility borrowing base provided for borrowings up to the lesser of (i) $20 million or (ii) 80% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable at any time prior to February 1, 2014, and 70% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable at any time on or after February 1, 2014, subject to adjustment if the aggregate of all returns, rebates, discounts, credits and allowances for the immediately preceding three months is less than 8% of the Company’s gross revenues for such period. The prior credit facility was secured by the Company’s accounts receivable, deposit accounts and other rights to payment, inventory, and equipment, and was guaranteed jointly and severally by all of the Company’s subsidiaries that have significant operations and/or assets and the Company’s CEO and former President. The prior credit facility, as amended, required the Company to maintain a tangible net worth ratio not greater than 2.50 to 1.00, a fixed charge coverage ratio not less than 1.25 to 1.00, and net income of at least $1.00, all determined as of each quarter end. The prior credit facility limited capital expenditures to $0.1 million in each fiscal year unless approved by the financial institution, limited additional borrowing to $50,000 during the term of the agreement unless approved by the financial institution, limited operating lease expense to $0.1 million in each fiscal year and prohibited the payment of dividends in cash or stock. The prior credit facility also contained a cross-default clause linking a default under the prior credit facility to the occurrence of a default by the Company under any other debt agreement, material lease commitment, contract, instrument or obligation.

The Company was not in compliance with certain financial covenants contained in the prior credit facility as of March 31, 2014. These covenant violations created a cross-default under the debt agreements between the same lender and each of Greenhouse Real Estate, LLC (“Greenhouse Real Estate”), Concorde Real Estate, LLC (“Concorde Real Estate”), and The Academy Real Estate, LLC (“Academy Real Estate”), but for which the Company obtained waivers.

On April 15, 2014, the Company’s prior credit facility was amended and restated and included a waiver for the noncompliance with the financial covenants and negative covenants described in the preceding paragraphs.

On April 15, 2014, the Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility (the “2014 Credit Facility”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. The 2014 Credit Facility made available to the Company a $15.0 million revolving line of credit, subject to borrowing base limitations (the “Amended Revolving Line”), and amended and restated two existing term loans in the outstanding principal amounts of $0.6 million (“Term Loan A”) and $1.5 million (“Term Loan B”). In June 2014, the Company repaid in full the $1.5 million outstanding balance of Term Loan B.

The Amended Revolving Line bore interest at one-month LIBOR, plus an applicable margin that was determined by the Company’s leverage ratio, as defined by the agreement, at the end of each quarter. A quarter-end leverage ratio of 4.75 to 1.00 or above resulted in an applicable margin of 3.00%, a ratio below 4.75 to 1.00 and equal to or above 4.00 to 1.00 results in an applicable margin of 2.75%, and a ratio below 4.00 to 1.00 results in an applicable margin of 2.50%. Term Loan A bore interest at LIBOR plus 3.15%. The borrowing base for the Amended Revolving Line was 70% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable and was

F-22


 

established with the understanding that the aggregate of all returns, rebates, discounts, credits and allowances, exclusive of the initial adjustment to record net revenues at the time of billing, for the immediately preceding three months wou ld be less than 20% of gross revenues for such period (up from the previous restriction of 8%) .

On December 18, 2014, the Company terminated the 2014 Credit Facility, after having repaid the then outstanding principal balance of $487,500 plus accrued interest.   The 2014 Credit Facility also included one outstanding term loan in the outstanding principal amount of $0.5 million. The Company did not incur any early termination penalties as a result of the early termination of the 2014 Credit Facility.

On March 9, 2015, the Company entered into a five year $125.0 million senior secured credit facility (the “2015 Credit Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders party thereto.   The 2015 Credit Facility consists of a $50.0 million revolving credit facility and a $75.0 million term loan.  The Company used the proceeds to re-pay certain existing indebtedness, fund acquisitions and de novo treatment facilities and for general corporate purposes.  The 2015 Credit Facility also has an accordion feature that allows the total borrowing capacity to be increased up to $200.0 million, subject to certain conditions, including obtaining additional commitments from lenders.  On June 16, 2015, the Company amended the 2015 Credit Facility to remove from the definition of “change of control” what is often referred to as a “dead hand proxy put” provision.

The 2015 Credit Facility requires quarterly term loan principal repayments for the outstanding term loan of $0.9 million from September 30, 2015 to December 31, 2016, $1.4 million from March 31, 2017 to December 31, 2017, $2.3 million from March 31, 2018 to December 31, 2018, and $2.8 million from March 31, 2019 to December 31, 2019, with the remaining principal balance of the term loan due on the maturity date of March 9, 2020.  Repayment of the revolving loan is due on the maturity date of March 9, 2020.    The 2015 Credit Facility generally requires quarterly interest payments.

Borrowings under the 2015 Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company and each of its subsidiaries and are secured by a lien on substantially all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ assets. Borrowings under the 2015 Credit Facility bear interest at a rate tied to the Company’s Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio (defined as Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA, in each case as defined in the 2015 Credit Facility).   Eurodollar Rate Loans with respect to the 2015 Credit Facility bear interest at the Applicable Rate plus the Eurodollar Rate (each as defined in the 2015 Credit Facility) (based upon the LIBOR Rate (as defined in the 2015 Credit Facility) prior to commencement of the interest rate period). Base Rate Loans with respect to the 2015 Credit Facility bear interest at the Applicable Rate plus the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (ii) the prime rate and (iii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.0% (the interest rate at December 31, 2015 was 3.33%).  In addition, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility of 0.35% to 0.50% depending on the Company’s Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio (the commitment fee rate at December 31, 2015 was 0.45%).   The Applicable Rates and the unused commitment fees of the 2015 Credit Facility are based upon the following tiers:   

Pricing Tier

 

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio

 

Eurodollar Rate Loans

 

 

Base Rate Loans

 

 

Commitment Fee

 

1

 

> 3.50:1.00

 

 

3.25

%

 

 

2.25

%

 

 

0.50

%

2

 

> 3.00:1.00 but < 3.50:1.00

 

 

3.00

%

 

 

2.00

%

 

 

0.45

%

3

 

> 2.50:1.00 but    < 3.00:1.00

 

 

2.75

%

 

 

1.75

%

 

 

0.40

%

4

 

> 2.00:1.00 but    < 2.50:1.00

 

 

2.50

%

 

 

1.50

%

 

 

0.35

%

5

 

< 2.00:1.00

 

 

2.25

%

 

 

1.25

%

 

 

0.35

%

The 2015 Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with customary affirmative, negative and financial covenants, including a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio and a Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (each as defined in the 2015 Credit Facility). The Company may be required to pay all of its indebtedness immediately if the Company defaults on any of the financial or other restrictive covenants contained in the 2015 Credit Facility.  The financial covenants include maintenance of the following:

 

·

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio may not be less than 1.50:1.00 as of the end of any fiscal quarter.

 

·

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio: may not be greater than the following levels as of the end of each fiscal quarter:

 

F-23


 

Measurement Period Ending

 

Maximum Consolidated Total

Leverage Ratio

December 31, 2015

 

4.50:1.00

March 31, 2016

 

4.50:1.00

June 30, 2016

 

4.25:1.00

September 30, 2016

 

4.25:1.00

December 31, 2016

 

4.25:1.00

March 31, 2017 and each fiscal quarter thereafter

 

4.00:1.00

 

·

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio may not be greater than the following levels as of the end of each fiscal quarter:

Measurement Period Ending

 

Maximum Consolidated Senior

Secured Leverage Ratio

December 31, 2015

 

4.00:1.00

March 31, 2016

 

4.00:1.00

June 30, 2016

 

3.75:1.00

September 30, 2016

 

3.75:1.00

December 31, 2016

 

3.75:1.00

March 31, 2017 and each fiscal quarter thereafter

 

3.50:1.00

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants under the 2015 Credit Facility.

The Company incurred approximately $1.4 million in debt issuance costs related to underwriting and other professional fees, and deferred these costs over the term of the 2015 Credit Facility.  Additionally, the Company used approximately $24.9 million of the proceeds from the $75.0 million term loan to repay in full the outstanding real estate debt, certain equipment notes and certain capital leases. The Company did not incur any significant early termination fees.    

On July 1, 2015, the Company borrowed $15.0 million under the $50.0 million revolver of the 2015 Credit Facility.  The Company used the proceeds to fund de novo development projects, acquisitions, and general corporate purposes.

On August 7, 2015, the Company borrowed $32.0 million under the $50.0 million revolver of the 2015 Credit Facility.  The Company used the proceeds to fund de novo development projects, acquisitions, and general corporate purposes.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s availability under the $50.0 million revolving credit facility of the 2015 Credit Facility was $0.7 million, net of $47.0 million in borrowings as noted above, and $2.3 million in standby letters of credit issued for various corporate purposes.  

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

In July 2014, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements to mitigate its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. The interest rate swap agreements had initial notional amounts of $8.9 million and $13.2 million which fix interest rates over the life of the respective interest rate swap agreement at 4.21% and 4.73%, respectively.  The notional amounts of the swap agreements represent amounts used to calculate the exchange of cash flows and are not the Company’s assets or liabilities.  The interest payments under these agreements are settled on a net basis.  The Company has not designated the interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges and therefore the changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps are included within interest expense in the consolidated statements of income.

The fair value of the interest rate swaps at December 31, 2014 and 2015 represented a liability of $431,000 and $464,000, respectively, and is reflected in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.  Refer to Note 15 for further discussion of fair value of the interest rate swap agreements.  The Company’s credit risk related to these agreements is considered low because the swap agreements are with a creditworthy financial institution.

The following table sets forth the Company’s interest rate swap agreements at December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Notional

 

 

Maturity

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Date

 

Value

 

Pay-fixed interest rate swap

 

$

7,977

 

 

May 2018

 

$

(116

)

Pay-fixed interest rate swap

 

 

11,608

 

 

August 2019

 

 

(348

)

Total

 

$

19,585

 

 

 

 

$

(464

)

F-24


 

 

Real Estate Debt

As discussed in Note 3, on April 15, 2014, the Company acquired BHR and assumed a $1.8 million term loan, which was subsequently paid off in 2014 with proceeds from the Company’s IPO.  The Company’s total real estate debt totaled $24.6 million at December 31, 2014. The terms of the debt are discussed below. On March 9, 2015, the Company repaid in full all outstanding real estate debt as discussed further below.  The Company did not incur any early termination penalties in the repayment of the debt.

 

Concorde Real Estate

In conjunction with the consolidation of Concorde Real Estate on June 27, 2012, the Company assumed a $3.5 million promissory note which was refinanced in July 2012 and replaced with loans totaling $7.4 million in two tranches to fund the renovation of the Desert Hope facility. The first tranche totaled $4.4 million and bore interest at 3.0% plus one-month LIBOR, with interest payable monthly, and required a lump sum principal payment in July 2013. The second tranche totaled $3.0 million, bore interest at 2.0% plus the lender’s prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2012), with interest payable monthly, and required a lump sum principal payment in July 2013.

 

In May 2013, Concorde Real Estate refinanced these two outstanding loans with a $9.6 million note payable with a maturity of May 15, 2018. The additional debt in 2013 was used to redeem the preferred membership interests in Concorde Real Estate. The note required monthly principal payments of $53,228 plus interest and a balloon payment of $6.6 million due at maturity. Interest was calculated based on a 360 day year and accrued at the Company’s option of either (i) one-month LIBOR (as defined in the agreement) plus 2.5%, with such rate fixed until the next monthly reset date, or (ii) floating at one-month LIBOR (as defined in the agreement) plus 2.5%. In the event that the Company elected the floating option for either two consecutive periods or a total of three periods, the floating rate increased by 0.25%. The interest rate at December 31, 2014 was 2.67% and the amount outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $8.6 million.  The Company repaid this note in full on March 9, 2015 for its stated outstanding principal balance and did not incur any early termination fees.

The note was guaranteed by the Company and its CEO and former President and was secured by a deed of trust and the assignment of certain leases and rents. The note contained financial covenants that required the Company to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00. The note also contained a cross-default clause linking a default under the note to the occurrence of a default by any guarantor or an affiliate of a guarantor with respect to any other indebtedness.

Greenhouse Real Estate

Greenhouse Real Estate entered into a $13.2 million construction loan facility (the “Construction Facility”) with a financial institution on October 8, 2013 to refinance existing debt related to a 70-bed facility and to fund the construction of an additional 60 beds at this facility located in Grand Prairie, Texas. Monthly draws could be made against the Construction Facility based on actual construction costs incurred.

Interest, which was payable monthly, was calculated based on a 360 day year and accrued at the Company’s option of either (i) one-month LIBOR (as defined in the agreement) plus 3.0%, with such rate fixed until the next monthly reset date, or (ii) floating at one-month LIBOR (as defined in the agreement) plus 3.0%. In the event that the Company elected the floating option for either two consecutive periods or a total of three periods, the floating rate increased by 0.25%.

At Greenhouse Real Estate’s option, the Construction Facility was convertible to a permanent term loan with an extended maturity of October 31, 2019 provided (i) there was no default, (ii) the construction was 100% complete, (iii) there was no material adverse change, as determined by the financial institution in its sole discretion, in the financial condition of Greenhouse Real Estate and (iv) other terms and conditions were satisfied. The maximum amount that could be converted was 65% of the appraised value at the time of the conversion. If at the time of the conversion the loan value exceeded the 65% loan-to-value ratio, Greenhouse Real Estate was permitted to make principal payments to reduce the loan-to-value to the 65% threshold. In the event Greenhouse Real Estate did not elect to or was unable to convert the Construction Facility to a permanent term loan, Greenhouse Real Estate was required to pay an exit fee equal to 3.0% of the then outstanding balance.  Principal payments at the time of the conversion were to be calculated based on a 15-year amortization schedule, and monthly principal and interest payments were required with a balloon payment at maturity.

The Construction Facility was secured by a deed of trust and the assignment of certain leases and rents and was guaranteed by the Company and the CEO and former President of the Company. Greenhouse Real Estate was required to maintain a minimum debt service coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00. The note also contained a cross-default clause linking a default under the Greenhouse Real Estate loan to the occurrence of a default by any guarantor or an affiliate of a guarantor with respect to any other indebtedness.

F-25


 

In August 2014, the outstanding balance of the construction loan was converted to a $12.7 million permanent loan that matured in August 2019 and had an annual interest rate equal to the one-mo nth LIBOR plus 2.5%. The permanent loan required monthly principal payments of $70,778 plus interest and a balloon payment of $8.5 million at maturity.  The outstanding balance at December 31, 2014 was $12.5 million and the interest rate was 2.67%.  The Co mpany repaid this note in full on March 9, 2015 for its stated outstanding principal balance and did not incur any early termination fees.

Academy Real Estate

In May 2013, the Company, through Academy Real Estate, obtained a $3.6 million note payable (the “Academy Loan”) from a financial institution to fund a portion of the acquisition of the property located in Riverview, Florida (just outside of Tampa, Florida). The note payable matured on November 10, 2013 and was renewed under identical terms.  In connection with the Company’s sale to BHR of its membership interests of Academy Real Estate on December 10, 2013, BHR assumed the $3.6 million note payable. Interest, which was payable monthly, was calculated based on a 360 day year and accrued at the Company’s option of either (i) one-month LIBOR (as defined in the agreement) plus 3.0%, with such rate fixed until the next monthly reset date or (ii) floating at one-month LIBOR (as defined in the agreement) plus 3.0%.  In the event that the Company elected the floating option for either two consecutive periods or a total of three periods, the floating rate increased by 0.25%. In April 2014, the Company effected an amendment to the Academy Loan to extend the maturity date to July 14, 2019. Under the amended Academy Loan, the Company made monthly principal payments of $30,000 plus interest commencing in October 2014 and a balloon payment of remaining unpaid principal of $1.9 million at the maturity date.  The agreement required the Company to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00 and contained other restrictive financial covenants. The agreement also contained a cross-default clause linking a default under the Academy Loan note to the occurrence of a default by any guarantor or an affiliate of a guarantor with respect to any other indebtedness. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2014 was $3.5 million and the interest rate was 3.17%.  The Company repaid this note in full on March 9, 2015 for its stated outstanding principal balance and did not incur any early termination fees.

At December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants of the BHR debt. The instances of noncompliance under its prior credit facility created a cross-default with the Construction Facility, the Concorde Real Estate note payable and the Academy Loan.  The Company obtained a waiver for the covenant defaults under its prior credit facility for 2012, and the amendment and restatement of its prior credit facility in April 2014 included a waiver for the noncompliance of the financial covenants and negative covenants that occurred under the prior credit facility in 2013 and the quarter ended March 31, 2014.  The Company also obtained waivers for the cross-defaults under the Construction Facility, the Concorde Real Estate note payable and the Academy Loan.

Behavioral Healthcare Realty, LLC

As discussed in Note 3, the Company assumed a $1.7 million term loan in conjunction with the acquisition of BHR. The Company refinanced this loan with a financial institution and the new loan required monthly principal payments of $35,855 plus interest at 5.0% with a balloon payment of $1.4 million due at maturity in April 2015. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the IPO received in October 2014 to repay in full the outstanding balance of the term loan of $1.6 million on October 7, 2014.

Acquisition Related Debt

On August 31, 2012 , the Company acquired certain assets of AJG Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries and the equity of B&B Holdings INTL LLC (collectively, the “TSN Acquisition”) from the two individual owners of such entities (the “TSN Sellers”). The Company financed a portion of the TSN Acquisition with the following sources of debt. The Company entered into a $6.2 million subordinated note payable with the TSN Sellers. Under the terms of the agreement, the note was separated into the following tranches: (i) $2.2 million paid in equal monthly principal installments over 36 months, bearing interest at 5% per annum, (ii) $2.5 million due on August 31, 2015 (the “Balloon Payment”), bearing interest at 3.125% per annum and (iii) a contingent balloon payment of up to $1.5 million due on August 31, 2015 (the “Contingent Payment”), bearing interest at 3.125% per annum. The Contingent Payment was contingent on the achievement of certain performance metrics over the term of the note. Due to the contingent nature of the Contingent Payment, a discount of approximately 13% was applied to the Contingent Payment to reflect the weighted-average probability the Contingent Payment would not be made. In April 2013, $0.5 million outstanding under the Balloon Payment was converted into 95,451 shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $5.24 per share. The Company estimated the fair value of the Contingent Payment each reporting period through an analysis of the TSN Sellers’ estimated achievement of the performance metrics specified in the agreement. Based upon this analysis, the Company determined a claw back of $0.5 million of the Contingent Payment existed at December 31, 2013 and, accordingly, adjusted the outstanding balance of the Balloon Payment to $3.0 million at that date. In addition to the claw back on the Contingent Payment, the Company included a reduction of 118,576 shares of common stock in the computation of its earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 to reflect the claw back of those

F-26


 

shares based upon this analysis.  On August 15, 2014, the Company entered into two settlement agreements with one of the TSN Sellers.  Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreements, the Company agreed to pay $7.6 million in exchange for full and final satisfaction of all obligations to the party.  As a result, the Company repaid $0.2 million of the note payable and $1.5 mi llion of Balloon Payment.   

On August 31, 2015, the Company paid in full the remaining note payable balance and entered into an amendment on the Balloon Payment with the remaining party of the TSN Sellers.  Under the modified note, the Company made a principal payment of $0.3 million at the date of execution, extended the maturity date to February 29, 2016, and increased the interest rate to 6.25% per annum. On February 29, 2016, the Company paid in full the outstanding balance of the acquisition debt, including principal payments of $1.2 million and accrued interest of $0.2 million.

At December 31, 2014 and 2015, the outstanding balance remaining under the seller subordinated notes payable was $1.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively.  

Subordinated Debt Issued with Detachable Warrants (Related Party and Non-related Party)

In March and April 2012, the Company issued $1.0 million of subordinated promissory notes, of which $0.2 million was issued to a director of the Company. The notes bore interest at 12% per annum. The notes were scheduled to mature at various dates throughout 2015 and 2017. Interest was payable monthly and the principal amount was due, in full, on the applicable maturity date of the note. In connection with the issuance of these notes, the Company issued detachable warrants to the lenders to purchase a total of 112,658 shares of common stock of AAC at $0.64 per share. The warrants were exercisable at any time up to their expiration on March 31, 2022. The Company recorded a debt discount of $0.1 million related to the warrants which reduced the carrying value of the subordinated notes.  As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance of the notes, net of the unamortized debt discount of $55,000, was $0.9 million, of which $0.2 million was owed to a director of the Company. On February 27, 2015, the Company repaid in full the $1.0 million of the outstanding subordinated promissory notes.  The Company did not incur any early termination fees.

The Company calculated the fair value of warrants issued with the subordinated notes using the Black-Scholes valuation method. The following assumptions were used to value the warrants at the issuance date: a stock price of $1.36, an exercise price of $0.64, expected life of 10 years, expected volatility of 20%, risk free interest rates ranging from 2.1% to 4.0% and no expected dividend yield. In March 2014, warrants representing the right to purchase 106,728 shares of common stock of AAC were exercised and a total of 106,728 shares of common stock of AAC were issued to the exercising warrant holders, including 23,717 shares to a director of the Company.

 

2015 Subordinated Debt Issuance

On October 2, 2015, the Company entered into two financing facilities with affiliates of Deerfield Management Company, L.P. The financing facilities consist of $25.0 million of subordinated convertible debt and up to $25.0 million of unsecured subordinated debt, together with an incremental facility of up to an additional $50.0 million of subordinated convertible debt (subject to certain conditions). The Company issued $25.0 million of subordinated convertible debt at closing and currently intends to use the proceeds to fund pending acquisitions, its de novo pipeline and for other corporate purposes.  The $25.0 million of subordinated convertible debt bears interest at an annual rate of 2.50% and matures on September 30, 2021. The $25.0 million of subordinated convertible debt funded at closing is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at $30.00 per share.

The Company may borrow up to $25.0 million of unsecured subordinated debt that will bear interest at an annual rate of 12.0% and mature on September 30, 2020. The $25.0 million of unsecured subordinated debt may be drawn for acquisition financing through September 30, 2016 and can be repaid under certain conditions without penalty prior to October 2, 2017.

The Company incurred approximately $0.8 million in debt issuance costs related to underwriting and other professional fees, and deferred these costs over the term of the debt. At December 31, 2015, $25.0 million remained outstanding, with an interest rate of 2.50%.

 

 

 

 

 

F-27


 

A summary of future maturities of long-term debt, as of December 31, 2015 , is as follows (in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,

 

Non-Related Party

 

 

Related Party

 

 

Capital Lease Obligations

 

 

Total

 

2016

 

$

3,750

 

 

$

1,195

 

 

$

280

 

 

$

5,225

 

2017

 

 

5,625

 

 

 

 

 

277

 

 

 

5,902

 

2018

 

 

9,375

 

 

 

 

 

197

 

 

 

9,572

 

2019

 

 

11,250

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

11,266

 

2020

 

 

90,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90,125

 

Thereafter

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

Total

 

$

145,125

 

 

$

1,195

 

 

$

770

 

 

$

147,090

 

Interest on outstanding amounts

 

 

18,401

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

18,596

 

Total, including interest

 

$

163,526

 

 

$

1,361

 

 

$

799

 

 

$

165,686

 

 

 

10. Mezzanine Equity

Share Imperfections

In 2008, preferred shares were issued by the previous board of directors of AAC prior to the timely filing of a Certificate of Designation with the Secretary of State of Nevada. Additionally in 2008, certain common shares were issued by the previous board of directors of AAC that were in excess of the number of shares duly authorized by AAC’s Articles of Incorporation. AAC has classified these preferred and common shares as mezzanine equity at the original purchase price in the audited consolidated balance sheets because they do not meet the definition of permanent equity as a result of these legal imperfections.

To address these issues, in April 2014, the Company conducted the Private Share Exchange with certain stockholders of AAC, whereby holders representing 93.6% of the outstanding shares of common stock of AAC, which were classified in both Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders’ Equity, exchanged their shares on a one-for-one basis for shares of the Company’s common stock. The Private Share Exchange was conditioned upon, among other things, a release by each exchanging stockholder of any and all potential claims arising from corporate actions that were not conducted in compliance with Nevada law.

Statement of Mezzanine Equity

Changes to mezzanine amounts were as follows (dollars in thousands).  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling Interest

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

 

 

BHR Series A Preferred

 

 

Common Shares

 

 

 

Units

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

 

28

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

11,439,762

 

 

 

10,442

 

Issuance of BHR Series A Preferred Units

 

 

9

 

 

 

425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock redemption

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(1,825

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Series A Preferred Units to Alcentra

 

 

160

 

 

 

7,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares acquired by the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,439,762

)

 

 

(10,442

)

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

 

160

 

 

$

7,848

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Redemption of Series A Preferred Units to Alcentra

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(7,848

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

BHR Series A Preferred

In October 2013, BHR amended its limited liability company agreement to permit the issuance of Series A Preferred Units. In the fourth quarter of 2013, BHR received proceeds of $1.4 million from the sale of 28 Series A Preferred Units valued at $50,000 per unit. An entity controlled by the spouse of one of the Company’s directors purchased $200,000 of the Series A Preferred Units. The unit holders were entitled to receive a 12% per annum preferred return on their initial investment, payable quarterly in arrears, had no equity appreciation ability and limited voting rights that were conditioned upon BHR’s default on the distribution of the 12% preferred return. The Series A Preferred Units contained certain embedded issuer call and holder put provisions. BHR had the option to call and redeem all or any portion of the Series A Preferred Units for $50,000 per unit plus any accrued and unpaid preferred return at any time after the twelfth month of issuance. The holders of the Series A Preferred Units had a put right during three periods

F-28


 

discussed below, that, if exercised, required BHR to redeem 100% of the issued and outstanding Series A Preferred U nits by making a payment equal to $50,000 per unit plus the accrued but unpaid preferred return. The holder was able to exercise the put right on the 36th month, 48th month and 60th month following the date of issuance for a 30-day period. In the event of a sale of a property owned by BHR, the holders of the Series A Preferred Units were entitled to the repayment of their initial capital contribution plus any accrued and unpaid preferred return. The Company classified the Series A Preferred Units as noncont rolling interest as a part of mezzanine equity because the potential redemption was not within the complete control of BHR until the last put option period ha d expired.

 

In January and February of 2014, BHR sold 8.5 units of Series A Preferred Units, valued at $50,000 per unit, with proceeds to BHR of $0.4 million, net of issuance costs of $11,300. A director of the Company purchased five Series A Preferred Units for $0.3 million at $50,000 per unit. After the sale, 36.5 Series A Preferred Units were outstanding totaling approximately $1.8 million. On April 15, 2014, BHR redeemed all 36.5 outstanding Series A Preferred Units for $1.8 million. These former holders of Series A Preferred Units used the proceeds to purchase 224,697 shares of AAC common stock at $8.12 per share as part of an exempt common stock offering. A director and relative of a director of the Company received approximately $450,000 and purchased 55,406 shares of AAC common stock in connection with the redemption of nine Series A Preferred Units.

On April 15, 2014, BHR sold 160 units of Series A Preferred Units, valued at $50,000 per unit, with proceeds to BHR of $7.8 million, net of issuance costs of $0.2 million. The issuance costs were being amortized over a 36 month period, the first date the holder could put the shares back to the Company. See Note 3 for a complete disclosure of the major components of this transaction and the related Series A Preferred Units.  On February 25, 2015, the Company exercised its call provision and redeemed 100% of the outstanding Series A Preferred units for a total redemption price of approximately $8.6 million which included $0.2 million for the 3.0% call premium and $0.4 million for unpaid preferred returns.

 

 

11. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

During 2013, the Company sold 1,424,124 shares of its common stock in an exempt offering at $5.24 per share, which the Company’s management estimated to be fair value. Included in the total shares issued were 715,883 shares sold to directors of the Company and 4,774 shares sold to each of the CFO, Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) and the Vice President of Marketing. The Company issued 1,338,809 of these shares in March 2013 and 85,315 in April 2013. Additionally, 286,353 shares were issued to the Company’s CEO upon conversion of $1.5 million in subordinated debt and 95,451 shares were issued to a Vice President of the Company upon conversion of $0.5 million under the balloon payment issued by the Company.

In connection with the exempt offering described above, a Company employee subscribed for 19,090 shares of common stock at $5.24 per share, which the Company’s management estimated to be fair value. As consideration for the shares, the employee issued to the Company a subscription note receivable in the amount of $0.1 million. The Company forgave this subscription note receivable over a 12-month period ending on July 1, 2014. During 2013, the Company recorded $42,000 in compensation expense and additional paid-in capital related to this forgiveness.

In April 2013, the Company redeemed 698,259 shares of common stock from one of the TSN Sellers at $5.24 per share, which the Company’s management estimated to be fair value, for an aggregate purchase price of $3.7 million.

In February and March 2014, AAC received proceeds of $4.2 million, net of $12,500 in issuance costs, from the sale of 516,625 shares of its common stock at $8.12 per share, which the Company’s management determined to be fair value, in an exempt common stock offering. Included within the total shares sold in the Company’s 2014 private placement were 61,563 shares sold to directors of the Company, 12,313 shares sold to the Company’s General Counsel and Secretary, 6,156 shares sold the Company’s COO and 3,078 shares sold to one of the Company’s Vice Presidents. The share price was based, in part, on an independent valuation analysis obtained in December 2013.

On April 11, 2014, AAC granted 77,765 shares of restricted common stock to its General Counsel and Secretary under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), of which 38,883 shares vested immediately with the remaining 38,882 shares vesting on April 10, 2015. The fair value on the award date was $8.12 per share, as determined by the Company’s management. As a result of the award, AAC recorded $0.3 million of compensation expense, $0.2 million of additional compensation expense to satisfy the employee’s personal tax obligation related to the vesting of the grant during the second quarter of 2014, and $0.3 million ratably over the one-year vesting period. Additionally, on April 11, 2014, AAC granted 4,744 shares of its common stock to a non-executive employee. AAC recorded $39,000 of compensation expense and $30,000 of additional compensation expense to satisfy the employee’s personal tax obligation related to the stock grant during the second quarter of 2014.

F-29


 

On April 17, 2014, AAC redeemed a total of 14,318 shares of its common stock at $8.12 per share, which the Company’s management estimates to be fair v alue, for an aggregate redemption price of $0.1 million.

In connection with the issuance of subordinated notes in 2012, AAC issued detachable warrants to the lenders to purchase a total of 112,658 shares of common stock at $0.64 per share. The warrants were exercisable at any time up to their expiration on March 31, 2022. In March 2014, 106,728 of the outstanding warrants were exercised and a total of 106,728 shares of AAC common stock were issued to the exercising warrant holders, including 23,717 shares to a Company director. In April 2014, the remaining outstanding warrants for the purchase of 5,930 shares of AAC common stock were exercised.

In connection with the 2013 exempt offering of AAC common stock, a Company employee subscribed for 19,090 shares of common stock at $5.24 per share, which the Company’s management estimated to be fair value. As consideration for the shares, the employee issued to the Company a subscription note receivable in the amount of $0.1 million. The Company forgave this subscription note receivable over a 12-month period ending on July 1, 2014.  During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $58,000, respectively, in compensation expense related to this forgiveness.

Stock Split

On September 18, 2014, a 1.571119-for-1 stock split in the form of a stock dividend was effected. The common share and per share amounts included in the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split for all periods presented.

Initial Public Offering and Short-Form Merger

On October 7, 2014, the Company completed an IPO of 5,750,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $15.00 per share, which included the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 250,000 shares from the Company and 500,000 shares from certain stockholders.  Net proceeds to the Company from the IPO were approximately $68.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering costs.

 

On November 10, 2014, the Company completed a subsidiary short-form merger with AAC and a wholly-owned merger subsidiary whereby the legacy holders of AAC common stock who did not participate in the Private Share Exchange received 1.571119 shares of Holdings common stock for each share of AAC common stock owned at the effective time of the merger (for an aggregate of approximately 293,040 shares of Holdings common stock).  Upon completion of the short-form merger, Holdings owned 100% of the outstanding shares of AAC.  The short-form merger was accounted for as an equity transaction in accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation .

 

 

12. Stock Based Compensation Plans

2007 Stock Incentive Plan

The Company adopted the Incentive Plan in 2007. An aggregate of 3,927,798 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the Incentive Plan. Upon adoption of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (defined below), the Incentive Plan is no longer active, and as a result, the Company does not anticipate any further issuances under the plan.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, no stock options had been granted and no options were outstanding.    

In November 2013, the Company issued a total of 145,824 shares of restricted common stock to its COO, Vice President of Business Development and Vice President of Marketing under the Incentive Plan, of which 36,455 shares vested on December 31, 2014, and the remaining 109,369 shares vested ratably at the end of each of the first three quarters in 2014. The fair value on the award date was $6.49 per share, which the Company’s management estimated to be fair value. As a result of the award, the Company recorded $0.2 million and $0.7 million of compensation expense, and $0.1 million and $0.8 million of additional compensation expense to satisfy the employees’ minimum personal tax obligations related to the vesting of the grant during 2013 and 2014, respectively. Such expenses are included on the Company’s consolidated statements of income under the caption “salaries, wages and benefits.”

The valuation of the Company’s common stock for the November 2013 stock awards was determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the  American Institute of Certified Public Accounts Practice Aid, Calculation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issues as Compensation . The Company engaged a third party valuation firm to construct a probability-weighted expected return model (“PWERM”) and to assist and advise management in determining the appropriate inputs and metrics to the model. Because there was no public market for the Company’s common stock, the board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the November 14, 2013, including the following factors:

 

F-30


 

 

 

previous third party valuations of the Company’s common stock;

 

 

 

the price of the Company’s common stock sold to third-party investors;

 

 

 

the value of the Company’s common stock issued in the TSN Acquisition in August 2012;

 

 

 

a market transaction announced in November 2012 involving similar behavioral health companies;

 

 

 

the valuation of a comparable public company;

 

 

 

the Company’s operating and financial performance;

 

 

 

current business conditions and projections;

 

 

 

the Company’s stage of development;

 

 

 

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of the Company’s common stock; such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

 

 

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for common stock.

The Company used PWERM in determining the Company’s equity value for the November 2013 grant. PWERM is an analysis of future values of a company for several likely liquidity scenarios that may include a strategic sale or merger, an initial public offering or the dissolution of a company, as well as a company’s enterprise value assuming the absence of a liquidity event. For each possible future event, the future values of the company are estimated at certain points in time. This future value is then discounted to a present value using an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate. Then, a probability is estimated for each possible event based on the facts and circumstances as of the valuation date. Using PWERM, the Company estimated the value of the Company’s common stock based upon an analysis of varying values for the Company’s common stock assuming (i) the completion of an initial public offering, (ii) a merger or acquisition and (iii) the continuation as a private company. The Company applied a percentage probability weighting to each of these scenarios based on the Company’s expectations of the likelihood of each event. Based on the foregoing PWERM analysis, the fair value of November 19, 2013 grants of 145,824 shares of restricted common stock was determined to be $6.49 per share, as estimated by the Company’s management.

In March 2014, AAC granted 5,834 shares of fully vested common stock to each of its five non-employee directors. The Company recognized $0.2 million of compensation expense in the first quarter of 2014 as a result of these grants. The fair value on the award date was $8.12 per share, as estimated by the Company’s management.  

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

The Company adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (“2014 Incentive Plan”) in 2014. An aggregate of 1,571,120 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan is administered by the Board of Directors, which determines, subject to the provisions of the 2014 Incentive Plan, the employees, directors or consultants to whom incentives are awarded.

On October 7, 2014, the Company granted a total of 158,000 shares of restricted common stock under the 2014 Incentive Plan.  The shares vest annually over a period of four years from issuance.

On January 7, 2015, the Company granted a total of 400,000 shares of restricted common stock under the 2014 Incentive Plan.  The shares vest quarterly over a period of three years.

On January 8, 2015, the Company granted 2,544 shares of fully vested common stock to each of its five non-employee directors. The Company recognized $0.4 million of compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2015, as a result of these grants. The fair value on the award date was $29.37 per share based on the closing market value of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE.

On July 9, 2015, the Company granted 3,174 shares of restricted common stock under the 2014 Incentive Plan.  Of these shares, 75% vested immediately, with the remaining amount vesting quarterly over a one year period.

On November 23, 2015, the Company granted 405,000 shares of restricted common stock under the 2014 Incentive Plan.  

On January 13, 2016, the Company granted 140,000 shares of restricted common stock under the 2014 Incentive Plan.  The shares vest quarterly over a period of three years.

The Company recognized $1.2 million, $3.1 million, and $5.6 million in stock based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.  As of December 31, 2015, there was $19.0 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock grants, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting period of 2.6 years.

F-31


 

A summary of share activity under the Incentive Plan is set forth below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

average Grant

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Date Fair Value

 

Unvested at December 31, 2013

 

 

109,369

 

 

$

6.49

 

Granted

 

 

269,676

 

 

 

15.72

 

Vested

 

 

(182,163

)

 

 

7.14

 

Unvested at December 31, 2014

 

 

196,882

 

 

$

18.53

 

Granted

 

 

825,227

 

 

 

26.27

 

Vested

 

 

(183,245

)

 

 

27.34

 

Forfeitures

 

 

(18,335

)

 

 

25.31

 

Unvested at December 31, 2015

 

 

820,529

 

 

$

24.99

 

 

On January 13, 2016, the Company issued 30,000 shares of fully vested common stock to each of its five non-employee directors.  Additionally, on January 13, 2016, the Company issued 110,000 shares of restricted stock under the plan, which vest quarterly over a three year period.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On May 19, 2015, the Company’s shareholders approved the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), which was adopted by the Board of Directors in the fourth quarter of 2014.  The ESPP enables eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through a payroll deduction during certain option periods, generally commencing on January 1 and July 1 of each year and ending on June 30 and December 31 of each year.  On the exercise date (the last trading day of each option period), the cumulative amount deducted from each participant’s salary during that option period will be used to purchase the maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price equal to the lesser of (i) 85% of the closing market price of the Company’s common stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange on the exercise date or (ii) 85% of the closing market price of the Company’s common stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange on the grant date, subject to certain limitations and restrictions.  In July 2015, the Company issued 12,637 shares of the Company’s common stock at a stock price of $25.68 in connection with employee deductions of $0.3 million contributed in the January 1, 2015 through June 30, 2015 ESPP option period.   At December 31, 2015, the Company recorded a liability of $0.2 million related to employee deductions contributed during the July 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015 period.  

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized $222,000 of compensation expense related to the ESPP. The company did not recognize any expense related to the ESPP in 2013 or 2014.

 

 

 

13. Restructuring Expenses

During the first half of 2013, the Company implemented restructuring plans to centralize its call centers and to close Leading Edge, a facility acquired in 2012 as the amenities and the service offerings at the Leading Edge facility were inconsistent with the Company’s long-term strategy. Restructuring and exit charges of $0.8 million were expensed in 2013 related to these restructuring activities.

As a result of the facility closure, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $0.5 million, including payroll, severance and other employee related costs of $0.2 million and facility exit charges of $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.  The remaining restructuring liability at December 31, 2014 was classified in the consolidated balance sheet as accrued liabilities of $13,000 related to remaining facility costs.  These costs were paid in full during the first quarter of 2015.  As a result there is no remaining liability at December 31, 2015.

 

 


F-32


 

1 4 . Income Taxes

Income tax expense consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015:

   

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

1,587

 

 

$

3,555

 

 

$

3,580

 

State

 

 

528

 

 

 

477

 

 

 

285

 

Total current tax expense

 

 

2,115

 

 

 

4,032

 

 

 

3,865

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(675

)

 

 

(1,214

)

 

 

1,052

 

State

 

 

(825

)

 

 

(263

)

 

 

(137

)

Total deferred tax expense

 

 

(1,500

)

 

 

(1,477

)

 

 

915

 

Total income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

$

615

 

 

$

2,555

 

 

$

4,780

 

 

  The company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 reconciles with the federal statutory rate as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

Federal statutory rate

 

 

35.0

 

%

 

35.0

 

%

 

35.0

 

%

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

Non-deductible expenses

 

 

8.1

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

Benefit from tax deductible dividends

 

 

 

 

 

(2.9

)

 

 

(1.9

)

 

Income taxed directly to flow-through owners of BHR

 

 

(25.6

)

 

 

(3.2

)

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

(4.2

)

 

 

(0.3

)

 

Uncertain tax positions

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State tax credits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2.7

)

 

Other differences

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

0.1

 

 

Effective income tax rate on income before taxes

 

 

29.2

 

%

 

28.6

 

%

 

36.4

 

%

 

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Employee compensation

 

$

613

 

 

$

1,642

 

Operating loss carryforwards

 

 

2,476

 

 

 

1,060

 

Accrued litigation

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

 

 

 

310

 

Tax credits

 

 

 

 

 

329

 

Acquisition related costs

 

 

 

 

 

1,254

 

Other

 

 

109

 

 

 

903

 

Valuation allowances

 

 

(656

)

 

 

(615

)

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

2,600

 

 

$

4,883

 

Property, equipment and amortization

 

 

(2,387

)

 

 

(3,036

)

Goodwill and other intangible property

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,435

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

(607

)

Accounts receivable

 

 

(478

)

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(2,865

)

 

$

(6,078

)

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(265

)

 

$

(1,195

)

 

T he Company’s valuation allowance of $0.6 million is related to state NOLs, which are limited due to apportionable income to certain jurisdictions.

 

F-33


 

The Company had $0.1 million of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 .  The Company's uncertain tax positions are related to tax years that remain subject to examination by the relevant taxing authorities.  The Company may be subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") for calendar years 201 2 through 201 5 . Additionally, any net operating losses that were generated in prior years and utilized in these years may also be subject to examination by the IRS.  Generally, for state purposes, the Company's 201 2 through 201 5 tax years remain open for examination by tax authorities.  The Company has not been notified of any federal or state income tax examinations.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $0.7 million in federal net operating losses attributable to the VIEs which will expire between 2032 and 2034.  In addition, the Company had $1.2 million in state net operating losses which expire between 2027 and 2034 and $0.5 million in state tax credits, which expire in 2029.  

 

 

15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts reported at December 31, 2014 and 2015 for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments and are categorized as Level 1 within the GAAP fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the Company’s revolving line of credit is categorized as Level 2. The carrying amount of the Company’s debt approximates fair value because interest rates approximate the current rates available to the Company.

The Company has debt with variable and fixed interest rates. The fair value of debt with fixed interest rates was determined using the quoted market prices of debt instruments with similar terms and maturities, which are considered Level 2 inputs. The fair value of debt with variable interest rates was also measured using Level 2 inputs, including good faith estimates of the market value for the particular debt instrument, which represent the amount an independent market participant would provide, based upon market observations and other factors relevant under the circumstances. The carrying value of such debt approximated its estimated fair value at December 31, 2014 and 2015.

The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. Fair value of the interest rate swaps is determined using a pricing model based on published interest rates and other observable market data. The fair value was determined after considering the potential impact of collateralization, adjusted to reflect both the Company’s own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk. The fair value measurement of interest rate swaps utilizes Level 2 inputs. At each of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the fair value of the interest rate swaps represented a liability of $0.5 million. Refer to Note 9 for further discussion of the interest rate swap agreements.

Intangible assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles are tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate that the carrying amount exceeds fair value.

The Company estimates the fair values of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles utilizing multiple measurement techniques. The estimation is primarily determined based on an estimate of future cash flows (income approach) discounted at a market derived weighted-average cost of capital. The income approach has been determined to be the most representative of fair value because the Company’s equity does not have an active trading market. Other unobservable inputs used in these valuations include management’s cash flow projections and estimated terminal growth rates. The valuation of indefinite-lived intangible assets also includes an unobservable input for royalty rate, which is based on rates used by comparable industries.

The useful lives of definite-lived intangible assets (customer relationships) are evaluated whenever events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining amortization period. The fair value of definite-lived intangible assets is based on estimated cash flows from the future use of the asset, discounted at a market derived weighted-average cost of capital.

No impairment charges were recorded related to goodwill or other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015.

Long-lived assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair value is estimated utilizing unobservable inputs, including appraisals on real estate as well as evaluations of the marketability and potential relocation of other assets in similar condition and similar market areas. The Company analyzes long-lived assets on an annual basis for any triggering events that would necessitate an impairment test. No impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015.

 

 

F-34


 

 

16. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company has entered into various operating leases expiring through October 2018. Commercial properties under operating leases primarily include space required to perform client services and space for administrative facilities.  Rent expense was $4.6 million, $2.1 million and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Included in such amounts were related party rent expenses totaling $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. With the consolidation of Greenhouse Real Estate, LLC as a variable interest entity in October 2013 (refer to Note 3), there was no longer any lease expense with related parties.

The future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with remaining terms of one or more years as of December 31, 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,

Annual Payment

 

2016

$

5,595

 

2017

 

4,249

 

2018

 

3,189

 

2019

 

3,035

 

2020

 

2,953

 

Thereafter

 

12,393

 

Total

$

31,414

 

The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight line basis with the difference between rent expense and rent paid recorded as deferred rent. Such amount is included in accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Litigation

In April 2013, two wage and hour claims were filed against the Company in the State of California and were subsequently consolidated into a class action. In June 2013, the parties agreed to settle the substantive claims for $2.5 million during mediation. Once the settlement became probable, the Company established a $2.5 million reserve during the second quarter of 2013 for this matter. Subsequently, on April 9, 2014 and following court approval, the Company settled this matter with payment of $2.6 million.  

Bevell Settlement

On February 3, 2014, AAC filed an action against James D. Bevell in the U.S. District Court in the Middle District of Tennessee, alleging breach of contract and tortious interference with business practices arising out of Mr. Bevell’s breach of his non-compete agreements. Mr. Bevell is the former Chief Innovation Officer of AAC.  On July 16, 2014, Mr. Bevell filed an action, for which an amended complaint was filed on August 15, 2014, in the Chancery Court for the State of Tennessee in Williamson County which alleged the defendants breached fiduciary duties owed to Mr. Bevell and breached the Agreement Among Stockholders entered into in connection with the TSN Acquisition.   On August 15, 2014, AAC, entered into settlement agreements to resolve all outstanding disputes among the parties (the “Bevell Settlement”).  Pursuant to the terms of the Bevell Settlement, the Company agreed to pay Mr. Bevell the sum of approximately $7.6 million.   In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Bevell Settlement, the Company eliminated the debt payable to Mr. Bevell of $1.9 million and Mr. Bevell surrendered 698,259 shares ($5.7 million) of AAC common stock that were subsequently cancelled.   There was no impact to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations as a result of the Bevell Settlement.       

Horizon Blue Cross Blue Shield of New Jersey v. Avee Laboratories et al.

On September 4, 2013, Horizon Blue Cross Blue Shield of New Jersey (“Horizon”) filed an amended complaint in the Superior Court of New Jersey against several defendants, including Leading Edge Recovery Center, LLC, one of the Company’s subsidiaries. Leading Edge Recovery Center, LLC formerly operated a drug and alcohol treatment facility in New Jersey. Horizon alleges the defendants submitted and caused others to submit unnecessary drug tests in violation of New Jersey law and is seeking recovery for monetary and treble damages. The parties have reached a confidential settlement in this matter and consider it closed. The Company recognized $1.5 million in reserves related to this matter in the second quarter of 2015, and increased the reserve amount by $0.7 million to $2.2 million in reserves related to this matter during 2015.  Upon execution of the settlement, the Company made a payment of $1.2 million and agreed to pay $0.1 million per month until the full settlement amount has been paid in full.  As of December 31, 2015, the Company had paid a total of $1.4 million with a balance remaining of $0.8 million.   

 

 

 

F-35


 

State of California

 

On July 29, 2015, the Superior Court of the State of California court unsealed a criminal indictment returned by a grand jury against the Company’s subsidiaries ABTTC, Inc. dba A Better Tomorrow Treatment Centers, Forterus, Inc. and Forterus Health Care Services, Inc., Jerrod N. Menz, the Company’s former President and former member of the Company’s Board of Directors, as well as a current facility-level employee and three former employees.  Mr. Menz remains an employee of the Company. The indictment was returned in connection with a criminal investigation by the California Department of Justice and charged the defendants with second-degree murder and dependent adult abuse in connection with the death of a client in 2010 at one of the Company’s former locations. We believe the allegations are legally and factually unfounded and intend to contest them vigorously. Pending before the court are motions to dismiss the indictment on various legal and factual grounds.  Trial has been set for May 6, 2016.  Given the early stage of this proceeding, the Company cannot estimate the amount or range of loss if the defendants were to be convicted; however, such loss could be material.

 

Kasper v. AAC Holdings, Inc. et al. and Tenzyk c. AAC Holdings, Inc. et al.

 

On August 24, 2015, a shareholder filed a purported class action in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee against the Company and certain of its current and former officers.  The plaintiff generally alleges that the Company and certain of its current and former officers violated Sections 10(b) and/or 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder by making allegedly false and/or misleading statements and failing to disclose certain information.  On September 14, 2015, a second class action against the same defendants asserting essentially the same allegations was filed in the same court.  On October 26, 2015, the court entered an order consolidating these two described actions into one action.  On February 29, 2016, the plaintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint.  The Company intends to defend this action vigorously.  At this time the Company cannot predict the results of litigation with certainty, and cannot estimate the amount or range of loss, if any.  The Company believes the disposition of this action will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position.

Other

The Company is aware of various other legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. To cover these types of claims, the Company maintains insurance it believes to be sufficient for its operations, although some claims may potentially exceed the scope of coverage in effect. Plaintiffs in these matters may request punitive or other damages that may not be covered by insurance. After taking into consideration the evaluation of such matters by the Company’s legal counsel, the Company’s management believes the outcome of these matters will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

401(k) Plan

The Company has a qualified 401(k) savings plan (the “Plan”) which provides for eligible employees (as defined) to make voluntary contributions to the Plan. The Company makes contributions to the Plan based upon the participants’ level of participation, which is fully vested at the time of contribution. For each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company contributions under this Plan were $0.5 million.

 

17. Related Parties

In addition to the related party transactions discussed elsewhere in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, the consolidated financial statements include the following related party transactions. Prior to the Company’s IPO, it had at times received advances from or made advances to current significant stockholders. These amounts have been included in the consolidated balance sheets and notated as “related party accounts” (see Notes 3, 9, and 16).

During 2013, the Company outsourced its medical billing and collection process to CRMS. The two owners and officers of CRMS at that time were the spouses of the CEO and former President of the Company. Pursuant to a written service agreement, CRMS was paid (i) the greater of $0.1 million per month or 5.0% of the monthly collected revenues and (ii) 7.0% of the Professional Groups collected revenues. The service agreement included a one year term with automatic renewals unless one party terminates the agreement with 90 days’ notice. Total amounts paid to CRMS under the service agreement during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 were $0.6 million and $2.8 million, respectively. The Company recognized expense of $0.6 million in 2012 and $3.4 million in 2013 associated with this service agreement. The Company leased office space and furniture to CRMS under a month to month arrangement in 2013, and total rental income recognized in 2013 was $0.1 million. During 2013, CRMS occupied space in the Company’s building but no rents were charged by the Company. The Company classifies these sublease proceeds as an offset to rentals and leases in the consolidated statements of income.  As discussed in Note 3, the Company acquired CRMS on April 15, 2014.  Total amounts paid to CRMS from January 1, 2014 to the date of acquisition under the service agreement were $0.1 million.  During

F-36


 

this period, the Company recognized expense of $0.1 million.  The results of operations for CRMS from the acquisition date are included in the consolidated income statements for the yea r ended December 31, 2015.

The Company is a party to certain placement agreements with Vaco, LLC (“Vaco”). One of the Company’s directors, who is also a stockholder, is an executive officer and an equity owner of Vaco. Vaco provides the Company with accounting professionals and other staff, either on a temporary or permanent basis. Vaco is typically paid 25% of each employee’s first year salary as a placement fee or paid an hourly rate for temporary professional services. Total payments and expense recognized related to this agreement were $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015.

From March 2013 through April 2013, the Company issued 1,423,574 shares of common stock, at a price of $5.24 per share, which the Company’s management estimated to be fair value, to certain accredited investors, for an aggregate offering price of $7.5 million. In addition, as part of the 2013 offerings, an employee of the Company subscribed for 19,090 shares of common stock at $5.24 per share. As consideration for the shares, the employee issued the Company a subscription note receivable in the amount of $0.1 million. The Company forgave this subscription note receivable over a 12-month period.

 

An entity beneficially owned by Mr. Cartwright, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, owns an airplane that the Company uses for business purposes in the course of its operations pursuant to a written lease agreement. The Company pays an hourly rate for use of the airplane as well as fuel and certain maintenance costs.  For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company made aggregate payments to the related entity for use of the airplane of approximately $0.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

The Company utilized a construction company owned by its Vice President of Development as a general contractor for various 2015 construction projects.  The Company reimbursed the construction company at cost for any expenses it incurred in serving as its general contractor during 2015 which totaled approximately $7.7 million.

 

 

18. Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

The tables below present summarized unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. Management believes that all necessary adjustments have been included in the amounts stated below for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the periods presented when read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. Results of operations for a particular quarter are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for an annual period and are not predictive of future periods.

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

(In thousands except per share amounts)

 

2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

30,083

 

 

$

29,120

 

 

$

36,599

 

 

$

37,166

 

Net income

 

$

841

 

 

$

227

 

 

$

2,025

 

 

$

3,273

 

Net income available to AAC Holdings, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

1,019

 

 

$

514

 

 

$

2,213

 

 

$

3,109

 

Basic net income per share

 

$

0.07

 

 

$

0.03

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.15

 

Diluted net income per share

 

$

0.07

 

 

$

0.03

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

42,823

 

 

$

53,784

 

 

$

57,372

 

 

$

58,282

 

Net income

 

$

2,119

 

 

$

5,116

 

 

$

1,744

 

 

$

(638

)

Net income available to AAC Holdings, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

2,038

 

 

$

5,555

 

 

$

2,452

 

 

$

448

 

Basic net income per share

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

0.26

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

0.02

 

Diluted net income per share

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

0.26

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

F-37


 

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

AAC Holdings, Inc.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Michael T. Cartwright

 

 

Michael T. Cartwright

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Dated: March 8, 2016

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

 

 

 

/s/ Michael T. Cartwright

  

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

  

March 8, 2016

Michael T. Cartwright

  

(Principal Executive Officer)

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kirk R. Manz

  

Chief Financial Officer

  

March 8, 2016

Kirk R. Manz

  

(Principal Financial Officer)

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew W. McWilliams

  

Chief Accounting Officer

  

March 8, 2016

Andrew W. McWilliams

  

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Darrell S. Freeman, Sr.

  

Lead Independent Director

  

March 8, 2016

Darrell S. Freeman, Sr.

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jerry D. Bostelman

  

Director

  

March 8, 2016

Jerry D. Bostelman

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lucius E. Burch, III

  

Director

  

March 8, 2016

Lucius E. Burch, III

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ David C. Kloeppel

  

Director

  

March 8, 2016

David C. Kloeppel

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard E. Ragsdale

  

Director

  

March 8, 2016

Richard E. Ragsdale

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

Description

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among AAC Holdings, Inc., American Addiction Centers, Inc. and AAC Merger Sub, Inc., dated as of October 30, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-199749), filed on October 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.2

Contribution Agreement by and among AAC Holdings, Inc., Michael T. Cartwright, Jerrod N. Menz and Kirk R. Manz, dated as of April 15, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on July 11, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.3

Contribution Agreement by and among Tina Cartwright, Victoria Menz, AAC Holdings, Inc. and, solely for the purposes of Section 4.6, Clinical Revenue Management Services, LLC, dated as of April 15, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on July 11, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.4

Asset and Equity Purchase Agreement by and among American Addiction Centers, Inc., AJG Solutions, Inc., Member Assistance Solutions, LLC, James D. Bevell, Jr., and Michael Blackburn, dated as of August 31, 2012 (previously filed as Exhibit 2.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on July 11, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.5

Asset Purchase Agreement by and among American Addiction Centers, Inc., AAC Florida Acquisition Sub, LLC (n/k/a Recovery First of Florida, LLC) and Recovery First, Inc., dated as of December 15, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on February 24, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.6

Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated February 17, 2015, by and among American Addiction Centers, Inc., AAC Florida Acquisition Sub, LLC (n/k/a Recovery First of Florida, LLC), The Academy Real Estate, LLC and Recovery First, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on February 24, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.7

Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among AAC Holdings, Inc., Behavioral Healthcare Realty, LLC and FiftyNine Palms, Inc., dated as of January 28, 2015 (previously filed as Exhibit 2.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36643), filed on May 5, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.8

First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, by and among Zareen Faiz, BHR Aliso Viejo Real Estate, LLC, and PHL Care, Inc., dated as of March 27, 2015 (previously filed as Exhibit 2.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36643), filed on May 5, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.9

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 2, 2015, by and among AAC Holdings, Inc., American Addiction Centers, Inc., Sober Media Group, LLC, Sellers’ Representative and the direct and indirect owners of Referral Solutions Group, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on July 8, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.10

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 8, 2015, by and among American Addiction Centers, Inc., Oxford Treatment Center, LLC, The Oxford Centre, Inc. and River Road Management, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36643), filed on August 3, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.11†

Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 10, 2015, by and among American Addiction Centers, Inc., Oxford Treatment Center, LLC, BHR Oxford Real Estate, LLC, The Oxford Centre, Inc. and River Road Management, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on August 12, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

2.12†*

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 10, 2015, by and among AAC Holdings, Inc., American Addiction Centers, Inc., Townsend Treatment Center, LLC, Michael Handley, as the Seller’s Representative, Wetsman Forensic Medicine, L.L.C., and certain other sellers and member of sellers party thereto.

3.1

Articles of Incorporation of AAC Holdings, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on September 10, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

 


 

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of AAC Holdings, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-199161), filed on October 3, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

4.1

Form of Certificate of Common Stock of AAC Holdings, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on August 15, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.1+

AAC Holdings, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on July 11, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.2+

Form of Restricted Share Award under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on July 11, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.3+

AAC Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on July 11, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.4+

Form of Restricted Share Award under the AAC Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on September 22, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.5+

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement under the AAC Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on January 9, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.6+

Form of Non-Employee Director Award Agreement under the AAC Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on January 9, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.7+

AAC Holdings, Inc. 2016 Annual Bonus Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on February 26, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.8+

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on July 11, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.9

Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Behavioral Healthcare Realty, LLC, dated as of April 15, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on July 11, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.10

Form of Management Services Agreement by and among American Addiction Centers, Inc. and each professional physician group (previously filed as Exhibit 10.38 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on July 11, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.11

Professional Services Agreement by and among San Diego Addiction Treatment Center, Inc. and San Diego Professional Group, P.C., dated as of August 5, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on August 15, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.12

Professional Services Agreement by and among Forterus Health Care Services, Inc. and San Diego Professional Group, P.C., dated as of August 5, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.40 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on August 15, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.13

Professional Services Agreement by and among Singer Island Recovery Center LLC and Palm Beach Professional Group, Professional Corporation, dated as of August 5, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on August 15, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

 


 

10. 14

Professional Services Agreement by and among Concorde Treatment Center, LLC d/b/a Desert Hope Center and Las Vegas Professional Group – Calarco, P.C., dated as of August 5, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on August 15, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.15

Professional Services Agreement by and among Greenhouse Treatment Center, LLC d/b/a The Greenhouse and Grand Prairie Professional Group, P.A., dated as of August 5, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on August 15, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.16*

Professional Services Agreement by and among Oxford Treatment Center, LLC and Oxford Professional Group, P.C., dated as of August 10, 2015.

10.17*

Professional Services Agreement by and between AAC Florida Acquisition Sub, LLC d/b/a Recovery First and Palm Beach Professional Group, Professional Corporation, dated as of February 20, 2015.

10.18*

Professional Services Agreement by and between AAC Las Vegas Outpatient Center, LLC d/b/a Desert Hope Outpatient Center and Las Vegas Professional Group – Calarco, P.C., dated as of January 8, 2015.

10.19*

Professional Services Agreement by and between AAC Dallas Outpatient Center, LLC d/b/a Greenhouse Outpatient Center and Grand Prairie Professional Group, P.A., dated as of February 18, 2015.

10.20*

Professional Services Agreement by and between River Oaks Treatment Center, LLC and Palm Beach Professional Group, Professional Corporation, dated as of October 1, 2015.

10.21

Agreement for Conveyance of Marks, Telephone Numbers, and Domain Names between AJG Solutions, Inc. and American Addiction Centers, Inc. dated as of August 15, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.50 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197383), filed on September 10, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.22

Credit Agreement dated as of March 9, 2015 among AAC Holdings, Inc., certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Lender and SunTrust Bank, as Syndication Agent, Raymond James Bank, N.A. and BMO Harris Bank N.A., as Co-Documentation Agents and the other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on March 11, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.23

First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 16, 2015, by and among AAC Holdings, Inc., the Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on June 19, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.24

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of October 2, 2015, by and among AAC Holdings, Inc., certain Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on October 7, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.25

Office Space Lease by and between CV Brentwood Properties, LLC and American Addiction Centers, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on January 12, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.26

Guaranty of Lease by and between AAC Holdings, Inc. and CV Brentwood Properties, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on January 12, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.27

Facility Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2015, by and among AAC Holdings, Inc., Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P., Deerfield Partners, L.P. and Deerfield International Master Fund, L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on October 7, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 


 

10.2 8

Form of Convertible Note (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on October 7, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.29

Form of Acquisition Note (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on October 7, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.30

Guaranty, dated as of October 2, 2015, by each Guarantor in favor of Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P., Deerfield Partners, L.P. and Deerfield International Master Fund, L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on October 7, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.31

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2015, by and among AAC Holdings, Inc., Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P., Deerfield Partners, L.P. and Deerfield International Master Fund, L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36643), filed on October 7, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.32

Non-Exclusive Aircraft Lease Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2015, by and between AMC, Inc. and American Addiction Centers, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36643), filed on November 10, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.33

Note Modification Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2015, by and between American Addiction Centers, Inc. and Michael Blackburn (previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36643), filed on November 10, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

21.1*

List of subsidiaries

 

23.1*

Consent of BDO USA, LLP

 

31.1*

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

31.2*

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.1**

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2**

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS*

XBRL Instance Document.

 

101.SCH*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

 

101.CAL*

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.

 

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

101.LAB*

XBRL Taxonomy Labels Linkbase Document.

 

101.PRE*

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

*

Filed herewith.

Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. AAC Holdings, Inc. hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally copies of any of the omitted schedules and exhibits upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

+

Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**

The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 and Exhibit 32.2 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K are deemed furnished and not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of AAC Holdings, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,

 


 

whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespect ive of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.  

 

Exhibit 2.12

Execution Copy

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

AAC HOLDINGS, INC.,
A NEVADA CORPORATION,

AMERICAN ADDICTION CENTERS, INC.,
A NEVADA CORPORATION,

TOWNSEND TREATMENT CENTER, LLC,
A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY,

THE SELLERS PARTY HERETO,

THE MEMBERS PARTY HERETO

AND

THE SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIVE

DECEMBER 10, 2015

 

 


Table of Contents

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS

 

8

Section 2.1

 

Purchase and Sale of Assets

 

8

Section 2.2

 

Excluded Assets

 

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE III CONSIDERATION FOR PURCHASE OF ASSETS

 

9

Section 3.1

 

Delivery of Closing Consideration to Sellers

 

9

Section 3.2

 

Escrow Agreement; Delivery of Signing Escrow Amount, Escrowed Cash and Escrowed Shares to Escrow Agent

 

9

Section 3.3

 

Earnout Consideration

 

9

Section 3.4

 

Release from Escrow

 

12

Section 3.5

 

Assumed Liabilities

 

12

Section 3.6

 

Excluded Liabilities

 

12

Section 3.7

 

Allocation of Purchase Price and Assumed Liabilities

 

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS AND MEMBERS

 

14

Section 4.1

 

Entity Organization

 

14

Section 4.2

 

Authority

 

14

Section 4.3

 

Capitalization

 

14

Section 4.4

 

Consents and Approvals; No Violations

 

15

Section 4.5

 

Financial Statements

 

15

Section 4.6

 

No Undisclosed Liabilities

 

15

Section 4.7

 

Indebtedness

 

15

Section 4.8

 

Taxes

 

16

Section 4.9

 

Real Properties

 

16

Section 4.10

 

Assets; Title to Property

 

17

Section 4.11

 

Absence of Changes

 

17

Section 4.12

 

Intellectual Property

 

19

Section 4.13

 

Leases and Contracts

 

20

Section 4.14

 

Licenses and Permits

 

21

Section 4.15

 

Insurance

 

21

Section 4.16

 

Labor Matters

 

21

Section 4.17

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

22

Section 4.18

 

Seller Litigation

 

24

Section 4.19

 

Compliance with Laws

 

24

Section 4.20

 

Disclosures

 

24

Section 4.21

 

Transactional Effect

 

24

Section 4.22

 

Sufficient Assets

 

24

Section 4.23

 

Operation of the Business

 

24

Section 4.24

 

Brokers and Finders

 

24

Section 4.25

 

Governmental Program Participation

 

25

Section 4.26

 

No Sanction or Exclusion

 

25

Section 4.27

 

Corporate Integrity Agreements

 

25

Section 4.28

 

Compliance Program

 

25

i


Section 4.29

 

Data Privacy

 

25

Section 4.30

 

Financial Relationships

 

26

Section 4.31

 

Claims and Reports

 

27

Section 4.32

 

Accounts Receivable

 

27

Section 4.33

 

Related Transactions

 

27

Section 4.34

 

Third Party Payor Programs

 

28

Section 4.35

 

Patient List

 

28

Section 4.36

 

Inventory

 

28

Section 4.37

 

Providers

 

28

Section 4.38

 

Securities Law Matters

 

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HOLDINGS, PARENT AND THE COMPANY

 

29

Section 5.1

 

Entity Organization

 

29

Section 5.2

 

Authority

 

29

Section 5.3

 

Consents and Approvals; No Violations

 

29

Section 5.4

 

Legal Proceedings

 

30

Section 5.5

 

Capitalization

 

30

Section 5.6

 

Status of Holdings Common Stock to be Issued

 

30

Section 5.7

 

Brokers and Finders

 

30

Section 5.8

 

SEC Reports

 

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI FURTHER COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

 

31

Section 6.1

 

Covenants of the Sellers Pending the Closing

 

31

Section 6.2

 

Covenants of Holdings, Parent and the Company Pending the Closing

 

32

Section 6.3

 

Filings

 

32

Section 6.4

 

Effective Time of Closing and Transfer

 

32

Section 6.5

 

Announcements

 

32

Section 6.6

 

Costs and Expenses

 

32

Section 6.7

 

Further Assurances

 

32

Section 6.8

 

Cooperation and Patient Records

 

33

Section 6.9

 

Disclosure Schedules

 

34

Section 6.10

 

Contracts

 

34

Section 6.11

 

Certain Tax Matters

 

35

Section 6.12

 

Extraordinary Compensation

 

35

Section 6.13

 

Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation Covenant

 

35

Section 6.14

 

Maintenance of Insurance

 

36

Section 6.15

 

Seller Employees and Employee Benefit Plans

 

36

Section 6.16

 

Change of Name

 

37

Section 6.17

 

Engagement of BDO USA, LLP

 

37

Section 6.18

 

Assistance with SEC Filings

 

37

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII TERMINATION

 

37

Section 7.1

 

Termination

 

37

Section 7.2

 

Procedure and Effect of Termination

 

38

 

 

 

ii


ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY, PARENT AND HOLDINGS

 

38

Section 8.1

 

Sellers’ Closing Deliveries

 

39

Section 8.2

 

Representations and Warranties True

 

40

Section 8.3

 

Performance

 

40

Section 8.4

 

No Injunction or Proceeding

 

40

Section 8.5

 

Consents and Approvals

 

40

Section 8.6

 

Reserved

 

40

Section 8.7

 

No Material Adverse Change

 

40

Section 8.8

 

Certain Contingencies

 

40

Section 8.9

 

Parent and Company Consents

 

40

Section 8.10

 

Completion of BDO Review

 

41

Section 8.11

 

Ownership of Membership Interests

 

41

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS TO SELLERS’ AND MEMBERS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

41

Section 9.1

 

Delivery of Closing Consideration

 

41

Section 9.2

 

Delivery of Escrow Amount

 

41

Section 9.3

 

Closing Deliveries of Holdings, Parent and Company

 

41

Section 9.4

 

Representations and Warranties True

 

42

Section 9.5

 

Performance

 

42

Section 9.6

 

Consents and Approvals

 

42

Section 9.7

 

No Injunction or Proceeding

 

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION

 

42

Section 10.1

 

Company Claims

 

42

Section 10.2

 

Assertion of Company Claims

 

43

Section 10.3

 

Seller Claims

 

44

Section 10.4

 

Assertion of Seller Claims

 

44

Section 10.5

 

Limitations on Indemnification by Seller and Members

 

45

Section 10.6

 

Limitations on Indemnification by Holdings, Parent and the Company

 

46

Section 10.7

 

Other Rights and Remedies

 

46

Section 10.8

 

No Double Materiality

 

46

Section 10.9

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

 

46

Section 10.10

 

Manner of Payment

 

46

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

 

47

Section 11.1

 

Entire Understanding, Waiver, Etc

 

47

Section 11.2

 

Severability

 

47

Section 11.3

 

Captions

 

47

Section 11.4

 

Notices

 

47

Section 11.5

 

Successors and Assigns

 

48

Section 11.6

 

Parties in Interest

 

48

Section 11.7

 

Counterparts

 

48

Section 11.8

 

Construction of Terms

 

49

Section 11.9

 

Schedules

 

49

Section 11.10

 

Governing Law

 

49

Section 11.11

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

49

Section 11.12

 

Enforcement of Agreement

 

49

Section 11.13

 

Sellers’ Representative

 

49

 

 

iii


ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Asset Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of December 10, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among AAC Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ Holdings ”), American Addition Centers, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Parent ”), Townsend Treatment Center, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), Wetsman Forensic Medicine, L.L.C., a Louisiana limited liability company (“ Townsend ”), KHM, L.L.C., a Louisiana limited liability company (“ KHM ”), Rush Medical, L.L.C., a Louisiana limited liability company (“ Rush ”), Tres Amigos Holdings, LLC, a Connecticut limited liability company (“ Tres Amigos ”), Village IP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Village IP ”), Keystone Acquisition, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company (“ Keystone ”), Lafayette Recovery Home 1, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company (“ Lafayette 1 ”), Lafayette Recovery Home 2, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company (“ Lafayette 2 ”), Hedge Media Group, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company (“ Hedge ”), New Orleans Addiction Hospital, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company (“ NOAH ” and, together with Townsend, KHM, Rush, Tres Amigos, Village IP, Keystone, Lafayette 1, Lafayette 2, and Hedge, the “ Sellers ” and each individually, a “ Seller ”), the members of the Sellers listed on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “ Members ” and each individually, a “ Member ”) and Michael Handley, as the Sellers’ Representative.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Members collectively either currently own or will at the Closing own all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Sellers party hereto;

WHEREAS, the Sellers are engaged in the business of owning and operating addiction treatment centers and providing certain diagnostic laboratory services at the locations set forth on Annex A hereto (the “ Centers ”); and

WHEREAS, the Sellers desire to sell to the Company the Assets (as hereinafter defined) related to the operation of the Centers and the provision of diagnostic laboratory services in exchange for the consideration hereinafter set forth, and the Company desires to purchase the Assets from Sellers, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth below and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are expressly acknowledged by Holdings, Parent, Sellers and the Company, the parties agree as follows:

Article I
DEFINITIONS

The terms defined in this Article shall have the meanings set forth below for all purposes of this Agreement:

“Accounts Receivable” means the right to receive payment of all accounts receivable described in Section 4.32 hereof.

1


Adjusted EBITDA ” means the sum of the following, without duplication, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, (a net income plus (b the following to the extent deducted in calculating such net income (without duplication):   (i interest charges, (ii the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable for such period, (iii depreciation and amortization expense for such period, (iv accounting fees, legal fees and other similar advisory and consulting fees and related out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement , and (v)  one-time expenses outside the ordinary course of business operations as agreed to by Holdings .

“Affiliate” of a Person means a Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

“Agreement” means this Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Applicable Period” means that period of time from the Closing Date through December 31, 2016.

“Assets” mean collectively: all assets of each Seller used in or related to the Business including, without limitation, (i) those assets listed and described on Schedule 1.6 ; (ii) all Accounts Receivable; (iii) subject to applicable law, all current financial, medical staff and personnel records, and other business records; (iv) to the extent assignable, all Governmental Authorizations and permits held by Sellers relating to the ownership, development and operations of the Business; (v) Sellers’ goodwill in respect of the Business; (vi) Sellers’ right to use the name “Townsend” and all variations thereof, all Sellers’ Intellectual Property, and all of Sellers’ rights to use Intellectual Property of other Persons heretofore or currently used in the Business; (vii) all leases and tenant improvements, including, without limitation, Seller Properties (hereinafter defined); (viii) Patient Records, subject to compliance with all applicable laws; (ix) all assets related to or used in Sellers’ in-network diagnostic laboratory services; (x) all of Sellers’ right, title and interest in any proprietary research or data performed by or on behalf of any Seller, including all research and data related to addiction treatment including, without limitation, all genomics studies conducted by or on behalf of any Seller, to the extent not included in Seller Intellectual Property; (xi) all original content and other works of authorship related to addiction treatment and/or used in connection with the Business, including, without limitation, all publishing, training and education materials and all website blogs and other internet content; and (xii) all of Sellers’ right, title and interest in the lease for certain licensed treatment beds at New Orleans East Hospital.

“Business” means the business of owning and operating the Centers and diagnostic and other laboratory businesses.

“Business Day” means any day on which banks are open for business in Nashville, Tennessee.

“Cash Consideration” means the amount Eleven Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($11,250,000.00) to be paid in cash to Sellers by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof.

2


“Closing” means the consummation and effectuation of the transactions contemplated herein pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement which shall be held three (3 Business Days after the conditions specified in Articles VIII and IX shall have been satisfied or wa ived, at the offices of Parent i n Brentwood, Tennessee, or at such other time, date and place as the parties hereto shall mutually agree in writing.

“Closing Consideration” means the Cash Consideration and the Stock Consideration.

“Closing Date” means the date on which the Closing occurs.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Holdings.

“Employee Plan” means any plan, program, agreement, policy or arrangement, whether or not reduced to writing, and whether covering a single individual or a group of individuals, that is (a) a welfare plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA, (b) a pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA, (c) a stock bonus, stock purchase, stock option, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation right or similar equity-based plan or (d) any other deferred-compensation, retirement, welfare-benefit, bonus, incentive or fringe-benefit plan, program or arrangement.

“Encumbrance” means any charge, claim, equitable interest, lien, encumbrance, option, pledge, security interest, mortgage, encroachment, easement or restriction of any kind.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any entity that is considered a single employer with any Seller under Section 414 of the Code.

“Escrow Amount” means the Escrowed Cash, the Escrowed Shares and the Signing Escrow Amount.

“Escrowed Cash” means the amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) to be paid in cash to the Escrow Agent by the Company pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof.

“Escrowed Shares” means a number of shares of unregistered Common Stock equal to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) divided by the Share Price, as evidenced by delivery of confirmation of book entry shares representing such Common Stock to the Escrow Agent pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Liabilities” means the liabilities, debts, or other obligations retained by the Sellers as described in Section 3.6.

3


“Financial Statements” means the financial statements as identified and defined in Section  4. 5 hereof.

“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any governmental authority, bureau, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of the United States, any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, any contractor of such governmental or quasi-governmental entity, and any tribunal or arbitrator(s) of competent jurisdiction, and any self-regulatory organization.  

“Governmental Authorization” means any approval, certificate of authority, certificate of need, accreditation, license, registration, permit, franchise, right, or other authorization issued, granted, given or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority or pursuant to any law.

“Governmental Programs” mean the Medicare and Medicaid programs under Titles XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq., and 42 U.S.C. 1396 et. seq.), CHAMPUS/TRICARE, and other similar federal, state and local programs for which the federal government pays any Seller, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, for the provision of services or goods to beneficiaries of the applicable program.  

“Healthcare Laws” means any federal, state, local or municipal constitution, treaty, statute, law, rule, regulation, code, ordinance, principle of common law, judgment, decree, order, injunction, administrative interpretation, writ, directive or any other requirement or restriction of any Governmental Authority, including any permit or similar right granted under any of the foregoing, related to the regulation of the healthcare industry (including, but not limited to, the addiction treatment industry, the behavioral health industry, the hospital and other health care facilities industry, the pharmaceuticals industry, the diagnostic or clinical laboratory industry, and the physician practice management industry), the regulation of healthcare professionals (including, but not limited to, physicians and nurses and physician assistants), or to payment for items or services rendered, provided, dispensed, or furnished by healthcare suppliers or providers (including, but not limited to, physician practices, hospitals, laboratories and other health facilities, physicians and pharmacists and other practitioners).  Healthcare Laws specifically include, but are not limited to, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b) (commonly called the Anti-Kickback Statute), and all same or similar state law counterparts; 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a (commonly called the Civil Monetary Penalty Statute), and all same or similar state law counterparts; 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn (commonly called the Stark Law), and all same or similar state law counterparts; 31 U.S.C. § 3729 et. seq (commonly called the Federal False Claims Act), and all same or similar state law counterparts; the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (Pub. L. No. 104-191), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (Pub. L. No. 111-5) and their implementing regulations set forth at 45 CFR Part 160, 162 and 164 (collectively, “ HIPAA ”); the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148) as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152) (collectively, “ ACA ”); 42 CFR Part 2 (confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse patient records); the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (“ OSHA ”) and all laws pertaining to precautions against the spread of bloodborne pathogens in the workplace; the Clinical Laboratory

4


Improvement Act of 1988 and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto;  the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, (Public Law 109-171), 42 U.S.C. § 1396a(a)(68); all applicable requirements of the federal Controlled Substances Act, 21 U.S.C. § 31, and all requirements to maintain DEA Registration and any and all same or similar state law counterparts; the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetics Act, and all same or similar state law counterparts; all federal laws, regulations and rules under the jurisdiction or enforcement authority of the FCC; all federal or state laws relating to addiction treatment; all federal or state laws relating to the practice of medicine, the corporate practice of medicine, fee splitting and telemedicine; any and all applicable state insurance laws governing, regulating or pertaining to the payment for healthcare related items or services; all laws and relating to Medicare (including Medicare Part D and Medicare Advantage), Medicaid, and Medicaid-Waiver programs; 18 U.S.C. § 287; 18 U.S.C. § 1001; 18 U.S.C. § 1035; 18 U.S.C. §1347; 18 U.S.C. § 1516; and the regulations promulgated pursuant to all of the statutes and laws listed or referenced above.

“Independent Accountants” means a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm independent of and mutually selected by Sellers’ Representative and Parent.

“Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property and associated rights that may exist or be created under the laws of any jurisdiction in the world, including all of the following: (i) patents and patent applications (including provisional applications), including all divisionals, continuations, substitutions, continuations-in-part, re-examinations, re-issues, additions, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews, renewals, extensions, confirmations, registrations, any confirmation patent or registration patent or patent of addition based on any such patent, patent term extensions, and supplemental protection certificates or requests for continued examinations, foreign counterparts, and the like of any of the foregoing (collectively, “ Patents ”); (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, design rights and other similar designations of source, whether registered or unregistered, and the goodwill associated therewith and registrations and applications for registration thereof (collectively, “ Trademarks ”); (iii) works of authorship, copyrights and rights under copyrights, including moral rights, and any registrations and applications for registration thereof (collectively, “ Copyrights ”); (iv) mask work rights and registrations and applications for registration thereof; (v) confidential information, trade secrets (as defined under applicable law), research, data, methods, processes, techniques, protocols, know-how, formulae, ideas, concepts, discoveries, innovations, improvements, results, methodologies, laboratory and programmer notebooks, procedures, proprietary technology, operating and maintenance manuals, engineering and other drawings and sketches, supplier lists, pricing information, cost information, business manufacturing and production processes and techniques, designs, specifications, and blueprints, financial data, marketing and business data, strategic business and development plans (collectively, “ Confidential Information and Trade Secrets ”); (vi) internet domain names, whether or not trademarks, registered by any authorized private registrar or Governmental Authority, web addresses, web pages, websites and URLs (collectively, “ Domain Names ”); (vii) software and firmware, including source code, object code and database rights; and (viii) any other proprietary rights recognized in any jurisdiction worldwide.

5


“Knowledge” means, with respect to an individual, such individual is actually aware of the particular fact, matter, circumstance or other item, or a prudent individual could be expected to discover or otherwise become aware of such fact, matter, circumstance or other item in the course of conducting a reasonable investigation concerning the existence thereof, and, with respect to any other Person (other than an individual), any individual who is serving, or who has at any time served, as a director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, executor or trustee of such Person (or in any similar capacity ) has, or at any time had, Knowledge of such fact, matter, circumstance or other item ; provided that , with respect to Seller s , Knowledge shall be limited to any fact, matter, circumstance or other item actually known by, or which should be known following reasonable inquiry by, Michael Handley , Howard Wetsman, M.D. , John Fletcher , Gretchen Payne , John Bird, Christopher Jaquis, Melissa Richardson, Dan Forman, Sean F arrell or Kristy Guidry .

“Legal Requirement” means any domestic or foreign federal, state, provincial, local or municipal law, ordinance, code, principle of common law, regulation, order, directive or other legal requirements.

“Material Adverse Change” means any fact, condition, occurrence, event, development, action, omission, change, state of facts, circumstance or effect that is, or would reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to the business, operations, assets, result of operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Sellers or on the ability of Sellers to perform their obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated herein, except in each case to the extent resulting from (i) business, economic or regulatory conditions generally or in the industries in which Sellers operate, (ii) national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack, (iii) financial, banking or securities markets (including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or any market index), (iv) changes in GAAP, (v) changes in law, or proposed changes to law published by a Governmental Authority, (vi) the announcement or execution of, or the taking of any action expressly contemplated by, this Agreement and the other transaction documents contemplated hereby, including compliance with the covenants set forth herein, (vii) any actions taken (or omitted to be taken) with the prior written consent or at the written request of the Company, or (viii) any actions expressly required under this Agreement; except, in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), to the extent the Sellers are affected in a disproportionate manner compared to other companies in the industries in which the Sellers operate.

“Patient Records” means photocopies or digital copies of the following portions of the medical records of the patients currently being treated at the Centers or otherwise receiving services from Sellers: (i) insurance cards (must include copies of both front and back of all cards, and must be legible), (ii) patient histories and physicals, lab results, patient summaries of information, care plans, assessments, (iii) copies of all intake forms, including, without limitation, financial responsibility agreements and information release forms and (iv) all other patient information.

6


“Permitted Encumbrances” means (i liens for Taxes and other governmental charges not yet past due or that are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings, (ii mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’ s , repairmen’s or other like liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent and that are, in the aggregate, not material ; (iii) easements, servitudes, rights of way, zoning ordinances and other similar encumbrances affecting real property to the extent that such matters and encumbrances do not materially interfere with the right of Sellers to use any such real property ; (iv) other than with respect to any Owned Real Property, liens arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (v)  special assessments with respect to the personal property to be sold by Seller s to the Company pursuant to this Agreement for 2015 and subsequent years.

“Person” means an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, association or joint venture or a government, agency, political subdivision or instrumentality thereof.

“Personal Information” means any information processed, collected or otherwise used or disclosed by Sellers (or any third party on behalf of any Seller) that identifies a specific natural person, including, without limitation: (a) a natural person’s first and last name, in combination with a (i) social security number or tax identification number, or (ii) credit card number, bank account information and other financial account information, or financial customer or account numbers, account access codes and passwords; and (b) Protected Health Information as defined under HIPAA and any information pertaining to an individual that is regulated or protected by one or more laws, ordinances, statutes, rules or regulations.

“Purchase Price” means the total of the Cash Consideration, the Stock Consideration, the Escrow Amount and the Signing Escrow Amount.

“Schedule” means any schedule referred to in this Agreement, which shall be an integral part of this Agreement.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Seller Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property owned by, licensed to, or otherwise used by any Seller in or in relation to the Business.

“Share Price” means the average closing price per share of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the ten (10) trading days immediately prior to the Effective Date.

“Signing Escrow Amount” means the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), to be paid in cash to the Escrow Agent by the Company pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof.

7


“Stock Consideration” means a number of shares of unregistered Comm o n Stock equal to Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($ 5 ,500,000.00) divided by the Share Price, as evidenced by delivery of confirmation of book entry shares representing such shares of Common Stock to the Sellers pursuant to Section  3.1 hereof.

“Taxes” means all taxes, assessments, and charges imposed by any federal, state, local, or foreign taxing authority, including interest, penalties and additions thereto.

“Third Party Payor Programs” mean those private, non-governmental programs, including private insurance and managed care plans, under which the Sellers and the Centers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, are receiving payments.  

Article II

PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS

Section 2.1 Pu rchase and Sale of Assets . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Sellers shall, on the Closing Date, sell, transfer, convey and assign to the Company, and the Company shall purchase, all of the Assets, free and clear of all liens, claims or encumbrances whatsoever except for Permitted Encumbrances.

Section 2.2 Excluded Assets . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement, the following items (collectively, the “ Excluded Assets ”) are not part of the sale and purchase contemplated hereunder, are excluded from the Assets, and will remain the property of the Sellers after the Closing:

(a) any and all cash, cash equivalents and security deposits;

(b) Sellers’ record books, minute books, tax records and any records that by law Seller is required to retain in its possession;

(c) all of Sellers’ insurance policies and rights thereunder, including, without limitation, any life insurance policies covering the officers or members of Sellers;

(d) any refunds, credits, rebates or similar payments relating to Taxes that are associated with Sellers’ ownership or operation of the Business and the Assets for taxable periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date;

(e) any Contracts identified in writing by the Company prior to Closing as not being assumed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement;

(f) all rights in connection with and assets or liabilities of any Seller Plan and their ERISA Affiliates; and

(g) those assets listed and described on Schedule 2.2 .

8


Article III
CONSIDERATION FOR PURCHASE OF ASSETS

Section 3.1 Delivery of Closing Consideration to Sellers . At the Closing, in consideration of the sale of the Assets to the Company by the Sellers as set forth in Section 2.1, the Company shall deliver to the Sellers the Closing Consideration as follows: (i) the Cash Consideration, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Sellers’ Representative, and (ii) the Stock Consideration, by issuance to the Sellers or the Members by Holdings of such number of shares of Common Stock constituting the Stock Consideration as evidenced by delivery of confirmation of book entry shares representing such shares of Common Stock. The Closing Consideration will be paid to and allocated among the Sellers as set forth on Annex B .

Section 3.2 Escrow Agreement; Delivery of Signing Escrow Amount, Escrowed Cash and Escrowed Shares to Escrow Agent . The Escrow Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Escrow Agreement ”) shall be executed and delivered as of the Effective Date.  On the Effective Date, the Company shall deliver the Signing Escrow Amount to Blackmore Escrow, Inc. (the “ Escrow Agent ”), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. At the Closing, the Company shall, pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, deliver to the Escrow Agent the Escrow Amount less the Signing Escrow Amount as follows: (i) the Escrowed Cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Escrow Agent, and (ii) the Escrowed Shares, as evidenced by delivery of confirmation of book entry shares representing such Escrowed Shares.

Section 3.3 Earnout Consideration .

(a) Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Section 3.3, the Sellers shall be entitled to receive, as consideration for the sale of the Assets to the Company, an amount (as applicable, the “ Earnout Amount ”) equal to (i) One Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($1,500,000.00) of the Escrow Amount ($750,000.00 of Escrowed Cash and $750,000.00 worth of Escrowed Shares) if the Adjusted EBITDA of the Company attributable to the Assets for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 reaches Two Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($2,500,000.00) (“ Adjusted EBITDA Target 1 ”), or (ii) Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) of the Escrowed Amount ($1,000,000.00 of Escrowed Cash and $1,000,000.00 worth of Escrowed Shares) if the Adjusted EBITDA of the Company attributable to the Assets for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 reaches Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) (“ Adjusted EBITDA Target 2 and, together with Adjusted EBITDA Target 1, the “ Adjusted Ebitda Targets ”).

(b) No later than March 31, 2017, Parent shall deliver to the Sellers’ Representative a statement (the “ Earnout Statement ”) setting forth Parent’s calculation of the Adjusted EBITDA attributable to the Assets for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 (the “ 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount ”). 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount shall be calculated in accordance with the example calculation set forth on Annex C .

9


(c) The Sellers’ Representative and its accountants shall be entitled to review any working papers, trial balances and similar materials related to the Earnout Statement and the calculation of the 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount prepared by Parent or its accountants.  Parent shall also provide the Sellers’ Representative and its accountants with reasonable access, during normal business hours, to Parent’s relevant employees and outside accountants, properties, books and records to the extent involved with or related to the calculation of the 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount.

(d) If, within thirty (30) days following delivery of the Earnout Statement, the Sellers’ Representative has not given Parent written notice of its objection to the calculation of the 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount reflected therein (which notice shall state in reasonable detail the basis of the Sellers’ Representative’s objection), then Parent’s calculation of the 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount shall be binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes hereunder and not appealable.

(e) If the Sellers’ Representative gives Parent such notice of objection within the 30-day period referenced in Section 3.3(d) above with respect to the Earnout Statement and if the Sellers’ Representative and Parent fail to resolve the issues outstanding with respect to Parent’s calculation of the 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount within 30 days of Parent’s actual receipt of Sellers’ Representative’s objection notice, the Sellers’ Representative and Parent shall submit the issues remaining in dispute in writing to the Independent Accountants  for resolution in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.3(e).  If issues are submitted in writing to the Independent Accountants for resolution pursuant to this Section 3.3(e), (A) Michael Handley (or such employee of the Company serving as successor to Mr. Handley) (the “ Company Reviewing Party ”) and Parent shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Independent Accountants such work papers and other documents and information relating to the disputed issues as the Independent Accountants may request and are available to that party or its agents and shall be afforded the opportunity to present to the Independent Accountants any material relating to the disputed issues and to discuss issues with the Independent Accountants; (B) the determination by the Independent Accountants, as set forth in a written notice to be delivered to Parent, the Company Reviewing Party and the Sellers’ Representative within 30 days of the submission to the Independent Accountants of the issues remaining in dispute, shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties and not appealable and shall be used in the calculation of the 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount, and (C) Parent and the Sellers (collectively) shall each bear 50% of the fees and costs of the Independent Accountants for such determination.

(f) No later than five (5) Business Days after the final determination that an Earnout Amount is payable in accordance with this Section 3.3, Parent shall instruct the Escrow Agent to release the Earnout Amount pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Escrow Agreement. The stock portion of any Earnout Amount shall be paid to Sellers or the Members as directed by Sellers’ Representative at the time of such payment.  Any Earnout Amount payable to Sellers will be paid to and allocated among the Sellers as set forth on Annex B . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at the time that any Earnout Amount is required to be released from the Escrow Amount to the Sellers under this Agreement, Parent shall be entitled, upon written notice to the Sellers’ Representative specifying in reasonable detail the basis therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, to set off against such Earnout Amount payable to Sellers any amounts to which it may be entitled hereunder.

10


(g) The payment of an Earnout Amount to Sellers shall be treated by Parent, the Company, the Seller s and the Members as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for all income tax purposes, unless a final determination (which shall include the execution of a Form 870-AD or successor form ) with respect to such payment causes any such payment not to be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for tax purposes.

(h) During the Applicable Period, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Sellers’ Representative:

(i) Parent shall not act in a manner the primary intent of which is to adversely affect the ability of the Assets to achieve the Adjusted EBITDA Targets; provided, however, that except as required by the parties’ implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing, Parent will have the authority and freedom to operate the Business and Assets following the Closing without limitation under this Agreement;

(ii) Parent shall maintain separate books and records necessary to calculate the 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount.

(i) Notwithstanding anything set forth to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) in the event of any controversy, dispute or claim arising out of this Section 3.3 involving or relating to the calculation or determination of the 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount and the Earnout Amount (any such dispute, a “ Calculation Dispute ”) such Calculation Dispute will be resolved in accordance with, and the parties’ sole remedies will be set forth in, Section 3.3(e) hereof, and (ii) in the event of any controversy, dispute or claim arising out of this Section 3.3 that is not a Calculation Dispute (any such dispute, a “ Non-Calculation Dispute ”), the Sellers’ Representative and Parent (including any designated representatives thereof) shall negotiate in good faith for a period of at least 45 days following the time at which notice is provided to the Sellers’ Representative or Parent, as applicable, of such Non-Calculation Dispute to conclusively resolve such Non-Calculation Dispute.  In the event that such Non-Calculation Dispute remains unresolved following the end of such 45-day period, then either Parent or the Sellers’ Representative, as applicable, will be permitted to bring a claim in accordance with Article X of this Agreement.

(j) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, in the event that during the Applicable Period, the Company or Parent (i) consummates a transaction for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets or a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or other transaction in which any Person who is not an owner of an interest in the Company or Parent on the Closing Date becomes a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of all interests in the Company or Parent, or (ii) the Company or Parent makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Company or Parent seeking to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief of composition of its debts under any Law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization, Sellers may, upon written notice to Parent (such notice, the “ Acceleration Notice ”), elect to have paid in full the maximum Earnout Amount of $2,000,000.00.  Upon receipt of any Acceleration Notice, Parent shall instruct the Escrow Agent to release such Earnout Amount pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

11


Section 3.4 Release fr om Escrow . Within ten (10) days following the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Escrow Release Date ”) , and assuming no claims by any Company Indemnitee are pending as of the Escrow Release Date , Parent shall direct the Escrow Agent to pay to Sellers the Escrowed Cash and the Escrowed Stock less (i)  $ 1,000,000.00 of Escrowed Cash and $1,000,000.00 worth of Escrowed Stock subject to the earnout provisions of Section 3.3 above, and (ii) any amounts paid to a Company Indemnitee pursuant to Article X below, in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.  If a claim by a Company Indemnitee is pending as of the Escrow Release Date , then Parent shall direct the Escrow Agent as set forth above in this Section 3.4 within ten (10) days of the final resolution of such claim.

Section 3.5 Assumed Liabilities . As of the Closing Date, the Company shall assume and agree to pay, perform and discharge in accordance with the respective terms thereof, each of the following (collectively, the “ Assumed Liabilities ”):

(a) accounts payable and current liabilities incurred by Sellers through the Closing Date in the ordinary course of business consistent with Sellers’ past practice that are within 45 days from the respective invoice date and any accrued vacation, holiday and sick pay of the Transferred Employees as set forth on Schedule 3.5 to be delivered to the Company 10 days prior to Closing, in an aggregate amount not to exceed acquired Accounts Receivable aged 90 days or less; and

(b) any obligation or liability accruing, arising out of, or relating to the ownership or operation of the Business or the Assets after the Closing Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision to the contrary herein, the Company assumes any liability under the WARN Act that arises (1) as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (2) after the Closing.  The Company agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Sellers harmless from and against any such WARN Act liability.

Section 3.6 Excluded Liabilities . Except as expressly provided to the contrary in Section 3.5 above, neither Holdings, Parent nor the Company shall assume, take responsibility for or be obligated to pay any liabilities, debts or other obligations of any kind (including under any employee benefit plan) of the Sellers or their Affiliates (collectively, the “ Excluded Liabilities ”). Without limiting the foregoing, each Seller acknowledges that the Excluded Liabilities shall include the following:

(a) Any and all liability arising under any Third Party Payor Program, including without limitation, liability arising from false or fraudulent claims, overpayments, set-offs, recoupments, overbilling, civil money penalties, credit balances, inappropriate coding or inadequate documentation, provider agreement, or state survey agency report or action related to any time period prior to the Closing Date regardless of whether any such claims of liability arise prior to or after the Closing Date;  

(b) Any liability of any Seller or Affiliate of any Seller under the Seller Plans or relating to payroll, compensation, vacation, sick leave, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, retirement or pension benefits, employee equity incentive or profit sharing plans, healthcare plans or benefits, bonus or commission arrangements, severance or other termination pay or benefits, or any other employer plans or benefits for any Seller, its subsidiaries or any employees or former employees of such Seller or its subsidiaries;

12


(c) A ny losses, costs, expenses, damages, claims, demands and judgments of every kind and nature (including the defenses thereof and reasonable attorneys' and other professional fees ) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the parties' waiver of compliance with any bulk sales act or any similar statute as enacted in any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign (if applicable);

(d) Any liability or obligation arising out of any breach by any Seller prior to the Closing of any provision of any agreements of such Seller or any other contract to which such Seller is a party;

(e) Any liability of any Seller with respect to any claim or cause of action, regardless of when made or asserted, which arises (i) out of or in connection with the business and operations of such Seller (including without limitation the Business) prior to the Closing, (ii) with respect to any goods or services provided by any Seller prior to the Closing, including without limitation, any liability or obligation (A) pursuant to any express or implied representation, warranty, agreement, or guarantee made by such Seller or (B) imposed or asserted to be imposed by operation of law, in connection with any service performed or product designed, manufactured, sold, or leased by or on behalf of such Seller prior to the Closing, including without limitation, any claim related to any product delivered in connection with the performance of such service and any claims seeking to recover for consequential damage, lost revenue, or income, including pursuant to any doctrine of product liability, or (iii) out of or in connection with the business and operations of any Seller (including without limitation the Business) prior to the Closing under any federal, state, or local law, rule, or regulation;

(f) Any liability or obligation, arising prior to or as a result of the Closing, to any employee, agent, or independent contractor of any Seller, whether or not employed by Company after the Closing, or under any benefit arrangement with respect thereto;

(g) Any liability of any Seller existing at the Closing, including any liability related to any matter described in the Schedules to this Agreement;

(h) Any liability related to the Excluded Assets;

(i) Any liability or obligation for Taxes, withholdings, assessments, charges, fees, and impositions, including interest and penalties thereon or with respect thereto, whether disputed or not, related to the operation of the Business prior to the Closing or related to Sellers’ other businesses prior to or after the Closing, including any liabilities or obligations of any Seller relating to sales and use, transfer, documentary, income or other Taxes levied on the transfer of the rights and Assets pursuant to this Agreement; and

(j) Subject to Section 3.5(a) , all wages, commissions, vacation, holiday, workers’ compensation and sick pay obligations of Sellers with respect to Sellers’ employees, agents or independent contractors accrued through the Closing Date and all bonuses and fringe benefits as to such employees accrued through the Closing Date, and all severance pay obligations of Seller to employees resulting from Sellers’ consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

13


Section 3.7 Allocation of Purchase Pric e and Assumed Liabilities . The parties agree that they will agree upon the allocation of the Purchase Price (and all other capitalized costs ) among the Assets in accordance with Section  1060 of the Code (and any similar provisions of state, local or foreign law, as appropriate ) (“ Tax Allocation ”) by the Closing Date .  The Company and Seller s shall report, act and file all Tax Returns (including, but not limited to IRS Form 8594 ) in all respects and for all purposes consistent with such Tax Allocation.  Neither the Company nor any Seller shall take any position (whether in audits, Tax Returns, or otherwise ) that is inconsistent with such Tax Allocation, unless required to do so by applicable law.

Article IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERs AND MEMBERS

The Sellers and the Members hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company, Parent and Holdings as set forth below.  For purposes of these representations and warranties (other than those in Section 4.2), the term “Seller” or “Sellers” shall include any subsidiaries of such Seller(s), unless otherwise noted herein.

Section 4.1 Entity Organization . Each Seller is a for-profit limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, and has the full right, power and authority to own, lease and operate all of its properties and assets (including the Assets) and to carry out its business (including particularly the Business).  Each Seller is duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of its properties or assets or the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not be material to such Seller. Each jurisdiction in which a Seller is qualified to do business is listed on Schedule 4.1.  Complete and accurate copies of the organizational documents of each Seller have been made available to the Company.

Section 4.2 Authority . Each Seller and each Member has all requisite right, power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each other instrument, agreement or certificate contemplated by this Agreement to be executed by each such Seller or each such Member in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by each Seller have been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary governing action. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each Seller and each Member and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Sellers and the Members, enforceable against Sellers and the Members in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or as may be modified by a court of equity in an action for specific performance.

Section 4.3 Capitalization .

(a) Schedule 4.3(a) sets forth the percentage of each class of membership interests of each Seller and the name and address of each record holder of such membership interests.  No membership interest of any Seller was issued in violation of any preemptive or subscription rights or rights of first refusal. No Seller has violated the Securities Act or any other applicable Legal Requirements in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of any

14


membership interests or any other ownership interest or equity securities .  The membership interests of each Seller set forth on Schedule  4.3(a ) represent 100% of the issued and outstanding membership interests of such Seller. There are no options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, convertible securities, or other rights, agreements or commitments that obligate any Seller to issue, transfer or sell any equity interests of such Seller.

(b) There are no Subsidiaries of any Seller that are not included in the definition of “Sellers”.

Section 4.4 Consents and Approvals; No Violations . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Sellers and the Members will not (with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both) (i) violate any applicable provision of law or any rule or regulation of any federal, state or local administrative agency or governmental authority applicable to any Seller or any Member, or any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court, administrative agency or governmental authority applicable to any Seller or any Member, (ii) violate the organizational documents of any Seller, (iii) require any consent under or constitute a default under any agreement (including any Contract), indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, license, permit or other instrument to which any Seller or any Member is a party or by which it or its properties or assets is bound, or any license, permit or certificate held by it, (iv) require any consent or approval by, notice to or registration with any Governmental Authority or (v) result in the creation of any lien, claim, encumbrance or charge upon any of the property or assets of any Seller.

Section 4.5 Financial Statements . Schedule 4.5 contains complete and correct copies of the (i) compiled financial statements of Sellers with respect to the Business for the two most recent fiscal years, (ii) compiled financial statements of Sellers with respect to the Business for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 31, 2015 and (iii) the unaudited balance sheet (the “ Reference Balance Sheet ”; the date of the Reference Balance Sheet, the “ Reference Balance Sheet Date ”) as of October 31, 2015 (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.5, the Financial Statements have been prepared from and in accordance with the books and records of Sellers, and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Sellers as of such dates and the results of operations and cash flows of Sellers for the periods specified.  The Financial Statements do not reflect the operations of any entity or business not intended to constitute a part of the Business.

Section 4.6 No Undisclosed Liabilities . Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.6, no Seller has any liabilities or obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, determined or determinable, except for (i) liabilities or obligations reflected or reserved against in the Reference Balance Sheet and (ii) current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business of such Seller consistent with past practice since the Reference Balance Sheet Date.

Section 4.7 Indebtedness . Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.7, there exists no indebtedness of any Seller related to the Business or Assets that is not reported in the Financial Statements.

15


Section 4.8 Tax es . Except as set forth in Schedule  4.8, each Seller has timely filed all returns, declarations, reports, information returns and statements required to be filed by it (as a member of an affiliated group or otherwise ) in respect of any Taxes and all Taxes currently due and payable by any of them have been paid. Except as set forth in Schedule  4.8, no written notice of any proposed tax deficiency, assessment or levy has been received by or with respect to any Seller. Each Seller has duly withheld from each payment from which such withholding is required by law, the amount of all Taxes required to be withheld therefrom and has paid the same (to the extent due), or otherwise set aside, together with the employer’s share of the same, if any, to the proper tax receiving officers. There are, except for Permitted Encumbrances, no tax liens on any of the assets of any Seller. Except as set forth in Schedule  4.8, no Seller has any liability for the Taxes of any Person as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise.

Section 4.9 Real Properties .

(a) No Seller owns any real property.

(b) Schedule 4.9(b) sets forth a true, complete and correct list (with addresses) of each leased or subleased premises used by any Seller, whether or not pursuant to written or oral lease or sublease (the “ Leased Real Properties ” or “ Seller Properties ”). All leases relating to the Leased Real Properties were entered into in arm’s length transactions.  For each of the Leased Real Properties, (A) such Seller has a valid leasehold interest, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances, (B) such Seller has the right to use (and have quiet enjoyment of) such Leased Real Properties for the purposes for which it is being used, (C) such Seller has not received any written notice of a dispute concerning the occupancy or use thereof, (D) each lease or sublease therefor is legal, valid and binding, in full force and effect, and enforceable against such Seller and to the Knowledge of Sellers, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to the rights of creditors generally and the availability of equitable remedies, and (E) neither such Seller nor, to the Knowledge of Sellers, any other party to such lease or sublease is in material default thereunder (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), nor has any material default been, to the Knowledge of such Seller, threatened. Each Seller enjoys exclusive, peaceful and undisturbed possession of all of its respective Leased Real Properties in all material respects, in each case subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable lease.  

(c) To Sellers’ Knowledge, the Sellers’ operations on any Seller Properties, including improvements thereon, do not violate any applicable rule, regulations, law, statute or code, including, but not limited to, any building code zoning requirement, or classification, and such non-violation is not dependent, in any instance, on any non-conforming use exceptions or similar exceptions. There are no pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened legal proceedings or administrative actions of any kind or character regarding or relating to the Seller Properties or Sellers’ interest therein. No Seller has received any written notice from any city, county, state, federal or other applicable Governmental Authority of any violation of any law, statute, ordinance, regulation or administrative or judicial order or holding with respect to or regarding the Seller Properties, which violation has not been satisfactorily corrected.  To Sellers’ Knowledge, the improvements and fixtures on all of the Seller Properties are, subject to ordinary wear and tear, adequate and suitable in all material respects for the purposes for which they are presently being used, and there are no defects in the structural elements of the

16


improvements on the Seller Properties. There is no condemnation or proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of any Seller, threatened against any of the Seller Properties or any improvement thereon. There are no mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens of record against the Seller Properties, nor are there any unsatisfied charges, debts, liabilities, claims or obligations incurred by or on behalf any Seller and relating to the Seller Properties that could give rise to any mechanics’, materialmen’s, constitutional, statutory or common law lien against the Seller Properties, or any part thereof.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9(d) , and to Sellers’ Knowledge, no Hazardous Substances have been generated, stored, released, treated or disposed of on, under, to, from or about the Seller Properties in violation of any law, rule, legal requirement or regulation applicable to the Seller Properties which regulates or controls matters relating to the environment or public health or safety (“ Environmental Laws ”). No Seller has received any written notice, demand or claim from (nor delivered any notice to) any federal, state, county, municipal or other governmental department, agency or authority, or any third party, nor is any Seller aware of any circumstances that could give rise to any notice, demand or claim, concerning any Hazardous Substance release, discharge or seepage. As used in this Agreement, the term “Hazardous Substances” shall mean any substance or material which is regulated, listed, defined or deemed to be a waste, contaminant or pollutant, or substance or potentially harmful, hazardous or toxic to human health or safety or the environment pursuant to any Environmental Laws, including, but without limitation, petroleum, petroleum based product and any petroleum constituent. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9(d) , to Sellers’ Knowledge, there are no underground storage tanks located on the Seller Properties.

Section 4.10 A ssets; Title to Property . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10, with respect to Permitted Encumbrances or in the case of assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business, Sellers have good and marketable title (free and clear of all liens, claims or encumbrances of any kind) to all (i) personal property and assets (tangible and intangible) reflected as owned by Sellers on Schedule 1.6, or otherwise used in the conduct and operation of the Business; (ii) properties and assets acquired in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and have such title free and clear of all Encumbrances of any nature whatsoever, except, in either instance, for leased property used in the Business, with respect to which the Sellers have good and marketable title to the leasehold estate appertaining thereto; and (iii) all tangible personal properties (other than inventory) are in good operating condition and repair and are fit for the particular purpose for which they were acquired, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  All of the rights and Assets being acquired by Company, whether owned or leased, are in the possession and control of the Sellers and are located at the premises currently used for the operation of the Business.

Section 4.11 Absence of Changes . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11, since December 31, 2014, there has not been with respect or related to the Business or the Assets:

(a) any material and unrepaired damage or destruction, loss or other casualty, however arising and whether or not covered by insurance;

17


(b) any indebtedness incurred by any Seller for borrowed money (except by endorsement for collection or for deposit of negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business and except for debts and liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practices), or any agreement to incur any such indebtedness other than intercompany indebtedness;

(c) any change in the accounting methods or practices of any Seller or any change in depreciation or amortization policies or rates theretofore adopted;

(d) any amendment or termination, or any written notice of termination, of any contract, agreement, lease, franchise or license to which any Seller is a party or by which it is bound;

(e) any liability or obligation incurred by any Seller, except current liabilities for trade or business obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or any cancellation or compromise by any Seller of any debt or claim other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or any waiver or release by any Seller of any right of substantial value to the Business;

(f) except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, any grant or extension of any power-of-attorney or guaranty in respect of the obligation of any Person;

(g) except for Permitted Encumbrances and other than in the ordinary course of business, any mortgage, pledge or other encumbering of any of the Assets;

(h) any sale, transfer, lease, abandonment or other disposal of any material portion of the Assets (real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible), except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(i) any assignment, transfer, licensing, grant or other disposal of any Intellectual Property (as defined in Section 4.12 hereof);

(j) any grant by any Seller of any general increase in the compensation of any of the employees of any Seller who are deemed by such Seller to be employed by or working directly in the Business; or any grant by any Seller of any increase in compensation payable to or to become payable to any such employee; or any agreement by any Seller entered into with any employee; except (with regard to all of the above in this Section 4.11(j)) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(k) with respect to the Business, any capital expenditure made, or any commitment to make any capital expenditure, for any tangible or intangible capital assets, additions or improvements, except capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business and capital expenditures that do not exceed $25,000 in any instance or $100,000 in the aggregate;  

(l) any action taken or omitted to be taken that would result in the occurrence of any of the foregoing; or

18


(m) any sale or other transfer of any interest or rights in the Business or Sellers .

Section 4.12 Intellectual Property .

(a) Schedule 4.12(a) sets forth for the Seller Intellectual Property, a complete and accurate list of all domestic and foreign (i) Patents and Patent applications; (ii) Trademark registrations and applications, and material unregistered Trademarks; (iii) registered Copyrights and material unregistered Copyrights; (iv) Domain Names; and (v) any other Seller Intellectual Property that is the subject of an application, certificate or registration issued by any Governmental Authority (collectively, the “ Registered Intellectual Property ”); in each case listing the name and current owner and showing the jurisdiction in which each such Registered Intellectual Property has been issued, applied for, or registered and the application, serial or registration number.  None of the Registered Intellectual Property has lapsed, expired, or been abandoned or withdrawn.  The Sellers have taken sufficient measures to protect the Registered Intellectual Property and to perfect the chain of title recorded with the applicable Governmental Authority (including without limitation the United States Patent and Trademark Office) with respect to each such item of Registered Intellectual Property.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12(b) , (i) no Person other than Sellers has the right to use any of the Seller Intellectual Property, Sellers have all right, title and interest in and to all Seller Intellectual Property free and clear of all Encumbrances and as necessary for the use of the Assets as used in the conduct of the Business, and the use by Sellers of any of the Seller Intellectual Property will not, to the Knowledge of Sellers, cause conflict with, infringe, misappropriate, dilute or interfere with the Intellectual Property, proprietary or other rights of any third party, (ii) Sellers have all licenses necessary to use the Intellectual Property of any Person that is used in the Business, and each such license is assignable to the Company without the consent of any Person; and (iii) documentation for the continuance of registrations and applications for registration have been timely filed with the appropriate authorities for the Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights used in the Business as indicated in Schedule 4.12(b) .  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12(b) , no Seller has received any written notice that (a) any operation or activity of any Seller in connection with its ownership or operation of the Business or exploitation of the Assets infringes, misappropriates, dilutes or interferes with the Intellectual Property rights of third parties or requires payment to any third parties or otherwise infringes, misappropriates, dilutes or interferes with any Patent, Trademark, Copyright of any third party or any other Intellectual Property right of any third party, (b) any of the Seller Intellectual Property has been declared invalid by a judicial or administrative tribunal or is the subject of a pending or threatened litigation, claim, interference, opposition or cancellation proceeding or an action for declaration of invalidity, or is infringed by the activities of another, or (c) any third party has filed a Patent, Trademark or Copyright application for registration for any aspect of the Seller Intellectual Property.  To the Knowledge of Sellers, no Person has or is infringing or misappropriating any of the Seller Intellectual Property. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the loss of, or otherwise adversely affect, any ownership rights of any Seller (or Company after the Closing Date) of the Seller Intellectual Property.

19


(c) To the extent that any Seller Intellectual Property has been developed or created by a current or former employee or any consultant, contractor or other Person for or on behalf of a Seller, such Seller has executed a valid and enforceable agreement with such employee or Person assigning all of such Person’s rights in and to such Seller Intellectual Property to Seller and thereby has obtained exclusive ownership of all Seller Intellectual Property by valid assignment.  Seller has taken all necessary actions to maintain the confidentiality, secrecy and value of the Confidential Information and Trade Secrets of Seller, and neither have been used by n or disclosed to any Person except pursuant to valid and enforceable non-disclosure agreement with commercially reasonable protections of the Confidential Information and Trade Secrets made available to such Person.  To Sellers’ Knowledge, there has not been any breach by any third party of any confidentiality obligation to any Seller with respect to the Confidential Information and Trade Secrets included in or related to the Assets.  All current and former employees, independent contractors and consultants of the Seller, who have had access to such Confidential Information and/or Trade Secrets have entered into valid and enforceable confidentiality agreements with Seller.

(d) All material computer hardware, data storage systems, computer and communications networks (other than the internet), architecture interfaces and firewalls (whether for data, voice, video, or other media access, transmission, or reception) and other apparatus used in the Business to create, manipulate, store, transmit, exchange, or receive information in any form (i) operate and perform in all material respects in accordance with their documentation and functional specifications, and (ii) do not contain any disabling or destructive code or virus that would impede or result in the disruption of the operation of the Business.

Section 4.13 Leases and Contracts .

(a) Each contract to which any Seller is a party (collectively, the “ Contracts ”), a list of which is set forth in Schedule 4.13 , is in full force and effect. Each Contract is valid, binding and enforceable against such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws presently or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.13 , no event or condition presently exists which constitutes a default or breach, or, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default or breach by any Seller or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, of any other party thereto, under any of the Contracts, and such Seller will not do any act or omit to do any act prior to Closing which would cause such a default or breach.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.13 , there are no claims or offsets asserted to a Seller in writing under any of the Contracts, and no Seller has received any written notice that any such Contract is to be terminated or not renewed.

(c) Except as described in Schedule 4.13 , there does not exist any security interest, lien, encumbrance or claim of others created or suffered to exist on any interest created under any of the Contracts.

20


( d ) No purchase commitment by any Seller is in excess of its ordinary business requirements.

(e) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.13 , none of the Contracts contains any provision, agreement or covenant not to compete limiting the ability of the Company to operate the Business without restriction after the Closing Date or that prohibits the assignment of such Contract.

Section 4.14 Licenses and Permits . Each Seller has all local, state and federal licenses, including permits, registrations, certificates, consents, accreditations and approvals (collectively, the “ Licenses and Permits ”) necessary to conduct the Business in the manner currently conducted and/or to receive payments from any Third Party Payor Programs for furnishing addiction treatment services and providing diagnostic laboratory services and is in compliance with all requirements applicable to such Licenses and Permits. A list of all Licenses and Permits is set forth on Schedule 4.14. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.14, each of the Licenses and Permits is valid and in full effect. There is no default by any Seller under any of the Licenses and Permits, and no Seller has received any notice with respect to threatened, pending, or possible revocation, termination, suspension or limitation of any of such License and Permits, nor is any Seller aware of any facts that may reasonably lead to such a revocation, termination, suspension or limitation. There are no inspections or proficiency tests for which any Seller or the Business has not yet received a report or results. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14, all of the Licenses and Permits are assignable to the Company.

Section 4.15 Insurance . Schedule 4.15 contains a complete and correct list of all policies of insurance presently maintained by Sellers with respect to the Business, including, without limitation, errors and omissions coverage (setting forth the carrier, retrodate, whether a claims made or occurrence policy, deductible and limits).  All such policies are in full force and effect, all premiums due thereon have been paid, and no currently pending written notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any such policy, and there is no default (which has not been cured) by any Seller with respect to its obligations under any such policy.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.15, no Seller has received, since January 1, 2012, any written notice or other written communication from any insurance company declining to write insurance with respect to the Business, or canceling or materially amending any of the insurance policies of any Seller or proposing to do so.

Section 4.16 Labor Matters . Except to the extent set forth in Schedule 4.16, (a) there is no unfair labor practice charge, complaint or decision against any Seller pending before or issued by the National Labor Relations Board or any other federal agency, authority or tribunal; (b) there is no labor strike, dispute, slowdown, lockout or stoppage pending or threatened against or affecting any Seller and no Seller has experienced any such labor controversy within the last five years; (c) no Seller is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or contract with any labor union and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, no union representation question has been raised by the employees of any Seller; (d) no grievance nor any arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is pending; (e) no event has occurred, and no Seller will take any action prior to the Closing, which would require notification after the Effective Date to employees under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Act of 1988 and the regulations promulgated thereunder or which would require notification under any collective bargaining

21


agreement or law; (f there is no other controversy pending between any Seller and any of its employees, including, without limitation, claims arising under any local, state or federal labor and employment laws; (g no Seller has any obligation to continue the employment of any employee or the funding of any employee benefits who or which is the subject or beneficiary of any collective bargaining agreement in the event of termination of any contract for the provision of goods or services in the geographic area related to such collective bargaining agreement; (h except as set forth in the Contracts, no Seller is a party to any written employment or consulting contract or agreement with any Person nor are any such contracts or agreements presently being negotiated; (i to the Knowledge of Seller s , there are no campaigns being conducted to solicit cards from any employees or election petitions pending with respect to any Seller to authorize representation by any labor organization; (j no Seller is a party to, or otherwise bound by, any consent decree with, or citation by, any government agency relating to employees or employment practices; (k each Seller has complied with all provisions of applicable laws or regulations pertaining to the employment of employees and access to facilities, including without limitation, relating to labor relations, equal employment, fair employment practices, entitlements, prohibited discrimination or other similar employment practices or acts, and (l to Sellers’ Knowledge, other than the employees listed on Schedule  4.16, no key employee intends to terminate employment with any Seller or is otherwise likely to become unavailable to continue as a key employee (other than to become an employee of Parent following the Closing) , nor does any Seller have a present intention to terminate the employment of any of the foregoing (other than in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) .

Section 4.17 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Schedule 4.17(a) lists all Employee Plans that Sellers or their respective subsidiaries, or their ERISA Affiliates, sponsor, maintain, contribute or is obligated to contribute, or under which any Seller or its subsidiaries or their ERISA Affiliates, have or may have any liability, or which benefit any current or former director, employee, consultant or independent contractor of any Seller or its subsidiaries, or their ERISA Affiliates, or the beneficiaries or dependents of any such person (each, a “ Seller Plan ”).  With respect to each Seller Plan, Sellers have made available to the Company true, complete and accurate copies of each of the following: (i) if the Seller Plan has been reduced to writing, the Seller Plan document together with all amendments to such Seller Plan, (ii) if the Seller Plan has not been reduced to writing, a written summary of all material terms of such Seller Plan, (iii) if applicable, copies of any trust agreements, custodial agreements, insurance policies, administrative agreements and similar agreements, and investment management or investment advisory agreements, (iv) copies of any summary plan descriptions, employee handbooks or similar employee communications, (v) in the case of any Seller Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, a copy of the most recent determination letter or opinion letter from the IRS and any related correspondence, and a copy of any pending request for such determination, (vi) in the case of any funding arrangement intended to qualify as a VEBA under Section 501(c)(9) of the Code, a copy of the IRS letter determining that such Seller Plan so qualifies and (vii) in the case of any Seller Plan for which Forms 5500 are required to be filed, a copy of the three most recently filed Forms 5500, with schedules attached.

22


(b) Each Seller Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section  401(a ) of the Code is so qualified.  Each Seller Plan, including any associated trust or fund, has been administered in accordance with its terms and with applicable legal requirements, and nothing has occurred with respect to any Seller Plan that has subjected or could subject any Seller to a penalty under Section  502 of ERISA or to an excise Tax under the Code, or that has subjected or could subject any participant in, or beneficiary of, a Seller Plan to a tax under Section  4973 of the Code.  Each Seller Plan that is a qualified defined contribution plan is an “ERISA Section  404(c ) Plan” within the meaning of the Code, ERISA and applicable regulations.  All required contributions to, and premium payments on account of, each Seller Plan has been made on a timely basis and in accordance with all applicable legal requirements.  Except as disclosed on Schedule  4.1 7 (b ) of this Agreement, there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller s , threatened action relating to a Seller Plan, other than routine claims in the ordinary course of business for benefits provided for by the Seller Plans.  No Seller Plan is or, within the last six (6 years, has been the subject of an examination or audit by a Governmental Authority, is the subject of an application or filing under, or is a participant in, a government-sponsored amnesty, voluntary compliance, self-correction or similar program.

(c) No Seller Plan is (i) a “multiemployer plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA, (ii) a plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 302 or 303 of ERISA or Section 412 or 436 of the Code, (iii) is a multiple employer plan as defined in Section 413(c) of the Code or (iv) a “multiple employer welfare arrangement” as such term is defined in Section 3(40) of ERISA and neither Sellers nor any ERISA Affiliate has maintained, contributed to, or been required to contribute to any Seller Plan described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 4.15(c).  Except as required under Section 601 et seq. of ERISA, no Seller Plan provides benefits or coverage in the nature of health, life or disability insurance following retirement or other termination of employment. Each Seller Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan (within the meaning of Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code) has been operated in compliance with Section 409A of the Code, IRS Notice 2005-1, Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code, and any subsequent guidance relating thereto, and no additional Tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code has been or is reasonably expected to be incurred by a participant in any such Seller Plan, and no employee of any Seller or any ERISA Affiliate is entitled to any gross-up or otherwise entitled to indemnification by any Seller or any ERISA Affiliate for any violation of Section 409A of the Code.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) result in an increase in or accelerate the vesting of any of the benefits available under any Seller Plan, or (ii) otherwise entitle any current or former employee, independent contractor or manager of any Seller to severance pay or any other payment from any Seller.  No Seller has any liability or obligation under any Seller Plan other than normal salary or wage accruals and paid vacation, sick leave and holiday accruals in accordance with such Seller’s past practice and policy.

(d) Each Seller and the relevant Seller Plan administrator if other than such Seller, have at all relevant times properly classified each provider of services to such Seller as an employee or independent contractor, as the case may be, for all purposes relating to each Seller Plan for which such classification could be relevant.  No Seller has incurred, and no circumstances exist under which any Seller would reasonably be expected to incur, any liability arising from the misclassification of employees as consultants or independent contractors, from the misclassification of consultants or independent contractors as employees, and/or from the misclassification of employees for wage and hour purposes.

23


(e) Schedule  4.17(e ) lists, for each employee and independent contractor of each Seller all base compensation, bonus compensation and other compensation payable to each such individual during the past three (3 years, together with a description of all expense reimbursement and fringe benefits afforded each such individual.

Section 4.18 Seller Litigation . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.18, since January 1, 2010, there have been no claims, demands, summons, hearings, subpoenas, inquiries, known investigations, mediation, actions, audits, suits, or proceedings of any nature, civil, criminal, regulatory, investigative or otherwise (collectively, “ Legal Proceedings ”), pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened, against any Seller or the Business or with respect to any employee benefit plan, at law or in equity or before or by any Governmental Authority, nor any arbitration or mediation proceeding, in each case including, without limitation, any claims, investigations, audits or proceedings relating to environmental matters or Healthcare Laws.  Seller is not subject to any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental body with respect to or affecting, directly or indirectly, the Business.  To the Knowledge of Sellers, there is no fact, circumstance, or claim which is reasonably likely to give rise to any Legal Proceeding.

Section 4.19 Compliance with Laws . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.19, no Seller is and since January 1, 2012 has not been, and, to Sellers’ Knowledge, none of Sellers’ officers, directors, employee or agents are and since January 1, 2012 have not been, in violation of, nor have received, any written notice claiming a violation of, any Healthcare Laws, or any other law, ordinance, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Business or any of the property or assets of any Seller.

Section 4.20 Disclosures . None of the representations or warranties by Sellers herein or in any Schedule attached hereto contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

Section 4.21 Transactional Effect . The sale of the Assets by Sellers pursuant to this Agreement will not result in any liability of the Company (other than payment of the Purchase Price) or any Seller and will not result in any lien upon or claim against any of the Assets in favor of creditors of any Seller.

Section 4.22 Sufficient Assets . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.22, each Seller (and not any Affiliate of such Seller) has all of the non-monetary assets, tangible or intangible, necessary for the operation and conduct of the Business as substantially now being conducted, and all of such assets (other than any leasehold interests in realty) constitute the Assets.

Section 4.23 Operation of the Business . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.23, the Business has been conducted only through Sellers and not through any Affiliate of Sellers.

Section 4.24 Brokers and Finders . All negotiations relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried on without the participation of any Person other than the parties hereto and their counsel, and no broker or finder will have any valid claim against the Company or Parent for any brokerage or finder’s commission.

24


Section 4.25 Governmental Prog ram Participation . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.25, no Seller is enrolled with or submit s , directly or indirectly, claims to any Governmental Program.

Section 4.26 No Sanction or Exclusion . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.26, no Seller nor any employee or independent contractor of any Seller (i) has been convicted of or charged with any violation of law related to any Third Party Payor Program or Governmental Programs; (ii) has been convicted of, charged with, or investigated for any violation of law related to fraud, theft, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary responsibility, financial misconduct, obstruction of an investigation, or controlled substances; or (iii) is excluded, suspended or debarred from participation, or is otherwise ineligible to participate, in any Third Party Payor Program or Governmental Programs, or has committed any violation of law which is reasonably expected to serve as the basis for any such exclusion, suspension, debarment or other ineligibility.

Section 4.27 Corporate Integrity Agreements . No Seller:  (i) is a party to a Corporate Integrity Agreement with the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services or a Deferred Prosecution Agreement with the United States Department of Justice, (ii) has reporting obligations pursuant to any settlement agreement entered into with any Governmental Authority or other entity, (iii) has been the subject of any Governmental Authority or other Third Party Payor Program investigation conducted by any federal, state or local enforcement agency, (iv) has been a defendant in any qui tam/False Claims Act litigation, (v) has been served with or received any search warrant, subpoena, civil investigative demand, or other written correspondence by or from any Governmental Authority, including any federal, state or local enforcement agency, regarding any actual or alleged violation of any Healthcare Laws, and (vi) to the Knowledge of Sellers, no Seller has committed any offense, taken any action, or omitted to take any action, which may be the basis for any of the foregoing. No Seller has made or is in the process of making a voluntary self-disclosure under the Medicare self-referral disclosure protocol established by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services pursuant to ACA, or under the self-disclosure protocol established and maintained by the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or any United States Attorney, or other Governmental Authority.  No Seller is currently considering any such self-disclosure, and to the Knowledge of Sellers, no Seller has an obligation to make any such self-disclosure in lieu of repayment under ACA or any other law.

Section 4.28 C ompliance Program . Each Seller maintains a compliance program that is in compliance with applicable laws and applicable compliance program guidance and the required elements to an effective compliance program issued by the United States Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General for an entity of such Seller’s size and nature.

Section 4.29 Data Privacy .

(a) Each Seller has in place, and has complied and is in compliance with, written policies to protect the security and privacy of Personal Information. Sellers have made available to the Company and Parent copies of all privacy and security policies and notices governing the Sellers’ use and disclosure of Personal Information.  In connection with its collection, storage, transfer (including, without limitation, any transfer across national borders)

25


and/or use of any Personal Information, each Seller is and has been in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, statutes, rules or regulations in all relevant jurisdictions, such Seller s privacy and security policies and the requirements of any contract or codes of conduct to which such Seller is a party. Each Seller has commercially reasonable physical, technical, organizational and administrative security measures and policies in place to protect all Personal Information collected by it or on its behalf from and against unauthorized access, use and/or disclosure.   Each Seller has the right pursuant to any contract or codes of conduct to which such Seller is a party and its privacy and security policies to use and disclose Personal Information for the purpose such information is and has been used and disclosed. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including any direct or indirect transfer of Personal Information resulting from such transactions, will violate any Seller policies or any contract or codes of conduct to which any Seller is a party as such currently exist or as existed at any time during which any of such Personal Information was collected or obtained. No person has withdrawn his or her consent to any use or processing of his or her Personal Information or requested erasure of their Personal Information by any Seller in the three years prior to the date of this Agreement, where such Seller has not complied with such request.  

(b) When acting as a Business Associate of a Covered Entity or Subcontractor of a Business Associate (such terms as defined by HIPAA), each Seller has in effect agreements with each such Covered Entity and Business Associate that satisfy all of the requirements of HIPAA, such agreements permit such Seller to operate its business as it is presently conducted, and such Seller is not in breach of any such agreements. Each Seller has in effect with each entity acting as a Business Associate or Subcontractor (as defined in HIPAA) of Seller or any of its subsidiaries an agreement that satisfies all of the requirements of HIPAA and 42 CFR Part 2, and Seller is in compliance with all such agreements.  No Seller has received any complaint from any person or Governmental Authority regarding such Seller’s or any of its agents, employees or contractors’ uses or disclosures of, or security practices or security incidents regarding, Personal Information.  With regard to Personal Information, there have not been any non-permitted uses or disclosures, security incidents, or breaches involving any Seller or any of Sellers’ agents, employees or contractors.

(c) Each Seller is and has been in compliance with all applicable laws relating to data loss, identity theft and breach notification, including but not limited to applicable laws related to reporting to individuals, customers, governmental or regulatory authorities, the media or credit reporting agencies. No Seller is currently planning to conduct any such notification or investigating whether any such notification is required.

Section 4.30 Financial Relationships . Schedule 4.30 lists all financial relationships (whether or not memorialized in writing) that each Seller has or has had, directly or indirectly, with any physician, any immediate family member of a physician or any referral source, including without limitation all medical director agreements.  For purposes of this Section 4.30, the term “financial relationship” has the meaning set forth in 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All such relationships comply with applicable law, including without limitation 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn.

26


Section 4.31 Claims an d Reports . Each Seller has timely filed all claims and reports required to be filed by such Seller related to the Business prior to the Effective Date with respect to Third Party Payor Programs, all fiscal intermediaries and/or carriers, and other insurance carriers, and all such claims or reports are complete and accurate in all material respects and have been prepared in material compliance with all applicable contractual requirements and laws governing reimbursement and payment claims, and each Seller has in its possession and control all records and documentation necessary or required to support all such claims and reports. True and complete copies (which may be delivered as digital copies ) of patient level claim detail for the period of time beginning October 1, 2013 (or acquisition date in the case of Keystone) , and ending on or about October 15, 2015 , have been made available to Company. Each Seller has paid or caused to be paid all known and undisputed refunds, overpayments, discounts or adjustments which have become due pursuant to such reports and billings, has not claimed or received reimbursements from any Third Party Payor Program in excess of the amounts permitted by contract or applicable law, and, to the Knowledge of Seller s , has no liability under any Third Party Payor Program for any refund, overpayment, discount or adjustment other than refunds, overpayments, discounts and adjustments that arise in the ordinary course of business consistent with the historical experience of the Centers. Except as set forth in Schedule  4.31, there are no pending appeals, overpayment determinations, adjustments challenges, audits, inquiries, litigation, or notices of intent to audit with respect to such prior reports and claims, and since January 1, 2010, neither any Seller nor the Centers has been audited, surveyed or otherwise examined in connection with any Third Party Payor Program.  Except for reports that are not yet due, there are no reports required to be filed by any Seller in order to be paid under any Third Party Payor Program for services rendered by the Centers. No Seller nor any of any Seller’s employees or contractors has presented or caused to be presented a claim for reimbursement to any third party payor that was (i for an item or service that the claimant knew or should have known was not provided as claimed or (ii for an item or service the claimant knew or should have known was not medically necessary.

Section 4.32 Accounts Receivable . All Accounts Receivable constitute a part of the Assets, represent and constitute bona fide indebtedness owing to a Seller, arose and will arise from bona fide transactions in the ordinary course of business, are current (except for normal claims and allowances which are consistent with past experience of the Sellers) and are not subject to any defenses, counterclaims or set-offs. Each Seller has fully performed all obligations with respect to such accounts receivable which it was obligated to perform prior to the Closing Date.

Section 4.33 R elated Transactions . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.33 and except for compensation to employees of the Sellers for services rendered, no director, officer, independent contractor or equity owner of any Seller presently or during the last fiscal year: (A) is or has been a party to any material transaction with any Seller or the Centers (including, but not limited to, any contract or other arrangement) providing for the furnishing of service by, or rental of real or personal property from, or otherwise requiring payments to, any such director, officer, independent contractor or equity owner other than in its capacity as a director, officer, independent contractor or equity owner; or (B) is or has been a direct or indirect owner of any interest in any person or entity which is a present competitor, supplier or customer of any Seller or the Centers, nor does any such person receive income from any source which should properly accrue to the Centers or a Seller.

27


Section 4.34 T hird Party P ayor Programs . Schedule  4.34 contains a complete and correct list of all Third Party Payor Programs under which any Seller, directly or indirectly, is presently receiving payments with respect or related to the Business. True and correct copies of all agreements, including current compensation terms or fee schedule amounts, between such Seller and any such Third Party Payor Program have been made available to the Company. Except as provided in Schedule 4.34, n o Seller has Knowledge of any notice of any action to terminate, withdraw or suspend any Seller s participation in any Third Party Payor Program. No action is required by any Seller in order to be paid under any Third Party Payor Program for goods or services furnished prior to the Closing Date.   Except as provided in Schedule 4.34, t here has been no decision by any Seller not to renew any Third Party Payor Programs.

Section 4.35 Patient List . The Company and Parent have been provided with a correct and complete list of all patients receiving goods or services from any Seller in the Centers as of November 25, 2015, identifying thereon the current insurance coverage status and all other relevant insurance information of each patient.

Section 4.36 Inventory . The inventory of the Sellers related to the Business consists of medical supplies and office supplies, all of which is merchantable and fit for the purpose for which it was acquired or manufactured, and none of such inventory is obsolete, damaged or defective.

Section 4.37 Providers . Each person (including, without limitation, each physician or other medical or nursing professional) employed or engaged, directly or indirectly, by any Seller to provide services on behalf of such Seller has obtained and maintains all necessary licensure, registration, accreditation and/or certification to provide such services in compliance with all applicable Healthcare Laws and the requirements of the Third Party Payor Programs, as applicable.  Each Seller has verified that all employees, independent contractors and other suppliers, including physicians, nurses, social workers and therapists providing clinical services on behalf of such Seller, have valid and current licenses, permits and credentials, and Sellers have conducted criminal background checks on all employees.

Section 4.38 Securities Law Matters .

(a) The shares of Common Stock to be issued to Sellers (and subsequently distributed to the Members) hereunder are being acquired for the account of such Sellers and such Members for the purpose of investment and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof except pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an available exemption from such registration requirement.

(b) (i) Each Seller and each Member are familiar with the business to be conducted by the Company, Parent and Holdings, taking into account the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (ii) prior to the Effective Date, each Seller and each Member has had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from representatives of the Company, Parent and Holdings, concerning the business, financial condition and prospects of the Company, Parent and Holdings, and the shares of Common Stock to be issued to Sellers (and subsequently distributed to the Members) hereunder; and (iii) each Seller and each Member have received any additional information concerning the Company, Parent and Holdings that such Seller or Member has requested.

28


(c) Each Seller and each Member (i is an “accredited investor,” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act, and (ii ha s such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that each Seller and each Member are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the acquisition of the shares of Common Stock to be issued to Seller s (and subsequently distributed to the Members) hereunder.

(d) Each Seller and each Member acknowledge that the shares of Common Stock to be issued to Sellers (and subsequently distributed to the Members) hereunder have not been registered under the Securities Act, that such shares of Common Stock are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act, and that such shares of Common Stock cannot be resold without registration under the Securities Act or under an exemption from such registration.

Article V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF HOLDINGS, PARENT AND THE COMPANY

Holdings, Parent and the Company hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Seller and each Member as follows:

Section 5.1 Entity Organization . Each of Holdings and Parent is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Nevada.  The Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware.  Each of Holdings, Parent and the Company has the full right, power and authority to own, lease and operate all of its properties and assets and to carry out its business as it is presently contemplated to be conducted.

Section 5.2 Authority . Each of Holdings, Parent and the Company has all requisite right, power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all other agreements necessary to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by each of Holdings, Parent and the Company have been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary governing action. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each of Holdings, Parent and the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each of Holdings, Parent and the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or as may be modified by a court of equity in an action for specific performance.

Section 5.3 Consents and Approvals; No Violations . Except for the applicable requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and as set forth on Schedule 5.3, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by each of Holdings, Parent and the Company will not (with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both), (i) violate any applicable provision of law or any rule or regulation of any federal, state or local administrative agency or governmental authority applicable to each of Holdings, Parent and the Company, or any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court, administrative agency or governmental authority applicable to each of Holdings, Parent and the Company, (ii) violate the organizational documents of each of Holdings, Parent and the Company, as applicable

29


(iii require any consent under or constitute a default under any agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, license, permit or other instrument to which any of Holdings, Parent or the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets is bound, or any license, permit or certificate held by it, (iv require any consent or approval by, notice to or registration with any governmental authority or (v result in the creation of any lien, claim, encumbrance or charge upon any property or assets of any of Holdings, P arent or the Company.

Section 5.4 Legal Proceedings . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.4, neither Holdings, Parent nor the Company is engaged in, nor is there pending or, to the Knowledge of Holdings, Parent or the Company, threatened, any material action, dispute, claim, litigation, arbitration, investigation or other proceeding at law or in equity or before any governmental or other administrative agency against or involving Holdings, Parent or the Company or which could materially affect the ability of Holdings, Parent or the Company to perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.5 C apitalization . As of the Effective Date, Holdings has authorized capital stock consisting of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding, and 70,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of November 30, 2015, there were 22,922,311 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding.  As of November 30, 2015, there were an additional 833,333 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the terms of outstanding options, rights, awards, or instruments to purchase or otherwise acquire Holdings common stock.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Holdings have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange.  Parent has authorized capital stock consisting of one (1) share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, which is issued and outstanding and held by Holdings.  Parent holds all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Company.

Section 5.6 Status of Holdings Common Stock to be Issued . The shares of Common Stock to be issued as a portion of the Purchase Price have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by all requisite actions of the board of directors of Holdings and will be, when issued in accordance with this Agreement, validly authorized and issued, fully paid, nonassessable, and free of preemptive or other similar rights, and free of encumbrances (other than pursuant to the Escrow Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such shares of Common Stock are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act and will be subject to applicable resale restrictions.

Section 5.7 Brokers and Finders . Neither Holdings, Parent nor the Company nor any of their stockholders, officers, directors, employees or agents has incurred any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 5.8 SEC Reports . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.8, (i) since October 1, 2014, Holdings has filed on a timely basis all forms, reports and documents required to be filed by it with the SEC under the Exchange Act (the “ Reports ”) and (ii) the Reports, as of the dates they were filed with the SEC, did not contain a misstatement or omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. As of the Effective Date, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments received from the SEC staff with respect to the Reports.

30


Article VI
FURTHER COVENANT S AND AGREEMENTS

Section 6.1 Covenants of the Sellers Pending the Closing . The Sellers covenant and agree that, pending the Closing and prior to the termination of this Agreement, and except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Parent, Sellers shall:

(a) Conduct the Business solely in the ordinary course and consistent with the past practices of Sellers;

(b) Pay accounts payable and other obligations of Sellers or the Business when they become due and payable in the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practices of Sellers;  

(c) Promptly notify Parent (i) of any lawsuits, claims, administrative actions or other Legal Proceedings asserted, commenced or threatened against Sellers or their employees, directors or officers, involving or affecting in any way, the Business or any of the assets of the Business and (ii) of any facts or circumstances which come to its attention and which cause, or through the passage of time may cause, any of the representations and warranties set forth in Article IV to be untrue, incomplete or misleading at any time from the date of this Agreement to the Closing;

(d) Maintain and service the physical assets used by Sellers in the conduct of the Business in proper operating order and condition;

(e) Use their reasonable best efforts to keep available the services of Sellers’ present employees and agents working for or with respect to the Business and to maintain the relations and goodwill with the patients, clients and suppliers and any others having business relations with Sellers in connection with the Business;

(f) Use their commercially reasonable efforts (i) to cause all of the conditions to the obligations of Holdings, Parent and the Company under this Agreement to be satisfied on or prior to the Closing Date and (ii) to obtain, prior to the Closing, all consents of all third parties and governmental authorities set forth in Schedule 4.3 . All such consents will be in writing and executed counterparts thereof will be delivered to Parent and the Company at or prior to the Closing;

(g) Provide Parent’s officers, employees, counsel, accountants and other representatives with full access to, during normal business hours, all of the books and records of Sellers related to the Business, make available to representatives of Parent knowledgeable employees of Sellers for reasonable periods of time to answer inquiries of such representatives with respect to Parent’s investigation of the Business and permit such representatives of Parent to consult with the accountants and counsel of Sellers; provided that no such activities shall unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Business;

(h) At the Closing, provide the Company, Parent and Holdings with a correct and complete list of all current patients receiving goods or services from Sellers in the Centers, identifying thereon the current insurance coverage status and all other relevant insurance information of each patient; and

31


(i) At all times prior to the Closing, promptly notify Parent in writing of any fact, condition, event or occurrence that will or may result in the failure of any of the conditions contained in Article  VIII to be satisfied, promptly upon becoming aware of the same.

Section 6.2 Covenants of Holdings, Parent and the Company Pending the Closing . Holdings, Parent and the Company covenant and agree that, pending the Closing and except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Sellers, each of Holdings, Parent and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all of the conditions to the obligations of the Sellers under this Agreement to be satisfied on or prior to the Closing Date and to obtain, prior to the Closing, all consents of all third parties and governmental authorities set forth on Schedule 5.3.  All such consents will be in writing and executed counterparts thereof will be delivered to the Sellers at or prior to the Closing.

Section 6.3 Filings . Promptly after the execution of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto shall prepare and make or cause to be made any required filings, submissions and notifications under the laws of any domestic or foreign jurisdictions, to the extent that such filings are necessary or appropriate to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and will use its reasonable efforts to take all other actions necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby in a manner consistent with applicable law.  Each of the parties hereto will furnish to the other party (at such requesting party’s sole expense) such necessary information and reasonable assistance as such other party may reasonably request in connection with the foregoing.

Section 6.4 Effective Time of Closing and Transfer . The Closing shall be effective for all purposes as of the close of business on the Closing Date.

Section 6.5 Announcements . Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth in this Section 6.5, the parties will mutually agree as to the time, form and content before issuing any press releases or otherwise making any public statements or statements to third parties with respect to transactions contemplated hereby and shall not issue any press release or, except as necessary to perform their respective obligations hereunder, discuss the transactions contemplated hereby with any third party prior to reaching mutual agreement with respect thereto, except as may be required by law or applicable requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

Section 6.6 Costs and Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, each party hereto shall pay its own costs and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with due diligence reviews, the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents delivered hereunder, and all other matters relating to the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 6.7 Further Assurances . Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this

32


Agreement.  If at any time after the Closing Date any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the parties shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of such further instruments and documents as may be reasonably requested by the other party for such purposes or otherwise to consummate and give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 6.8 Cooperation and Patient Records .

(a) Each Seller agrees to fully and promptly cooperate with the Company in the transition of the clinical operations of the Business, and to ensure that there is no interruption in patient service, billings and collections, licensure, credentialing or any other transitional matter.  Each Seller further agrees that as part of such transition, such Seller will, at closing, transfer ownership of the Patient Records (to the extent transferable under applicable law) to a professional corporation to be managed by the Company, which is an affiliate of the Company, or to the Company or another subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, as designated by the Company.  Such professional corporation, the Company or another applicable affiliate or subsidiary of the Company, shall maintain the Patient Records and provide copies of the Patient Records to patients who are the subject of such Patient Records and their authorized representatives upon written request and receipt of appropriate documentation verifying the requesting individual’s identity or, if applicable, representative’s identity and authority, consistent with HIPAA.  

(b) In the event a Seller is required to defend any action, suit or proceeding arising out of a claim pertaining to the Business that involves actions or events occurring prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall provide reasonable assistance and cooperation to such Seller, including witnesses and documentary or other evidence, as may reasonably be requested by such Seller in connection with its defense.  Such Seller shall reimburse the Company for its reasonable out of pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in providing such assistance and cooperation.

(c) In the event the Company is required to defend against any action, suit or proceeding arising out of a claim pertaining to the Business that involves actions or events occurring after the Closing Date, the Sellers shall provide reasonable assistance and cooperation to the Company, including witnesses and documentary or other evidence, as may reasonably be requested by the Company in connection with its defense. The Company shall reimburse the Sellers for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in providing such assistance.

(d) Until the final adjudication or settlement of any dispute or investigation involving Taxes arising out the Business or the operations or affairs of Sellers prior to the Closing Date, Sellers shall retain all tax books and records of Sellers relating to the Business or to the operations and affairs of Sellers before the Closing Date, but in any event until final closing or remedy is reached with respect to any such tax year.  

33


Section 6.9 Disclosure Schedules .

(a) During the period between the Effective Date and the earlier to occur of the Closing or the valid termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VII (the “ Pre-Closing Period ”), each Seller and each Member shall promptly notify the Company and Parent in writing of: (a) the discovery by any Seller or Member of any event, condition, fact or circumstance that occurred or existed on or prior to the date of this Agreement and caused or constitutes a breach of any representation or warranty made by any Seller or any Member in this Agreement; (b) any event, condition, fact or circumstance that occurs, arises or exists after the date of this Agreement and that would cause or constitute a breach of any representation or warranty made by any Seller or any Member in this Agreement if (i) such representation or warranty had been made as of the time of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, or (ii) such event, condition, fact or circumstance had occurred, arisen or existed on or prior to the date of this Agreement; or (c) any event, condition, fact or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to make the timely satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article VIII impossible or unlikely.  If any event, condition, fact or circumstance that is required to be disclosed pursuant to this Section 6.9(a) requires any change in the Schedules, or if any such event, condition, fact or circumstance would require such a change assuming the Schedules were dated as of the date of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, then such Seller or Member shall promptly deliver to the Company and Parent an update to the Schedules specifying such change. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, no such update shall be deemed to supplement or amend the Schedules for the purpose of (A) determining the accuracy of any representation or warranty made by any Seller or any Member in this Agreement as of the Effective Date, (B) reducing any indemnification obligation under Article X; or (C) determining whether any of the conditions set forth in Article VIII have been satisfied.

(b) During the Pre-Closing Period, the Company, Parent and Holdings shall promptly notify Sellers in writing of: (i) the discovery by the Company, Parent and Holdings of any event, condition, fact or circumstance that occurred or existed on or prior to the date of this Agreement and caused or constitutes a breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company, Parent or Holdings in this Agreement; (ii) any event, condition, fact or circumstance that occurs, arises or exists after the date of this Agreement and that would cause or constitute a breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company, Parent or Holdings in this Agreement if (i) such representation or warranty had been made as of the time of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, or (ii) such event, condition, fact or circumstance had occurred, arisen or existed on or prior to the date of this Agreement; (iii) any breach of any covenant or obligation of the Company, Parent or Holdings; or (iv) any event, condition, fact or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to make the timely satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article IX impossible or unlikely.

Section 6.10 Contracts . Sellers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Company with copies of all Contracts that were not provided prior to the Effective Date.

34


Section 6. 1 1 Certain Ta x Matters . Seller s shall be responsible for and shall indemnify and hold the Company and Parent harmless from and against any liability for federal and state income or other tax liability attributable to the operation of the Business (including, without limitation, interest and penalties imposed thereon as well as reasonable legal, accounting and other expenses ) sustained by the Company, Parent or Holdings (or any Affiliate thereof ) to the extent that such liability relates to any tax period ending prior to or on the Closing Date.

Section 6.12 Extraordinary Compensation . In the event that, as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder, any employee, officer or director of any Seller shall be entitled to any severance, bonus or other extraordinary payment (including under any Employee Benefit Plan), such payment shall be made by such Seller, and neither the Company nor Parent shall have any liability therefor.

Section 6.13 Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation Covenant .

(a) In consideration of the transactions pursuant to this Agreement, each Seller, each Member and all Affiliates of each Seller and each Member hereby agree that each such party, for three (3) years following the Closing Date, will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, by itself or in conjunction with any other person, establish, perform services for or own any financial, beneficial or other interest in any entity that conducts activities that are competitive with those of the Business of the Company. For purposes of this Section 6.13(a), the term “Business of the Company” shall mean owning, managing, operating or leasing space to (i) an addiction treatment center, unit or facility or (ii) any diagnostic laboratory center, facility or service provider.

(b) Each Seller, each Member and each Seller’s and each Member’s Affiliates shall not, for three (3) years following the Closing, directly or indirectly take any action that may (i) induce any patient or customer of the Centers or of Company or Company’s Affiliates (either individually or in the aggregate) to patronize any competing addiction treatment facility; (ii) request or advise any patient or customer of the Centers or of Company or Company’s Affiliates to withdraw, curtail or cancel such person’s business with the Centers or Company or Company’s Affiliates as applicable; (iii) solicit, induce or encourage any physician affiliated with Company or a Company Affiliate or other person affiliated or employed by Company or a Company Affiliate to curtail or terminate such person’s affiliation or employment; or (iv) disclose to any other person, firm or corporation the names or addresses of any customer or patient of the Business, either individually or collectively.

(c) Each Seller, each Member and each Seller’s and each Member’s Affiliates shall not, for three (3) years following the Closing, directly or indirectly solicit or hire any employee, officer, director, independent contractor, consultant, advisor, or agent of the Company or any Company Affiliate to provide services related to the Business for any other Person, or solicit any employee, officer, director, independent contractor, consultant, advisor or agent to curtail or terminate his or her employment with the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliate.

35


(d) If a court of competent jurisdiction shall hold that the duration and/or scope (geographic or otherwise ) of the covenants contained in this Section  6.1 3 are unreasonable, then, to the extent permitted by law, the court may prescribe a duration and/or scope (geographic or otherwise ) that is reasonable and judicially enforceable. The parties agree to accept such determination, subject to their rights of appeal, which the parties hereto agree shall be substituted in place of any and every offensive part of this Section  6.1 3 , and as so modified, this Section  6.1 3 shall be as fully enforceable as if set forth herein by the parties in the modified form.

Section 6.14 [Reserved] .

Section 6.15 Seller Employees and Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Parent agrees to make offers of employment effective as of the Closing Date to those employees mutually agreed to by Parent and Sellers’ Representative, subject to Parent’s customary employee screening. The term “Transferred Employees” shall mean the employees of the Sellers set forth on Schedule 6.15(a) who shall have accepted such offers of employment.

(b) Each Seller acknowledges that the service credit applicable to the Transferred Employees and used by such Seller in determining eligibility, vesting or benefit accrual under any employee benefit plans, programs, policies or arrangements covering such Transferred Employees prior to the Closing Date shall not be utilized by Parent after the Closing Date with respect to its employee benefit plans, subject to the following exceptions: (i) such service credit shall be utilized by the Parent in determining eligibility (credited for any eligibility waiting periods) with respect to participation in employee welfare benefit plans; (ii) such service credit shall be utilized by Parent with respect to determining vacation days under its vacation plan or policies; and (iii) in any event, Transferred Employees who otherwise meet the eligibility requirements for coverage under the Parent’s medical plan shall be immediately eligible for enrollment in such employee benefit plan to the extent permitted by the applicable plan and insurer.

(c) Sellers will be responsible for the payment of any termination or severance payments and the provision of health plan continuation coverage (including all administrative and notice obligations) under COBRA or any other Legal Requirement, with respect to any employees who are not hired by Parent, other former or current employees of any Seller, or any employees who remain eligible and elect continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA under the Seller Plans. Sellers will be liable for any claims made or incurred by its employees and their beneficiaries under the Seller Plans, and Parent will not have any responsibility, liability or obligation, to such employees, their beneficiaries or any other person with respect to any Seller Plan. Sellers shall make or cause to be made on behalf of all the employees of Sellers all contributions due to be made under each Seller Plan for all periods prior to the Closing.  Additionally, Sellers, at their sole cost and expense, shall take such actions as are necessary to make, or cause each Seller Plan to make, appropriate distributions to all the employees of Sellers in accordance with such Seller Plan and applicable laws.

36


(d) Parent hereby agrees to employ on the Closing Date all Transferred Employees in accordance with such terms and conditions as have been offered by Parent; provided, however, that all “at-will” employees shall continue as such, and nothing in this Agreement shall limit Parent’s right to terminate any Transferred Employee at any time or alter any terms or conditions of employment.

(e) Nothing in this Section 6.15 will be deemed (i) to create or grant any employees of any Seller or other third parties third party beneficiary rights or claims of any nature or (ii) to amend any Seller Plan or employee benefit plan of the Company, Parent or Holdings.

Section 6.16 Change of Name . On the Closing Date or within three Business Days thereafter, Sellers shall file with the Secretary of State of Louisiana (or other requisite authority) such documentation as shall be legally required or sufficient to abandon or relinquish all rights to the trade names “Townsend”, “Rush Medical”, “Lafayette Recovery Home”, and “Sagenex Labs”, or transfer the registration of the trade names “Townsend”, “Rush Medical”, “Lafayette Recovery Home”, and “Sagenex Labs”, to the Parent, and shall immediately cease to use the names “Townsend”, “Rush Medical”, “Lafayette Recovery Home”, and “Sagenex Labs”, or any other name using or incorporating the words “Townsend”, “Rush Medical”, “Lafayette Recovery Home”, and “Sagenex Labs”.

Section 6.17 Engagement of BDO USA, LLP . In connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Sellers agree to engage BDO USA, LLP to conduct a review of their financial operations in the ordinary course of business for the period from January 1, 2015 to September 30, 2015. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Sellers shall each be responsible for 50% of the professional fees of BDO USA, LLP in connection with the review services provided for under this Section 6.17.

Section 6.18 Assistance with SEC Filings . In order to assist with any potential future SEC filing requirements or disclosures in future SEC filings of Holdings in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the financial results of the acquired Business, the Sellers and the Members shall provide such cooperation as Holdings may reasonably request in connection with such filing requirements.  Holdings shall reimburse the Sellers and the Members for all of the required out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’ and other advisors’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Sellers and the Members in connection with performing their obligations under this Section 6.18.

Article VII
TERMINATION

Section 7.1 T ermination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) By mutual written agreement executed by the Sellers and Parent;

(b) By the Sellers or Parent at any time after April 15, 2016, if the Closing shall not have occurred and the party seeking termination has not materially breached or defaulted under this Agreement;

37


(c) By the Seller s or Parent, if any governmental or regulatory authority, agency or commission, including courts of competent jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, shall have issued an order, decree, or ruling or taken other action, restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated hereby and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;

(d) By Parent, if there has been a material violation or breach by any Seller or Member of any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement which (i) singularly or in the aggregate, shall or would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse impact on the Business and which is not curable by the Sellers prior to Closing or has rendered the satisfaction of any condition to the obligations of Holdings, Parent or the Company impossible and (ii) in any of such events, has not been waived in writing by Parent; or

(e) By the Sellers, if there has been a material violation or breach by, Holdings, Parent or the Company of any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement which (i) is not curable by Holdings, Parent or the Company prior to Closing or has rendered the satisfaction of any condition to the obligations of the Sellers impossible and (ii) in either event, has not been waived in writing by the Sellers.

Section 7.2 Procedure and Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1, written notice shall forthwith be given to the other parties and this Agreement (other than Section 6.6 and as provided in paragraph (b) below) shall terminate and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be abandoned without further action by the parties.  If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein:

(a) Any termination pursuant to subparagraph (b), (d) or (e) of Section 7.1 shall not be deemed a waiver of any rights or remedies otherwise available under this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise;

(b) All filings, applications and other submissions made pursuant to Section 6.3 or prior to the execution of this Agreement in contemplation thereof shall, to the extent practicable, be withdrawn from the agency or other Person to which it was made; and

(c) Upon termination pursuant to subparagraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of Section 7.1, the Signing Escrow Amount shall be released to the Company in accordance with the Escrow Agreement.  Upon termination pursuant to subparagraph (e) of Section 7.1, the Signing Escrow Amount shall be released to Sellers in accordance with the Escrow Agreement.

Article VIII
CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY, PARENT AND HOLDINGS

Each and every obligation of the Company, Parent and Holdings to consummate the transactions described in this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

38


Section 8.1 Sellers’ Closi ng Deliveries . The Seller s shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Company at the Closing each of the following (in each case duly executed by the persons or entities whose signatures are required thereon):

(a) a bill of sale substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto, duly executed by the Sellers;

(b) an assignment and assumption agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “ Assignment and Assumption Agreement ”), duly executed by the Sellers;

(c) a professional services agreement in a form to be mutually agreed upon by Parent, Company and the Sellers’ Representative, duly executed by each of the physicians currently providing services at the Centers unless Parent and Company determine not to enter into an agreement with any such physician;

(d) with respect to each Seller, a certificate of good standing issued by the applicable jurisdiction of organization and each other jurisdiction in which such Seller is qualified to do business, each dated within two (2) days prior to the Closing Date;

(e) the certificates referenced in Sections 8.2 and 8.3 hereof;

(f) resolutions adopted by the Members (in their capacity as members of the Sellers) in form and substance satisfactory to Parent approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions, certified by the Secretary, a member or manager, as applicable, of each Seller;

(g) evidence reasonably acceptable to Parent of the payment of all outstanding indebtedness on the Assets;

(h) evidence reasonably acceptable to Parent of the release and termination of all Encumbrances on the Assets other than Permitted Encumbrances, including termination statements with respect to the UCC financing statements listed on Schedule 8.1(h) ;

(i) the Escrow Agreement, duly executed by the Sellers’ Representative;

(j) an employment letter in a form to be mutually agreed to by Parent and Mr. Michael Handley, duly executed by Mr. Handley (the “ Handley Employment Letter ”);

(k) an employment letter in a form to be mutually agreed to by Parent and Dr. Howard Wetsman, duly executed by Dr. Wetsman (the “ Wetsman Employment Letter ”); and

(l) all Licenses and Permits set forth on Schedule 4.14 that are permitted to be assigned to the Company;

(m) invention assignment and confidentiality agreements substantially in the forms attached as Exhibit D hereto, duly executed by Dr. Howard Wetsman and Michael Handley;

39


( n ) update to the p atient list c ontemplated by Section 4.35;

(o) an executed lease between the Company and Keystone related to the property located at 808 Pitt Road, Scott, Louisiana 70583 in a form to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and Sellers’ Representative; and

(p) an executed lease between the Company and Parish Hospital Service District for the Parish of Orleans District A, d/b/a New Orleans East Hospital, a Louisiana hospital service district created by operation of law, related to the New Orleans East Hospital in a form to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and Sellers’ Representative.

Section 8.2 Representations and Warranties True . The representations and warranties of the Sellers and Members contained in this Agreement shall have been complete and correct on the Effective Date, and shall be complete and correct on the Closing Date with the same effect as though such representations were made as of such date except for representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct as of such specified time or date. The Sellers and Members shall have delivered to Holdings, Parent and the Company on the Closing Date a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, to such effect, which certificate will give effect to any supplement to the Schedules delivered by Sellers and Members pursuant to Section 6.9.

Section 8.3 Performance . The Sellers and Members shall have, in all respects, performed and complied with all covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing, and the Sellers and Members shall have delivered to Holdings, Parent and the Company on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date, to such effect.

Section 8.4 No Injunction or Proceeding . No governmental or regulatory authority, agency or commission, including courts of competent jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, shall have issued an order, decree, or ruling or taken other action, restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated hereby, which order, decree, ruling or other action remains in effect.

Section 8.5 Consents and Approvals . All consents, approvals, notices and filings set forth in Schedule 8.5 shall have been obtained or made and all applicable waiting periods (including any extensions thereof) relating thereto shall have expired or otherwise terminated.

Section 8.6 Reserved .

Section 8.7 No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have been any Material Adverse Change.

Section 8.8 Certain Contingencies . Holdings, Parent and the Company shall have completed their due diligence investigation of the Business, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Holdings.

40


Section 8.9 Parent and Com pany Consents . Parent and the Company in their sole discretion, and shall have obtained the following:

(a) approval by the board of directors of Holdings and Parent of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder;

(b) the consents of all lenders of Holdings and Parent necessary to approve and effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

(c) the Company shall have obtained all licenses and governmental approvals necessary to operate the Centers following the Closing.

Section 8.10 Completion of BDO Review . BDO USA, LLP shall have completed its review of the Sellers’ financial operations in the ordinary course of business for the period from January 1, 2015 to September 30, 2015 as set forth in Section 6.17.

Section 8.11 Ownership of Membership Interests . The Members shall collectively own all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Sellers party hereto.

Article IX
CONDITIONS TO SELLERS’ AND MEMBERS’ OBLIGATIONS

Each and every obligation of each Seller and each Member to consummate the transactions described in this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

Section 9.1 Delivery of Closing Consideration . The Company shall have delivered the Cash Consideration and the Stock Consideration to the Sellers.

Section 9.2 Delivery of Escrow Amount . The Company shall have delivered the Escrowed Cash and the Escrowed Shares to the Escrow Agent.

Section 9.3 Closing Deliveries of Holdings, Parent and Company . Holdings, Parent and the Company shall deliver to the Sellers at the Closing each of the following:

(a) the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, duly executed by the Company;

(b) a professional services agreement in a form to be mutually agreed upon by Parent, Company and the Sellers’ Representative, duly executed by the provider entity, with each of the physicians currently providing services at the Centers unless Parent and Company determine not to enter into an agreement with any such physician;

(c) with respect to the Company, a certificate of good standing issued by the Secretary of State of Delaware, dated within two days prior to the Closing Date;

(d) with respect to each of Holdings and Parent, a certificate of good standing issued by the Secretary of State of Nevada, dated within two days prior to the Closing Date;

41


(e) the Handley Employment Letter , duly executed by an appointed officer of Parent;

(f) the Wetsman Employment Letter, duly executed by an appointed officer of Parent;

(g) certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of Holdings and Parent and the sole member of the Company authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all related agreements and certificates and authorizing the performance of obligations of Holdings, Parent and the Company thereunder;

(h) the certificates referenced in Sections 9.4 and 9.5 hereof; and

Section 9.4 Representations and Warranties True . The representations and warranties of the Company, Parent and Holdings contained in this Agreement shall have been complete and correct on the Effective Date in all respects and shall be complete and correct on the Closing Date in all respects, with the same effect as though such representations were made as of such date except for representations and warranties made as of a specified date, and the Company, Parent and Holdings shall have delivered to the Sellers on the Closing Date a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, to such effect.

Section 9.5 Performance . Each of Holdings, Parent and the Company shall have, in all respects, performed and complied with all covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing, and Holdings, Parent and the Company shall have delivered to the Sellers on the Closing Date a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, to such effect.

Section 9.6 Consents and Approvals . All consents, approvals, notices and filings set forth in Schedule 5.3 shall have been obtained or made and all applicable waiting periods (including any extensions thereof) relating thereto shall have expired or otherwise terminated.

Section 9.7 N o Injunction or Proceeding . No governmental or regulatory authority, agency or commission, including courts of competent jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, shall have issued an order, decree, or ruling or taken other action, restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated hereby, which order, decree, ruling or other action remains in effect.

Article X
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.1 Company Claims .

(a) Sellers and Members shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless Holdings, Parent, the Company, their respective successors and assigns and each of their affiliates, officers, directors, managers and employees (collectively the “ Company Indemnitee ”) against, and in respect of, any and all damages, fines, claims, deficiencies, losses, liabilities, and expenses (including out of pocket expenses, reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees incurred in the investigation or defense of any of the same or in asserting any

42


of their respective rights hereunder ) (collectively, “ Company Losses ) resulting after the Closing Date from (i any failure by any Seller or any Member to fulfill any obligation set forth herein that it is required to perform, (ii any breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, (iii any Excluded Liabilities, (iv any Excluded Assets, or (v any actual or alleged violation by any Seller prior to the Closing of any federal, state or local laws affecting or regulating the delivery, billing or payment for health care services, including, without limitation, 42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b, 42 U.S.C. §1395nn or 31 U.S.C. §3729-3733 (or other federal or state laws related to false claims ) and the regulations promulgated under such laws, regardless of whether any such matter (A represents a failure of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement to be true and correct when made or deemed made or (B represents a breach of any warranty, covenant or agreement of any Seller or any Member contained in this Agreement or (C was disclosed to Holdings, Parent or the Company in this Agreement or otherwise; and (collectively items (i), (ii), (iii), (iv ) and (v ) are hereinafter referred to as the “ Company Claims ”).

(b) The indemnification obligations of the Sellers and Members pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(ii) shall expire and terminate on the second anniversary of the Closing Date, unless a Company Indemnitee shall have provided notice of a Company Claim to the Sellers in accordance with Section 10.2.  If a Company Indemnitee provides such notice prior to  the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the indemnification obligations under Section 10.1(a)(ii) shall continue as to the Company Claim identified in the notice(s) until the appropriate amount of indemnification, if any, is determined, paid and satisfied in full.

Section 10.2 Assertion of Company Claims . Any Company Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by a Company Indemnitee to the indemnifying parties promptly after a Company Indemnitee has become aware of the Company Claim.  The notice shall state the amount or the estimated amount of the Company Claim to the extent then feasible, but the estimate shall not be conclusive of the final amount of such Company Claim.  With respect to any claim under Section 10.1 relating to a third party claim or demand, Company Indemnitee shall provide the Sellers and Members with prompt written notice thereof in accordance with Section 11.4 and the indemnifying Sellers and Members may defend, in good faith and at its expense, by legal counsel chosen by it and reasonably acceptable to Company Indemnitee, any such claim or demand, and Company Indemnitee, at its expense, shall have the right to participate in the defense of any such third party claim. So long as any Seller or any Member is defending in good faith any such third party claim, Company Indemnitee shall not settle or compromise such third party claim.  In any event, Company Indemnitee shall cooperate in the settlement or compromise of, or defense against, any such asserted claim. If the Sellers or Members elect or are deemed to have elected not to assume the defense of any Company Claim, the Company Indemnitee shall have the right to defend, compromise and settle the Company Claim subject to the prior consent of the Sellers and Members, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or unduly delayed. The Company Indemnitee shall or shall direct in writing its counsel to deliver to the Sellers and Members copies of all correspondence and matters relating to such Company Claim. If the Company Claim involves or could result in claims against, or potential liability of, the Sellers or Members the extent or nature of which were not known by the Sellers or Members as of the date the Sellers or Members elected or is deemed to have elected not to take over the defense of such claim or demand, the Sellers and Members shall, by written notice to the Company Indemnitee, be entitled to take over the defense of such

43


claim or demand at the Sellers’ and Members’ expense. With respect to any claim under Section  10.1 that does not relate to a third party claim or demand, the Company Indemnitee shall provide the Seller s and Members with prompt written notice thereof in accordance with Section  11.4.  If Seller s or Members notify the Company Indemnitee that they do not dispute the claim described in such notice or fail to notify the Company Indemnitee within thirty (30 days after delivery of such notice by the Company Indemnitee whether Seller s or Members dispute the claim described in such notice, the Company Loss in the amount specified in the notice shall be conclusively deemed a liability of Seller s and Members and, subject to the Basket and the Cap, if applicable, an amount equal to such Company Loss shall be paid from the Escrow Amount by the Escrow Agent within ten (10 days of the date such amount is determined. If Seller s and Members have timely disputed their liability with respect to such claim, Seller s , Members and the Company Indemnitee will proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute.  Upon conclusive determination of Sellers’ and/or Members’ liability for such Company Losses pursuant to this Article  X and subject to the Basket and the Cap, if applicable, an amount equal to such Company Losses shall be paid in accordance with Section 10.10 below .

Section 10.3 Seller Claims . Holdings, Parent or the Company, shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers and Members and their successors and assigns and each of their officers, directors, managers and employees (collectively, the “S eller Indemnitee ”) against, and in respect of, any and all damages, fines, claims, deficiencies, losses, liabilities, and expenses (including out-of-pocket expenses, reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees incurred in the investigation or defense of any of the same or in asserting any of their respective rights hereunder) (collectively, “ Seller Losses ”) resulting after the Closing Date from: (a) any breach or violation by the Company, Parent or Holdings of any covenant set forth herein or any failure to fulfill any obligation set forth herein, (b) any breach of any of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement by the Company, Parent or Holdings or (c) any Assumed Liabilities (collectively items (a), (b) and (c) are hereinafter referred to as the “ Seller Claims ”). The indemnification obligations of the Company, Parent and Holdings pursuant to item (b) of this Section 10.3 shall expire and terminate on the second anniversary of the Closing Date, unless any Seller or any Member shall have provided written notice of a claim to the Company, Parent or Holdings, as applicable, prior to or on such date.  If any Seller or any Member provides such notice prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the indemnification obligations under item (b) of this Section 10.3 shall continue until the appropriate amount of indemnification, if any, is determined, paid and satisfied in full.

Section 10.4 Assertion of Seller Claims . Any Seller Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the Sellers’ Representative to the Company, Parent and Holdings promptly after the Sellers’ Representative has become aware of the Seller Claim.  The notice shall state the amount or the estimated amount of the Seller Claim to the extent then feasible, but the estimate shall not be conclusive of the final amount of such Seller Claim. With respect to any claim under Section 10.3 relating to a third party claim or demand, the Sellers’ Representative shall provide the Company, Parent and Holdings with prompt written notice thereof in accordance with Section 11.4 and the Company, Parent or Holdings may defend, in good faith and at its expense, by legal counsel chosen by it and reasonably acceptable to the Sellers’ Representative, any such claim or demand, and the Sellers’ Representative, at its expense, shall have the right to participate in the defense of any such third party claim.  So long as the Company, Parent or Holdings is defending in good faith any such third party claim, the Sellers’ Representative shall

44


not settle or compromise such third party claim. In any event, the Sellers’ Representative shall cooperate in the settlement or compromise of, or defense against, any such asserted claim.  If the Company, Parent or Holdings elects or is deemed to have elected not to assume the defense of any Seller Claim, the Sellers’ Representative shall have the right to defend, compromise and settle the Seller Claim subject to the prior consent of the Company, Parent and Holdings, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or unduly delayed. The Sellers’ Representative shall or shall direct in writing its counsel to deliver to the Company, Parent and Holdings copies of all correspondence and matters relating to such Seller Claim.  If the Seller Claim involves or could result in claims against, or potential liability of, the Company, Parent or Holdings the extent or nature of which were not known by the Company, Parent or Holdings as of the date the Company, Parent or Holdings elected or is deemed to have elected not to take over the defense of such claim or demand, the Company, Parent or Holdings shall, by written notice to the Sellers’ Representative , be entitled to take over the defense of such claim or demand at the expense of the Company, Parent or Holdings. With respect to any claim under Section  10.3 that does not relate to a third party claim or demand, the Sellers’ Representative shall provide the Company, Parent and Holdings with prompt written notice thereof in accordance with Section  11.4.  If the Company, Parent or Holdings notifies the Sellers’ Representative that it does not dispute the claim described in such notice or fails to notify the Sellers’ Representative within thirty (30 days after delivery of such notice by the Sellers’ Representative whether the Company, Parent or Holdings disputes the claim described in such notice, the Seller Loss in the amount specified in the notice shall be conclusively deemed a liability of the Company, Parent and Holdings and, subject to the Basket and the Cap, if applicable, an amount equal to such Seller Loss shall be paid by the Company, Parent or Holdings within ten (10 days of the date such amount is determined.  If the Company, Parent or Holdings has timely disputed its liability with respect to such claim, the Company, Parent or Holdings and the Sellers’ Representative will proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute. Upon conclusive determination of the liability of the Company, Parent or Holdings for such Seller Losses pursuant to this Article  X and subject to the Basket and the Cap, if applicable, an amount equal to such Seller Losses shall be paid by the Company, Parent or Holdings within ten (10 days of the date such amount is determined.

Section 10.5 Limitations on Indemnification by Seller and Members . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the obligations of the Sellers and Members to indemnify the Company Indemnitees pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(ii) is subject to the following limitations and qualifications:

(a) The Sellers and Members will have no indemnification liability under Section 10.1(a)(ii) until the total amount of Company Losses incurred by the Company Indemnitees hereunder exceeds Two Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($225,000.00) (the “ Basket ”), in which case the Sellers and the Members will be responsible for the full amount of the Company Losses.

(b) The maximum indemnification liability of the Sellers and Members under Section 10.1(a)(ii) will be Two Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($2,500,000.00) (the “ Cap ”).

45


(c) The limitations set forth in clauses (a ) and (b ) of this Section  10.5 shall not apply to breaches of Sections 4.1 (Entity Organization), 4.2 (Authority), 4. 4 (Consents and Approvals; No Violations), 4. 9 (d ) (Real Properties: environmental matters), 4.12 (Intellectual Property), ( 4.2 4 (Brokers and Finders), and 4.2 9 (Data Privacy ).

(d) Nothing contained herein (including Sections 10.5(a) and 10.5(b)) shall limit or restrict any Company Indemnitee’s right to maintain or recover any amounts in connection with any action or claim based upon fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation or willful misconduct.

Section 10.6 Limitations on Indemnification by Holdings , Parent and the Company. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the obligation of Holdings, Parent and the Company to indemnify the Seller Indemnitees pursuant to Section 10.3 is subject to the following limitations and qualifications:

(a) Holdings, Parent and the Company will have no indemnification liability under Section 10.3 until the total amount of Seller Losses incurred by the Seller Indemnitees hereunder exceeds the Basket, in which case Holdings, Parent and the Company will be responsible for the full amount of the Seller Losses.

(b) The maximum indemnification liability of Holdings, Parent and the Company under Section 10.3 will be the Cap.

(c) The limitations set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 10.6 shall not apply to breaches of Sections 5.1 (Entity Organization), 5.2 (Authority), and 5.3 (Consents and Approvals; No Violations), 5.5 (Capitalization), 5.7 (Brokers and Finders) and 5.8 (SEC Reports).

(d) Nothing contained herein (including Sections 10.6(a) and 10.6(b)) shall limit or restrict any Seller Indemnitee’s right to maintain or recover any amounts in connection with any action or claim based upon fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation or willful misconduct.

Section 10.7 Other Rights and Remedies . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement including, without limitation, with respect to the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 6.13, the rights and remedies of the parties under this Article X shall be the sole and exclusive rights and remedies for any misrepresentation or breach of warranty hereunder or in connection with the transactions contemplated or consummated hereunder.  In the event of a termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VII, the remedies available to the parties hereto shall be as set forth therein.

Section 10.8 No Double Materiality . For purposes of calculating the amount of Company Losses or Seller Losses under this Article X (but not for purposes of determining whether a representation or warranty has been breached), the terms “material,” “materiality,” and “material adverse effect” will be disregarded.

Section 10.9 Survival of Representations and Warranties . Subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 10.1(b) and 10.3, the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

46


Section 10.1 0 Manner of Payment . Any indemnification payment to the Company Indemnitees pursuant to this Article  X shall be made pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement by the indemnifying party, and if the amount of escrowed funds is insufficient to satisfy such payment or such payment is not otherwise received pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the applicable Company Indemnitee within ten (10 days after the final determination thereof. All interest earned on the Escrowed Cash, if any, shall be distributed to the Seller s on December 31 of each year.   Any indemnification payment to the Seller Indemnitees pursuant to this Article X shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Sellers’ Representative within ten (10) days after the final determination thereof.

Article XI
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Entire Understanding, Waiver, Etc . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements, arrangements, understandings, representations and warranties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the provisions hereof may not be changed, modified, waived or altered except by an agreement in writing signed by the party entitled to the benefit of the provision(s) to be waived.  A waiver by any party of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, or of any breach, shall not be deemed a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any other term or condition, or of any subsequent breach.

Section 11.2 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of such provision shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

Section 11.3 Captions . The captions herein are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of this Agreement for any purpose, including, without limitation, the constructions or interpretation of any provision hereof.

Section 11.4 Notices . All notices, consents, waivers, requests, demands and other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) that are required or may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing.  All Notices shall be deemed to have been duly given or made: if by hand, immediately upon delivery; if by telecopier or similar device, immediately upon sending, provided notice is sent on a Business Day during the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Central Time, but if not, then immediately upon the beginning of the first Business Day after being sent; if by reputable overnight delivery service, one day after being placed in the exclusive custody and control of said courier; and if mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, five (5) Business Days after mailing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Notice given or made by telecopier or similar device, such Notice shall not be effective unless and until (i) the telecopier or similar advice being used prints a written confirmation of the successful completion of such communication by the party sending the Notice, and (ii) a copy of such Notice is deposited in first class mail to the appropriate address for the party to whom the Notice is sent.  In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice of a change of address shall not be

47


effective until received by other party.  All notices are to be given or made to the parties at the following addresses (or to such other address as either party may designate by notice in accordance with the provisions of this Section):

 

(a) If to Sellers at:

 

 

Wetsman Forensic Medicine, L.L.C.

 

 

2014 West Pinhook Road, Suite 301

 

 

Lafayette, Louisiana 70508

 

 

Attn:

Michael Handley

 

 

 

Dr. Howard Wetsman

 

 

E-mail:

michael@additiondoctor.org

 

 

 

howard@addictiondoctor.org

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

Liskow & Lewis

 

 

822 Harding Street

 

 

Lafayette, Louisiana 70503

 

 

Attn:

Billy Domingue

 

 

 

Julie Chauvin

 

 

E-mail:

bjdomingue@liskow.com

 

 

 

jschauvin@liskow.com

 

 

 

 

(b) If to the Company, Parent or Holdings at:

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

 

200 Powell Place

 

 

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

 

 

Attn:

General Counsel and Secretary;

 

 

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

E-mail:

ksphillips@contactaac.com

 

 

 

chenderson-grice@contactaac.com

with a copy to:

 

 

Bass, Berry & Sims PLC

 

 

150 Third Avenue South, Suite 2800

 

 

Nashville, Tennessee 37201

 

 

Attn:  

Laura R. Brothers

 

 

E-mail:

lbrothers@bassberry.com

Section 11.5 Successors and Assigns . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations arising hereunder shall be assignable without the prior written consent of the parties.

Section 11.6 Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall confer upon any Person, other than the parties, and their successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

48


Section 11.7 Counte rparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 11.8 Construction of Terms . Any reference to the masculine or neuter shall include the masculine, the feminine and the neuter, and any reference to the singular or plural shall include the opposite thereof.  The parties acknowledge that each party and its counsel have participated in the drafting of this Agreement and agree that this Agreement shall not be interpreted against one party or the other based upon who drafted it.

Section 11.9 Schedules . Information disclosed in a particular Section of the Schedules  shall be deemed to be disclosed in other Sections of the Schedules  only to the extent such disclosure sets forth facts in sufficient detail so that the relevance of the disclosure to such other Section would be readily apparent on its face. The Schedules are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

Section 11.10 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to any conflicts of laws principles that would require the application of any other law.  

Section 11.11 Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, WHETHER NOW OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. ANY PARTY MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS SECTION 11.11 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY, AND THAT ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

Section 11.12 Enforcement of Agreement . Sellers and Members acknowledge and agree that the Company, Parent and Holdings would be damaged irreparably in the event any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms and that any breach of this Agreement by Sellers or Members could not be adequately compensated by monetary damages.  Accordingly, Sellers and Members agree that, in addition to any other right or remedy to which the Company, Parent and Holdings may be entitled, at law or in equity, they will be entitled to enforce any provision of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance and to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of the provisions of this Agreement, without posting any bond or other undertaking.

Section 11.13 Sellers’ Representative .

(a) Each Seller and each Member, by execution and delivery hereof, hereby designates and appoints Michael Handley (the “ Sellers’ Representative ”), as agent for and on behalf of each Seller and each Member, and the true and lawful attorney in fact of each Seller and each Member, with full power and authority in each of each Seller’s and each Member’s

49


names, to give and receive notices and communications, to agree to, negotiate and enter into, on behalf of each such Seller and Member, amendments, consents and waivers under this Agreement pursuant to the terms set forth herein, to make and receive payments on behalf of each Seller and each Member pursuant to the terms set forth herein, to take such other actions as authorized by this Agreement, including actions in connection with the determination of the 2016 Adjusted EBITDA Amount and the payment of any Earnout Amount pursuant to Section  3.3, the defense and/or settlement of any indemnification claims of any Seller Indemnitee pursuant to Article  X, the initiation and/or settlement of any claims pursuant to Article  VII,   to take all actions authorized by the Escrow Agreement, including defending or settling any claims thereunder and releasing and transferring any of the Escrowed Cash or Escrowed Shares to the Company in accordance with the terms set forth therein, and all actions necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Sellers’ Representative for the accomplishment of the foregoing.  All such actions of the Sellers’ Representative shall be binding on each Seller and each Member.  Such agency may be changed by a vote or written consent by the holders of a majority of the membership interests of Seller s as of the Closing Date, voting in the same manner as would have been voted in accordance with the organizational documents of the Seller s as in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date (the “ Majority Holders ”), from time to time upon not less than ten (10 days’ prior written notice to the Company and Parent.  If at any time the Sellers’ Representative resigns, dies or becomes incapable of acting, the Majority Holders shall choose another Person to act as the Sellers’ Representative under this Agreement.   The Seller s or Members may not make a claim for indemnity against Buyer or Holdings pursuant to this Agreement except through the Sellers’ Representative, who shall make such a claim only upon the written direction of the Majority Holders.

(b) Once the Sellers’ Representative has initiated a claim for indemnity, all acts and decisions of the Sellers’ Representative in connection with such matter shall be binding on the Sellers and all the Members.  No bond shall be required of the Sellers’ Representative, and the Sellers’ Representative shall receive no compensation for services provided hereunder.  Notices or communications to or from the Sellers’ Representative shall constitute notice to or from the Sellers and each of the Members.

(c) The Sellers’ Representative will be entitled to engage such counsel, experts and other agents as the Sellers’ Representative deems necessary or proper in connection with performing the Sellers’ Representative's obligations hereunder, and will be promptly reimbursed by the Sellers and Members for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred by the Sellers’ Representative in such capacity upon demand.  The Members shall severally indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers’ Representative, in proportion to each Member’s percentage ownership of the membership interests of Sellers as of the Closing, with respect to any and all damages that are incurred by the Sellers’ Representative as a result of actions taken, or actions not taken, by the Sellers’ Representative herein, except to the extent that such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Sellers’ Representative.  The Sellers’ Representative shall not be liable to the Sellers and Members for any act done or omitted hereunder as Sellers’ Representative, excluding acts which constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(d) The Sellers’ Representative shall promptly pay to the Sellers and the Members in accordance with the terms hereof all amounts received by the Sellers’ Representative on behalf of the Sellers and the Members under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Sellers’ Representative will be entitled to set off any amounts payable to the

50


Sellers’ Representative under this Section  11.13(d ) against amounts otherwise payable to the Seller s and Members pursuant to this Section  11.13(d ) or released Escrowed Cash or Escrowed Shares for the benefit of the Seller s and Members.

(e) This appointment and grant of power and authority is coupled with an interest and is in consideration of the mutual covenants made herein and is irrevocable and shall not be terminated by any act of any of the Sellers and Members (except as otherwise provided herein) or by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any Members or by the occurrence of any other event.  A decision, act, consent or instruction of the Sellers’ Representative in respect of any action under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement shall constitute a decision of the Sellers and all of the Members and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Sellers and the Members, and the Company, Parent and Holdings may rely upon any decision, act, consent or instruction of the Sellers’ Representative hereunder as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each Seller and each and every such Member and any other Members.  The Company, Parent and Holdings shall be able to rely conclusively on the proper distribution of such amounts by the Sellers’ Representative among the Sellers and the Members upon receipt by the Sellers’ Representative of such amounts.  The Company, Parent and Holdings are hereby relieved from any liability to any Person (including any Members or any other Member) for any acts done by them in accordance with such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Sellers’ Representative, to the extent delegated to the Sellers’ Representative hereunder.

(f) The provisions of this Section 11.13 are independent and severable, are irrevocable and coupled with an interest and shall be enforceable notwithstanding any rights or remedies that any Person may have in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

[Signature pages to follow]

 

 

51


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

SELLERS:

WETSMAN FORENSIC MEDICINE, L.L.C.

By:

/s/ Michael Handley

Name: 

Michael Handley

Its:

Member

 

KHM, L.L.C.

By:

/s/ Michael Handley

Name: 

Michael Handley

Its:

Manager

 

RUSH MEDICAL, L.L.C.

By:

/s/ Michael Handley

Name: 

Michael Handley

Its:

Member

 

TRES AMIGOS HOLDINGS, LLC

Village IP, L.L.C., its Manager

By:

/s/ Michael Handley

Name: 

Michael Handley

Its:

Member

 

VILLAGE IP, L.L.C.

By:

/s/ Michael Handley

Name: 

Michael Handley

Its:

Member

[Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 


 

KEYSTONE ACQUISITION, LLC

By:

/s/ Michael Handley

Name: 

Michael Handley

Its:

Member

 

LAFAYETTE RECOVERY HOME 1, LLC

By:

/s/ Michael Handley

Name: 

Michael Handley

Its:

Manager

 

LAFAYETTE RECOVERY HOME 2, LLC

By:

/s/ Michael Handley

Name:

Michael Handley

Its:

Manager

 

HEDGE MEDIA GROUP, LLC

By:

/s/ Michael Handley

Name: 

Michael Handley

Its:

Manager

 

NEW ORLEANS ADDICTION HOSPITAL, LLC

By:

/s/ Michael Handley

Name: 

Michael Handley

Its:

Manager

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 


 

MEMBERS:

 

/s/ Michael Handley

Michael Handley

 

/s/ Howard Wetsman

Howard Wetsman

 

/s/ Ellie Wetsman

Ellie Wetsman

 

SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIVE

 

/s/ Michael Handley

Michael Handley

 

[Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 


 

HOLDINGS

AAC HOLDINGS, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Michael T. Cartwright

Name: 

Michael T. Cartwright

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

PARENT:

AMERICAN ADDICTION CENTERS, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Michael T. Cartwright

Name: 

Michael T. Cartwright

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

COMPANY:

TOWNSEND TREATMENT CENTER, LLC

 

By:

/s/ Michael T. Cartwright

Name: 

Michael T. Cartwright

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 


Annex A

 

Locations of the Centers

 

Townsend (IOP)

 

Recovery Home 1, LLC

7434 Picardy Avenue, Ste. A & B

Baton Rouge, LA 70808

 

301 Ulinor Road

Scott, LA 70583

 

19411 Helenberg Rd., Ste. 101

Covington, LA 70433

 

115 Blakeland Drive

Scott, LA 70583

 

 

Rush Medical

4540 Ambassador Caffery Pkwy, Ste. C110

Lafayette, LA 70508

 

4540 Ambassador Caffery Pkwy, Ste. B-110

Lafayette, LA 70508

635-A Petro Point Drive

Lake Charles, LA 70607

 

Sagenex Labs

4330 Loveland St., Ste. A

Metairie, LA 70006

 

1373 Corporate Square Drive

Slidell, LA 70458

3600 Prytania St., Ste. 72

New Orleans, LA 70115

 

 

Townsend Recovery Center

 

 

 

808 Pitt Road

Scott, LA 70583

 

 

 


 


Annex B

 

Seller Allocation

 

seller

 

Percentage
allocation

WETSMAN FORENSIC MEDICINE, L.L.C.

 

25.00%

KHM, L.L.C.

 

30.00%

RUSH MEDICAL, L.L.C.

 

3.00%

TRES AMIGOS HOLDINGS, LLC

 

0.01%

VILLAGE IP, L.L.C.

 

24.88%

KEYSTONE ACQUISITION, LLC

 

9.01%

LAFAYETTE RECOVERY HOME 1, LLC

 

0.09%

LAFAYETTE RECOVERY HOME 2, LLC

 

0.01%

HEDGE MEDIA GROUP, LLC

 

3.00%

NEW ORLEANS ADDICTION HOSPITAL, LLC

 

5.00%

 

 


Annex C

Adjusted EBITDA Calculation

2016 Adjusted EBITDA

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

 

(a) Net Income

 

$

 

(b) Adjustments:

 

 

 

(i) Interest charges

 

 

 

(ii) The provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable

 

 

 

(iii) Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

(iv) Accounting fees, legal fees and other similar advisory and consulting fees and related out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection the Agreement

 

 

 

(v) One-time expenses outside the ordinary course of business operations as agreed to by Holdings.

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (a) + (b)

 

$

 

 

 

 

15600755.5

 

Exhibit 10.16

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

For Medical Staffing

THIS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR MEDICAL STAFFING (“ Agreement ”) is made this 10 th day of August, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between OXFORD PROFESSIONAL GROUP, P.C., a Mississippi professional corporation (“ Practice ”), and OXFORD TREATMENT CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), (individually, a “ Party ,” and, collectively, the “ Parties ”).

W I TN E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , Company operates one or more addiction treatment facilities located at 297 County Road 244, Etta, Mississippi 38627, 1916 University Avenue, Oxford, Mississippi 38655, 341 East Main Street, Suite A-1, Tupelo, Mississippi 38804, and 9320 Railroad Avenue, Olive Branch, Mississippi 38654 (individually and collectively, “ Facility ”);

WHEREAS , Practice employs Medical Providers and other medical personnel specializing in the treatment of various addictions;

WHEREAS , Practice is owned by a physician licensed to practice medicine in the state of Mississippi (the “ State ”); and

WHEREAS , Company desires to engage Practice as of the Effective Date to provide, or arrange the provision of, medical services on behalf of Company, and Practice desires to accept such engagement as of the Effective Date, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, terms and conditions herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

Article I
ESTABLISHMENT OF PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP

1.1 Engagement of Practice .  As of the Effective Date, Company engages Practice, and Practice accepts said engagement, to provide medical services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2 Relationship of the Parties .  In the performance of their respective duties and obligations hereunder, the Parties are independent contractors, and as such they shall remain professionally and economically independent of each other. The Parties are not, and shall not be deemed to be, joint venturers, partners, employees, or agents of each other (except with respect to an agency for billing and collection activities expressly addressed in this Agreement).    Neither Party shall have any authority to bind or incur any financial obligations on behalf of the other without the other’s express written consent, and then only insofar as such authority is conferred by such express written consent.

 


 

Article II
Practice’S OBLIGATIONS

2.1 General Obligations .  Practice shall provide the Medical Provider services set forth on Schedule 2.1 , attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

2.2 Responsibility for Medical Provider Services .  Practice shall control and be responsible for the provision of medical services to Patients (as such term is defined on S chedule 2.1 ), and Company shall not engage in the practice of medicine nor shall it intervene or interfere in professional medical judgment of Practice or any Medical Provider; provided , however, that Practice shall cause the Medical Providers to comply with Company’s systems and procedures for review and improvement of the delivery of care.

2.3 Qualifications and Standards .  Practice shall take all necessary actions to ensure that each Medical Provider satisfies the following conditions at all times during the Term:

2.3.1 Licensure and Experience Levels . Each Medical Provider shall maintain an unrestricted license to practice his or her specialty in the State and at all times shall be in good standing with the appropriate licensing board. Each Medical Provider shall have a level of competence, experience and skill at least comparable to that prevailing in the community.

2.3.2 Federal DEA Number . The Medical Providers shall maintain a Federal DEA number without restrictions, to the extent necessary for his or her practice.

2.3.3 Medical Standards . Each Medical Provider shall perform all medical services to be provided hereunder in accordance with the current standards of care in the medical community and any credentialing and quality criteria that are adopted from time to time by Company, the Facility and/or Practice

2.3.4 Continuing Education . Medical Providers shall participate in such continuing medical education and training programs as required by law to maintain skills compatible with standards of medical care in the community.

2.3.5 Bylaws . Medical Providers shall comply with any bylaws, policies, rules or regulations of Facility or Company, as may be amended from time to time.

2.3.6 Laws . Medical Providers shall comply with all applicable standards, rulings, regulations and requirements of the United States Department of Health and Human Services, the State’s department of health, the applicable accreditation agency of the Facility, and any federal, state or local government agency, third party payor or accrediting body having jurisdiction over or providing reimbursement for the Facility and any programs and services offered by either the Facility or Company.

2.3.7 Cooperation . Practice shall promptly notify Company if a claim of malpractice or professional discipline is asserted against any Medical Provider resulting from medical services provided at Facility; additionally Practice shall notify Company of claims not yet asserted against Medical Providers, but the potential for which Practice is aware.

2

 


 

2.3.8 Approval and Removal .   Each Medical Provider shall be subject to the initial approval of Company before he or she commences providing services at Facility. In addition, Practice, at the request of Company, shall immediately remove a Medical Provider from Facility for cause.  For purposes of this Section 2.3.8 , “for cause” shall be determined by Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall include the following: (a) suspension or revocation or other sanction of his or her medical license, specialty board certification, or Federal Drug Enforcement Agency (“ DEA ”) registration; (b) suspension, revocation, or reduction of his or her status or privileges as a member of the medical staff of any hospital utilized by Company for Patients served by the Medical Providers (including without limitation any resignation of membership or privileges in lieu of or to avoid any of the foregoing actions); (c) being arrested or indicted for, or convicted of any felony or any criminal charge relating to the practice of medicine; (d) being found by the appropriate licensure board or other state or federal regulatory agency to have violated any provision of law or the applicable code of medical ethics; (e) cancellation, termination or non-renewal of his or her professional liability insurance and failure to obtain replacement coverage within thirty (30) days; or (f) having committed any actions or inactions which pose an immediate and significant threat to Patients.  

2.4 Compensation Responsibility .  Practice shall be solely responsible for establishing and paying the compensation and fringe benefits, if any, to the Medical Providers. Practice shall be solely responsible for the payment and withholding of appropriate amounts for income tax, social security, unemployment insurance, and state disability insurance taxes. Practice shall also maintain in full force and effect all worker’s compensation insurance as may be required under the worker’s compensation laws of the State.

2.5 Medical Provider Staffing Levels .  As of the Effective Date, Practice shall assign to Facility Medical Providers necessary to satisfy the patient needs at the Facility.

2.6 Authority .  Practice has the right to enter into this Agreement, and neither the execution of this Agreement nor Practice’s performance hereunder will result in it being in breach or default of any existing agreement.

Article III
COMPENSATION

3.1 General Compensation Principles .  Practice shall be compensated for the services provided hereunder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as described in Schedule 3.1 , which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that such amount represents the fair market value of the services provided hereunder.  

 

Article IV
PATIENT CHARGES, BILLING AND COLLECTION

4.1 Billing; Assignment of Fees .  Company, directly or through an affiliate, shall bill payors and patients for all technical and facility fees of the Facility.  In addition, to the extent permissible by applicable law and third party payor policies, Company may (directly or through

3

 


 

an affiliate) bill payors and patients globally for Company’s services and also the professional services of Practice and the Medical Providers that are provided pursuant to this Agre ement.  Practice authorizes Company, directly or through an affiliate, to bill and collect all professional fees of Practice and the Medical Providers, as Practice’s and the Medica l Providers’ agent and attorney- in-fact to the extent permitted by applicable law for all services rendered by Practice or the Medical Providers at t he Facility or on behalf of Company hereunder, either in Company’s own name or in Practice’s or individual Medical Provider’s name and provider number.  Practice shall ensure that each Medical Provider executes such documentation as may be necessar y to permit such billing by Company.  To the extent that it is not allowable by law or payor policies for Company to bill for services on behalf of Practice or Medical Providers, Practice will bill in its own name for such services, provided that Practice intends to engage American Addiction Centers, Inc. , an affiliate of Company, to provide billing support services.   Practice shall ensure that duplicative billing does not occur, and neither it nor any Medical Provider will payors or patients for the same services that are billed by Company.  

4.2 Practice to Provide Billing Information .  For all applicable services described in Section 4.1 above and in accordance with applicable law, Practice shall provide Company with all billing information for services rendered by the Medical Providers, including, but not limited to, the name of the Patient, the date of service, the nature and extent of services provided, Patient diagnosis, and any supporting medical and non-medical information necessary to bill such services and to obtain payment and/or reimbursement. Each Medical Provider shall provide the above-described billing information to Company within seven (7) calendar days after the applicable medical services are rendered. The applicable treating Medical Provider shall be responsible for appropriately coding the service provided and supplying the correct CPT, KEY, ICD-9 (or ICD-10 once applicable) or other codes associated with the service.

Article V
INSURANCE

5.1 Comprehensive General Liability and Property Insurance .  Company shall procure and maintain during the Term of this Agreement comprehensive general liability insurance covering its activities relating to Facility and property insurance covering the Facility. The comprehensive general liability insurance maintained hereunder shall be in amounts deemed sufficient by Company to protect against risks and losses associated with the operations of Facility.

5.2 Company’s Professional Liability Insurance .  Company shall procure and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement professional liability insurance covering Company and appropriate personnel provided by Company pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, Company’s provider employees and contractors (subject to prior approval of insurer), against errors and omissions arising from Patient services and/or non­medical services rendered by Company pursuant to this Agreement. All premiums, costs and expenses associated with such professional liability insurance shall be borne by and paid by Company.  The professional liability insurance procured by Company shall have limits of liability of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and three million dollars ($3,000,000) per annual aggregate. For purposes of Sections 5.1 and 5.2 , the term “insurance”

4

 


 

shall include self-insurance arrangements maintained by Company for itself and its corporate affiliates, including Facility.  

5.3 Practice’s Professional Liability Insurance .  Practice shall procure and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of three (3) years subsequent to the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, professional liability insurance (i.e., medical malpractice insurance) with an insurer acceptable to Company, protecting Practice and its shareholders, officers, directors, and the Medical Providers against errors and omissions arising from professional services and/or medical services rendered by Practice and the Medical Providers. Such policy of insurance shall name Company as an additional insured. The insurance required by this Section 5.3 shall specifically extend to acts or omissions of Medical Providers occurring both prior and subsequent to the Effective Date. All premiums, costs and expenses associated with such professional liability insurance shall be borne by Practice.  The professional liability insurance required by this Section 5.3 shall have limits of liability of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and three million dollars ($3,000,000) per annual aggregate.

5.4 Proof of Insurance .  At the request of the other Party, each Party shall furnish copies of or Certificates of Insurance on all policies required under this Article V (or evidence of self-insurance) as evidence of the insurance coverage to be procured pursuant to this Agreement. In the case of Company, this evidence shall also specifically include evidence of “tail” or other coverage for acts and omissions occurring prior to the Effective Date. The insurance coverage required under this Agreement shall not be canceled, modified, reduced or otherwise materially changed, except upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the non-procuring Party.

Article VI
INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Indemnification by Company .  Company shall indemnify, defend and hold Practice, and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of Practice, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting in any manner, directly or indirectly from any negligent or willful act or omission of Company or its non-Medical Provider employees providing services at Facility. Notwithstanding any provisions of the preceding sentence to the contrary, Company shall not be liable to Practice for any consequential, exemplary or punitive damages. The duty of Company to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Practice shall only apply to the extent that any such loss sustained by Practice is not covered by insurance. The indemnification provisions of this Section 6.1 are intended to be in addition to any common law rights to contribution existing under the laws of the State which one Party may have against the other.

6.2 Indemnification by Practice .  Practice shall indemnify, defend and hold Company, and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of Company, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting in any manner, directly or indirectly, from any negligent or willful act or omission of any Medical Provider, including, specifically, (i) negligent or willful acts occurring both prior to and subsequent to the Effective Date and (ii)

5

 


 

claims against Company attributable directly or indirectly to incorrect billing information provided to Company by Practice or any Medical Provider. Notwithstanding any provisions of the preceding sentence to the contrary, Practice shall not be liable to Company for any consequential, exemplary or punitive damages. The indemnification provisions of this Section 6.2 are intended to be in addition to any common law rights to contribution existing under the laws of the State which one Party may have against the other. A provision similar to that set forth in this Section 6.2 shall be contained in each contract between Practice and any independent contractor providing professional medical services for Practice at the Facility in order to ensure that each such Medical Provider has agreed to indemnify Company as required by this Section 6.2 .  

Article VII
RECORDS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

7.1 Ownership of Records and Files .  All business or medical records and files of whatever nature or kind, including Patients’ files and x-rays, are the property of Company to the extent permitted by law; neither Practice nor individual Medical Providers shall acquire any proprietary rights with respect to such records. However, at Practice’s written request, Company shall provide Medical Providers with copies of any records reflecting services performed by such Medical Provider with respect to (a) any claims against him/her in the nature of malpractice, (b) any charges against him/her issued by a licensing board or professional association or (c) for any other purpose deemed appropriate by Company

7.2 Confidentiality of Medical Records .  Both Parties shall comply with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations regarding the confidential and secure treatment of individually identifiable health information, including 42 C.F.R. Part 2, and with the terms of the Business Associate Addendum attached as Schedule 7.2 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

7.3 Medical Records upon Termination .  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, unless a Patient specifies otherwise and in accordance with applicable law, Company shall be entitled to the original medical records for all Patients, and Practice shall be entitled to copy such records, with the cost of any copies to be home by Practice.  For such period as is required by applicable statutes, Company shall keep possession of the original medical records and shall retain the records in their original condition, shall store the records in a safe place and make the records available to Practice without charge if reasonably necessary for any purpose, including, without limitation, Patient care and medical malpractice defense.

 

Article VIII
TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1 Term .  This Agreement shall be effective for a term of five (5) years, beginning on the Effective Date, unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII (the “ Initial Term ”). Upon expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms (the “ Renewal Terms ”) unless either Party shall provide notice to the other Party of its intent to terminate the Agreement under the terms of this Section 8.1

6

 


 

(“ Notice of Intent to Terminate ”). Notice of Intent to Terminate must be provided no later than one (1) year prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, and no later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of any Renewal Term.    

8.2 Termination upon Insolvency .  If either Party shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidation of itself, or if all or a substantial part of its assets, file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, file a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or arrangement with creditors, or take advantage of any insolvency law, or if an order, judgment, or decree shall be entered by a court of competent jurisdiction or an application of a creditor, adjudicating such party to be bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization of such Party or appointing a receiver, trustee or liquidator of such Party or of all or a substantial part of its assets, and such order, judgment, or decree shall continue in effect and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days, then the other Party may terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days prior written notice to such Party.

8.3 Termination upon Legal Prohibitions of Relationship .  If counsel jointly selected by the Parties should determine (the “ Determination ”) that it is more likely than not that applicable legislation, regulations, rules or procedures (collectively referred to herein as a “ Law ”) in effect or to become effective as of a date certain, or if Practice or Company receives notice (the “ Notice ”) of an actual or threatened decision, finding or action by any governmental or private agency or court (collectively referred to herein as an “ Action ”), which Law or Action, if or when implemented, would have the effect of subjecting either Party to civil or criminal prosecution under state and/or federal Laws, or other adverse proceeding on the basis of their participation herein, then the Parties shall attempt in good faith to amend this Agreement to the extent necessary in order to comply with such Law or to avoid the Action, as applicable. If, within ninety (90) days of providing written notice of such Determination or Notice to the other Party, the Parties acting in good faith are unable to mutually agree upon and make amendments or alterations to this Agreement to meet the requirements in question, or alternatively, the Parties mutually determine in good faith that compliance with such requirements is impossible or unfeasible, then this Agreement shall be terminated without penalty, charge or continuing liability upon the earlier of the following: the date one hundred eighty (180) days subsequent to the date upon which either Party gives written notice to the other Party or the effective date on which the Law or Action prohibits the relationship of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement.

8.4 Termination upon Breach .  Either Party may elect to terminate this Agreement in the event that the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement and such default continues for a period of fifteen (15) calendar days after written notice thereof has been given to the Party in default by the other Party; provided , however, that Company may immediately terminate this Agreement if Practice fails to provide, or arrange the provision of, adequate professional medical services pursuant to this Agreement for a period of three (3) calendar days.

8.5 Termination Without Cause .  This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon one hundred and eighty (180) days’ notice by either Party to the other Party.

8.6 Termination and Liabilities .  In the event either Party validly elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII or the Agreement expires by its

7

 


 

own terms, the liabilities and obligations of the Parties shall cease as of the date of termination, except that each Party shall be responsible for: (a) any payments or other obligations arising or accruing prior to the termination date and (b) any breach arising after termination or expiration with respect to obligations that continue after such expiration or termination. Neither Party shall be liable to the other for any damages resulting from any event of force majeure. The Parties agree that upon such termination, they will mutually work to assure an orderly transition of services.  

Article IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Independence of Medical Judgment .  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the exercise of Medical Providers’ independent medical judgment.

9.2 Entire Agreement; Amendment .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and understandings of the Parties which relate to the subject matter of this Agreement. No supplement, amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Parties, unless otherwise provided herein.

9.3 No Waiver .  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

9.4 Subject Headings .  The subject headings of the Articles and Sections of this Agreement are included for purposes of convenience only, and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.5 Binding Agreement; No Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.  Company may assign this Agreement upon prior written notice to Practice.  Practice may not assign this Agreement nor any rights hereunder, nor may it delegate any of the duties to be performed hereunder without the prior written consent of Company; provided , however, that notwithstanding the foregoing sentence to the contrary, Practice shall have the right to assign this Agreement to another corporate affiliate of Company upon written notice and shall have the right to subcontract with any other responsible parties, including specifically, corporate affiliates of Practice, for the performance of various aspects of its obligations hereunder, provided that Practice shall remain fully responsible for the performance of any such subcontractors.

9.6 Severability .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.3 , in the event any provision of this Agreement is rendered invalid or unenforceable by the enactment of any applicable statute or ordinance or by any regulation duly promulgated or is made or declared unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

8

 


 

9.7 Attorneys’ Fees .    In the event any attorney is employed by any Party with regard to any legal action, arbitration or other proceeding brought by any Party for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, then the prevailing Party, whether at trial or upon appeal, and in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing Party may be granted, shall be entitled to recover from the losing Party all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by the prevailing Party in bringing or defending such action, arbitration or proceeding, and in enforcing any judgment granted therein, all of which costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees shall be deemed to have accrued upon the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment. Any judgment or order entered in such matter shall contain a specific provision providing for the recovery by the prevailing Party of attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing such judgment. For purposes of this Section 9.7 , attorneys’ fees shall include, without limitation, fees incurred in the following: post-judgment motions; contempt proceedings; garnishment, levy and debtor and third party examinations; discovery; and bankruptcy litigation.  

9.8 Notices .  All notices, requests, demands or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of service if served personally on the Party to whom notice is to be given, or on the third day after mailing if mailed to the Party to whom notice is to be given, by a recognized overnight carrier service, or by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed as follows:

 

TO PRACTICE:

Oxford Professional Group, P.C.

 

297 CR 244, Suite 100

 

Etta, Mississippi  38627

 

Attn:  Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

 

Email:  mcalarco@contactaac.com

 

 

TO COMPANY:

Oxford Treatment Center, LLC

 

297 CR 244

 

Etta, Mississippi  38627

 

Attn.:  Billy Young, Chief Executive Officer

 

Email:  byoung@contactaac.com

 

 

WITH COPY TO:

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

115 East Park Drive, Second Floor

 

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

 

Attn:  Candance A. Henderson-Grice, Chief Operating Officer

 

Email: chenderson-grice@contactaac.com

 

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

115 East Park Drive, Second Floor

 

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

 

Attn:  Kathryn Sevier Phillips, General Counsel and Secretary

 

Fax: (615) 691-7130

 

Email: ksphillips@contactaac.com

9

 


 

Each Party may change its address indicated above by giving the other Party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

 

9.9 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State. All actions, suits, or other proceedings with respect to this Agreement shall be brought only in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State. In any such action, suit, or proceeding, such court shall have personal jurisdiction over all of the parties hereto, and service of process upon them under any applicable statutes, laws, and rules shall be deemed valid and good.

9.10 Third Party Rights .  This Agreement is entered into by and between the Parties hereto for their sole benefit. There is no intent by either Party to create or establish third party beneficiary status or rights in any third party to this Agreement and no third party shall have any right to enforce any right or enjoy any benefit created or established by this Agreement.

9.11 No Discrimination .  No person shall be excluded from participation in, or be denied benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the performance of this Agreement or any Addenda on the grounds of disability, age, race, color, religion, sex, national origin or any other classification protected by federal and/or Mississippi constitutional, statutory and/or regulatory provisions.

9.12 Signatory .  Each Party warrants that the person indicated on signatory line to this Agreement has all authority necessary to bind the Party and is the appropriate designated person to sign this Agreement.

9.13 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute a single instrument.

9.14 Drafted Jointly .  In the event of an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of authorship of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.15 Cooperation .  The Parties agree to cooperate with each other to resolve promptly any outstanding financial, administrative or patient care issues upon the termination of this Agreement. Such obligation shall include, without limitation, the provision of patient, resident and/or administrative records, payments or other actions necessary to conclude the relationship of the Parties. This Section 9.15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Each Party further agrees to cooperate with the other to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement, including without limitation the execution and delivery to the appropriate Party of any further agreements and other documents and the taking of any action as may reasonably be required to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]


10

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on the dates set forth below, provided that this Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date.

For Company:

For Practice:

Oxford Treatment Center, LLC

Oxford Professional Group, P.C.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Michael T. Cartwright

By: /s/ Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

Name:  Michael T. Cartwright

Name:  Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

Title:    Manager and Chairman

Title:  President, Secretary and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature page for Professional Services Agreement between Facility and Practice]

 

 

11

 


 

Schedule 2.1

Practice’s Services

Professional Services

During the term of this Agreement, Practice, through its physician shareholder, employees and independent contractors (the “ Medical Providers ”), shall provide professional medical services to the patients of Company (the “ Patients ”).  Medical Providers may include doctors of medicine, doctors of osteopathy and mid-level providers including physician assistants and advanced practice nurses.  Practice shall effectively provide all the professional medical services as required by Company for the needs of its Patients. Such professional medical services shall include those service obligations set forth herein and other related services reasonably requested by Company.

Medical Director Services

During the term of this Agreement, in addition to the professional services described above, Practice shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, provide a physician who is acceptable to Company, to serve as medical director of Facility (the “ Medical Director ”) and provide medical management and oversight for matters specific to Facility pursuant to a medical director agreement between Practice and Medical Director reasonably acceptable to Company (the “ Medical Director Agreement ”). Practice shall cause Medical Director to furnish those services as set forth in the Medical Director Agreement, in accordance with the terms thereof.  Upon request, Practice shall provide Company with documentation reasonably acceptable to Company supporting Medical Director’s fulfillment of such duties with Company also retaining the right to conduct such audits thereof as Company determines reasonably necessary to support Company’s payment for such services under this Agreement.

Practice shall provide support, assistance, and work cooperatively with Medical Director who will provide medical management and oversight for Facility.  Practice, at the request of Company, shall immediately remove a Medical Director from Facility for cause, as “cause” is defined in Section 2.3.8 hereof.

The term “Medical Provider” as used in this Agreement shall include the Medical Director, provided that any provision that relates specifically to professional medical services will not apply to the Medical Director to the extent that the Medical Director is providing only administrative and not professional services.

 

 

 


Schedule 3.1

Compensation

Practice acknowledges that Practice may sometimes bill separately for the services of Medical Providers, and at other times Company submits global bills for the services of both the Facility and the Medical Providers.  In light of the foregoing, Company shall pay to Practice the fees set forth below for services provided by the Medical Providers at the Facility to the extent that such provider services are not separately billed by Practice.   To the extent Practice bills separately for Medical Provider services, Company shall not be obligated to pay a fee for such services.

Provider

Fee

Physician/Psychologist Clinical Services

$100 - $210 per hour*

 

 

Medical Director Services

$100 - $150 per hour*

 

 

Mid-level Provider Services (PA or NP)

$55 - $150 per hour*

 

* Specific hourly rate within the noted range shall be determined by Company in its reasonable discretion after consultation with Practice, based on the experience level, specialty, certifications, and other qualifications of the applicable practitioner.

 

If Practice is asked by Company to provide additional practitioner services at the Facility, Company shall pay to Practice a fee for such services equal to the rate that Practice pays such provider for the services (unless the service is separately billable by Practice).  Practice represents and warrants that the compensation it pays to Medical Providers, and the corresponding fees paid by Company, shall be reasonable and consistent with fair market value.  Compensation shall be paid pursuant to Company’s standard payment policies and timing.

 

 

 

 

 


 

Schedule 7.2

HIPAA Business Associate Addendum

THIS HIPAA BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ADDENDUM (“ Addendum ”) amends and is made part of that certain PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR MEDICAL STAFFING (“ Service Agreement ”), by and between OXFORD TREATMENT CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Entity ”), and OXFORD PROFESSIONAL GROUP, P.C., a Mississippi professional corporation (“ Associate ”), to the extent that Associate is acting as a Business Associate of Entity.

Entity and Associate agree that the parties incorporate this Addendum into the Service Agreement in order to comply with the requirements of: the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“ HIPAA ”),  the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“ HITECH ”) and their implementing regulations set forth at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and Part 164 (the “ HIPAA Rules ”); and Federal regulations governing Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records, 42 C.F.R. Part 2 (“ Part 2 Regulations ”). To the extent Associate is acting as a Business Associate of Entity pursuant to the Service Agreement, the provisions of this Addendum shall apply, and Associate shall be subject to the penalty provisions of HIPAA as specified in 45 C.F.R. Part 160.

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Addendum shall have the meaning set forth in the HIPAA Rules. References to “PHI” mean Protected Health Information maintained, created, received or transmitted by Associate from Entity or on Entity’s behalf.

2. Uses or Disclosures . Associate will neither use nor disclose PHI except as permitted or required by this Addendum or as Required By Law. To the extent Associate is to carry out an obligation of Entity under the HIPAA Rules, Associate shall comply with the requirements of the HIPAA Rules that apply to Entity in the performance of such obligation. Without limiting the foregoing, Associate will not sell PHI or use or disclose PHI for purposes of marketing or fundraising, as defined and proscribed in the HIPAA Rules. Associate is permitted to use and disclose PHI:

(a) to perform any and all obligations of Associate as described in the Service Agreement, provided that such use or disclosure is consistent with the terms of Entity’s notice of privacy practices and would not violate the HIPAA Rules or the Part 2 Regulations, if done by Entity directly;

(b) to perform Data Aggregation services relating to the health care operations of Entity, provided that such services are part of Associate’s obligations as set forth in the Service Agreement;

(c) to create de-identified information in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.514(b), provided that such de-identified information may be used and disclosed only consistent with applicable law; and

 


(d) as necessary for Associate’s proper management and administration and to carry out Associate’s legal responsibilities (collectively “ Associate’s Operations ”) provided that: any disclosure made for purposes of Associate’s Operations is Required By Law or is made after Associate obtains reasonable assurances, evidenced by a written contract, from the recipient that the recipient: (i) will hold such PHI in confidence and use or further disclose it only for the purpose for which Associate disclosed it to the recipient or as Required By Law; (ii) will notify Associate of any instance of which the recipient becomes aware in which the confidentiality of such PHI was breached; (iii) acknowledges in writing that, in receiving PHI, the recipient is fully bound by the Part 2 Regulations; and (iv) agrees to, if necessary, resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to PHI except as permitted by the Part 2 Regulations.  Associate shall promptly notify Entity of any disclosures made for purposes of Associate’s Operations.  

In the event Entity notifies Associate of a restriction request that would restrict a use or disclosure otherwise permitted by this Addendum, Associate shall comply with the terms of the restriction request.

3. Safeguards . Associate will use appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to prevent the use or disclosure of PHI other than as permitted by this Addendum and shall maintain policies and procedures to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft based on PHI or information derived from PHI. Associate will also comply with the provisions of 45 C.F.R. Part 164, Subpart C of the HIPAA Rules with respect to electronic PHI to prevent any use or disclosure of such information other than as provided by this Addendum, which obligation shall include maintaining safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic PHI.

4. Policies and Training . Associate has policies in place regarding the confidential and secure treatment of PHI in accordance with HIPAA and the Part 2 Regulations. Associate shall require its employees to adhere to such policies and shall train its employees regarding the requirements of this Addendum and applicable confidentiality and security laws and regulations.

5. Subcontractors . In accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.308(b)(2) and 164.502(e)(1)(ii), Associate will ensure that all of its subcontractors that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI on behalf of Associate agree by written contract to comply with the same restrictions and conditions that apply to Associate with respect to such PHI, including but not limited to (i) the obligation to safeguard PHI and comply with 45 C.F.R. Part 164, Subpart C; and (ii) acknowledging in writing that, in receiving PHI, the recipient is fully bound by the Part 2 Regulations, and must agree to, if necessary, resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to PHI except as permitted by the Part 2 Regulations.

6. Minimum Necessary . Associate represents that the PHI requested, used or disclosed by Associate shall be the minimum amount necessary to carry out the purposes of the Service Agreement. Associate will limit its uses and disclosures of, and requests for, PHI to the minimum amount of PHI necessary to accomplish the intended purpose of the use, disclosure or request.

7. Obligations of Entity . Entity shall notify Associate of (i) any limitations in its notice of privacy practices, (ii) any changes in, or revocation of, permission by an individual to use or

 


disclose PHI, and (iii) any confidential communication request or restriction on the use or disclosure of PHI that Entity has agreed to or with which Entity is required to comply, to the extent any of the foregoing affect Associate’s use or disclosure of PHI to perform its obligations as described in the Service Agreement.  

8. Access and Amendment . In accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.524, Associate will permit Entity or, at Entity’s request, an individual (or the individual’s designee) to inspect and obtain copies of any PHI about the individual that is in Associate’s custody or control and that is maintained in a Designated Record Set. If the requested PHI is maintained electronically, Associate must provide a copy of the PHI in the electronic form and format requested by the individual, if it is readily producible, or, if not, in a readable electronic form and format as agreed to by Entity and the individual. Associate will notify Entity of any request (including but not limited to subpoenas) that Associate receives for access to PHI that is in Associate’s custody or control within five (5) business days of receipt of such request. Entity shall be responsible for making determinations about access. Associate will, upon receipt of notice from Entity, promptly amend or permit Entity access to amend any portion of the PHI that is in Associate’s custody or control so that Entity may meet its amendment obligations under 45 C.F.R. § 164.526.

9. Disclosure Accounting .  Except for disclosures excluded from the accounting obligation by the HIPAA Rules and regulations issued pursuant to HITECH, Associate will record for each disclosure that Associate makes of PHI the information necessary for Entity to make an accounting of disclosures pursuant to the HIPAA Rules. In the event the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“ HHS ”) finalizes regulations requiring Covered Entities to provide access reports, Associate shall also record such information with respect to electronic PHI held by Associate as would be required under the regulations for Covered Entities beginning on the effective date applicable to Entity. Associate will make information required by this Section 9 available to Entity promptly upon Entity’s request for the period requested, but for no longer than the six (6) years preceding Entity’s request for the information or such other period required by the HIPAA Rules (except Associate need not have any information for disclosures occurring before the effective date of any previous HIPAA business associate agreements between the parties or, if none, the effective date of this Addendum).

10. Inspection of Books and Records . Associate will make its internal practices, books, and records, relating to its use and disclosure of PHI available upon request to Entity or HHS to determine Entity's compliance with the HIPAA Rules.

11. Reporting . To the extent Associate becomes aware or discovers any use or disclosure of PHI not permitted by this Addendum, any Security Incident involving electronic PHI, any Breach of Unsecured Protected Health Information or any Red Flag (as defined at 16 C.F.R. § 681.2(b)) related to any individual who is the subject of PHI, Associate shall promptly report such use, disclosure, Security Incident, Breach or Red Flag to Entity. Associate shall mitigate, to the extent practicable, any harmful effect known to it of a Security Incident, Breach or use or disclosure of PHI by Associate not permitted by this Addendum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 11 constitutes notice by Associate to Entity of the ongoing existence and occurrence of attempted but Unsuccessful Security Incidents (as defined below) for which no additional notice to Entity shall be required. “Unsuccessful Security Incidents” shall include, but not be limited to, pings and other broadcast attacks on

 


Associate’s firewall, port scans, unsuccessful log-on attempts, denials of service and any combination of the above, so long as no such incident results in unauthorized access, use or disclosure of electronic PHI. All reports of Breaches shall be made within ten (10) business days of Associate discovering the Breach and shall comply with and include the information specified at 45 C . F . R . § 164.410. Associate shall promptly reimburse Entity all reasonable costs incurred by Entity with respect to providing notification of and mitigating a Breach involving Associate, including but not limited to printing, postage costs and toll-free hotline costs.  

12. Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records . Associate: (1) acknowledges that in receiving, storing, processing, or otherwise dealing with any information from Entity about individuals who are patients of Entity (“ Patients ”), it is fully bound by the provisions of the Federal regulations governing Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records, 42 C.F.R. Part 2; and (2) undertakes to resist in judicial proceedings any effort to obtain access to information pertaining to Patients otherwise than as expressly provided for in the Part 2 Regulations.

13. Term and Termination . This Addendum shall be effective as of the effective date of the Service Agreement and shall remain in effect until termination of the Service Agreement. Either party may terminate this Addendum and the Service Agreement effective immediately if it determines that the other party has breached a material provision of this Addendum and failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of being notified by the other party of the breach. If the non-breaching party determines that cure is not possible, such party may terminate this Addendum and the Service Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to other party.

Upon termination of this Addendum for any reason, Associate will, if feasible, return to Entity or securely destroy all PHI maintained by Associate in any form or medium, including all copies of such PHI, at no cost to Entity. Further, Associate shall recover any PHI in the possession of its agents and subcontractors and return to Entity or securely destroy all such PHI. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Associate shall notify Entity and receive Entity’s written consent prior to destroying any PHI of which Entity does not maintain a duplicate copy. In the event that Associate determines that returning or destroying any PHI is infeasible, Associate shall promptly notify Entity of the conditions that make return or destruction infeasible. With regard to any PHI that Entity agrees cannot feasibly be returned to Entity or destroyed, Associate may maintain such PHI but shall continue to abide by the terms and conditions of this Addendum with respect to such PHI and shall limit its further use or disclosure of such PHI to those purposes that make return or destruction of the PHI infeasible. Associate shall comply with this Section 13 within thirty (30) days of termination of this Addendum. Associate shall provide Entity with written certification of its compliance with this Section 13 within forty-five (45) days of termination of this Addendum. Upon termination of this Addendum for any reason, all of Associate’s obligations under this Addendum shall survive termination and remain in effect (a) until Associate has completed the return or destruction of PHI as required by this Section 13 and (b) to the extent Associate retains any PHI pursuant to this Section 13 .

14. General Provisions . In the event that any final regulation or amendment to final regulations is promulgated by HHS or other government regulatory authority with respect to PHI, this Addendum will automatically be amended to remain in compliance with such regulations, and Associate shall promptly amend its contracts, if any, with subcontractors and

 


agents to conform to the terms of this Addendum. Any ambiguity in this Addendum shall be resolved to permit Entity to comply with the HIPAA Rules and the Part 2 Regulations. Nothing in this Addendum shall be construed to create any rights or remedies in any third parties or any agency relationship between the parties. A reference in this Addendum to a section in the HIPAA Rules or the Part 2 Regulations means the section as in effect or as amended. This Addendum replaces and supersedes and previous business associate agreements between the parties. The terms and conditions of this Addendum override and control any conflicting term or condition of the Service Agreement. To the extent Associate has limited its liability under the terms of the Service Agreement by a maximum recovery for direct damages, disclaimer against any consequential, indirect or punitive damages or any other limitation, all limitations shall exclude any damages to Entity arising from Associate’s breach of its obligations under this Addendum. All non-conflicting terms and conditions of the Service Agreement remain in full force and effect.  

 

Exhibit 10.17

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

For Medical Staffing

THIS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR MEDICAL STAFFING (“ Agreement ”) is made this 20 th day of February, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between PALM BEACH PROFESSIONAL GROUP, PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, a Florida professional corporation (“ Practice ”), and AAC FLORIDA ACQUISITION SUB, LLC D/B/A RECOVERY FIRST, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), (individually, a “ Party ,” and, collectively, the “ Parties ”).

W I TN E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , Company operates one or more addiction treatment facilities located at 4100 Davie Road Extension, Hollywood, Florida 33024, 4110 Davie Road Extension, Hollywood, Florida 33024 and 4549 SW 54 th Court, Hollywood, Florida 3314 (individually and collectively, “ Facility ”);

WHEREAS , Practice employs Medical Providers and other medical personnel specializing in the treatment of various addictions;

WHEREAS , Practice is owned by a physician licensed to practice medicine in the state of Florida (the “ State ”); and

WHEREAS , Company desires to engage Practice as of the Effective Date to provide, or arrange the provision of, medical services on behalf of Company, and Practice desires to accept such engagement as of the Effective Date, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, terms and conditions herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

Article I
ESTABLISHMENT OF PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP

1.1 Engagement of Practice .  As of the Effective Date, Company engages Practice, and Practice accepts said engagement, to provide medical services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2 Relationship of the Parties .  In the performance of their respective duties and obligations hereunder, the Parties are independent contractors, and as such they shall remain professionally and economically independent of each other.  The Parties are not, and shall not be deemed to be, joint venturers, partners, employees, or agents of each other (except with respect to an agency for billing and collection activities expressly addressed in this Agreement).    Neither Party shall have any authority to bind or incur any financial obligations on behalf of the other without the other’s express written consent, and then only insofar as such authority is conferred by such express written consent.

 


 

Article II
Practice’S OBLIGATIONS

2.1 General Obligations .  Practice shall provide the Medical Provider services set forth on Schedule 2.1 , attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

2.2 Responsibility for Medical Provider Services .  Practice shall control and be responsible for the provision of medical services to Patients (as such term is defined on S chedule 2.1 ), and Company shall not engage in the practice of medicine nor shall it intervene or interfere in professional medical judgment of Practice or any Medical Provider; provided , however, that Practice shall cause the Medical Providers to comply with Company’s systems and procedures for review and improvement of the delivery of care.

2.3 Qualifications and Standards .  Practice shall take all necessary actions to ensure that each Medical Provider satisfies the following conditions at all times during the Term:

2.3.1 Licensure and Experience Levels .  Each Medical Provider shall maintain an unrestricted license to practice his or her specialty in the State and at all times shall be in good standing with the appropriate licensing board.  Each Medical Provider shall have a level of competence, experience and skill at least comparable to that prevailing in the community.

2.3.2 Federal DEA Number . The Medical Providers shall maintain a Federal DEA number without restrictions, to the extent necessary for his or her practice.

2.3.3 Medical Standards .  Each Medical Provider shall perform all medical services to be provided hereunder in accordance with the current standards of care in the medical community and any credentialing and quality criteria that are adopted from time to time by Company, the Facility and/or Practice

2.3.4 Continuing Education .  Medical Providers shall participate in such continuing medical education and training programs as required by law to maintain skills compatible with standards of medical care in the community.

2.3.5 Bylaws .  Medical Providers shall comply with any bylaws, policies, rules or regulations of Facility or Company, as may be amended from time to time.

2.3.6 Laws .  Medical Providers shall comply with all applicable standards, rulings, regulations and requirements of the United States Department of Health and Human Services, the State’s department of health, the applicable accreditation agency of the Facility, and any federal, state or local government agency, third party payor or accrediting body having jurisdiction over or providing reimbursement for the Facility and any programs and services offered by either the Facility or Company.

2.3.7 Cooperation .  Practice shall promptly notify Company if a claim of malpractice or professional discipline is asserted against any Medical Provider resulting from medical services provided at Facility; additionally Practice shall notify Company of claims not yet asserted against Medical Providers, but the potential for which Practice is aware.

2

 


 

2.3.8 Approval and Removal .  Each Medical Provider shall be subject to the initial approval of Company before he or she commences providing services at Facility.  In addition, Practice, at the request of Company, shall immediately remove a Medical Provider from Facility for cause.  For purposes of this Section 2.3.8 , “for cause” shall be determined by Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall include the following: (a) suspension or revocation or other sanction of his or her medical license, specialty board certification, or Federal Drug Enforcement Agency (“ DEA ”) registration; (b) suspension, revocation, or reduction of his or her status or privileges as a member of the medical staff of any hospital utilized by Company for Patients served by the Medical Providers (including without limitation any resignation of membership or privileges in lieu of or to avoid any of the foregoing actions); (c) being arrested or indicted for, or convicted of any felony or any criminal charge relating to the practice of medicine; (d) being found by the appropriate licensure board or other state or federal regulatory agency to have violated any provision of law or the applicable code of medical ethics; (e) cancellation, termination or non-renewal of his or her professional liability insurance and failure to obtain replacement coverage within thirty (30) days; or (f) having committed any actions or inactions which pose an immediate and significant threat to Patients.  

2.4 Compensation Responsibility .  Practice shall be solely responsible for establishing and paying the compensation and fringe benefits, if any, to the Medical Providers. Practice shall be solely responsible for the payment and withholding of appropriate amounts for income tax, social security, unemployment insurance, and state disability insurance taxes. Practice shall also maintain in full force and effect all worker’s compensation insurance as may be required under the worker’s compensation laws of the State.

2.5 Medical Provider Staffing Levels .  As of the Effective Date, Practice shall assign to Facility Medical Providers necessary to satisfy the patient needs at the Facility.

2.6 Authority .  Practice has the right to enter into this Agreement, and neither the execution of this Agreement nor Practice’s performance hereunder will result in it being in breach or default of any existing agreement.

Article III
COMPENSATION

3.1 General Compensation Principles .  Practice shall be compensated for the services provided hereunder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as described in Schedule 3.1 , which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.  The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that such amount represents the fair market value of the services provided hereunder.  

Article IV
PATIENT CHARGES, BILLING AND COLLECTION

4.1 Billing; Assignment of Fees .  Company, directly or through an affiliate, shall bill payors and patients for all technical and facility fees of the Facility.  In addition, to the extent permissible by applicable law and third party payor policies, Company may (directly or through an affiliate) bill payors and patients globally for Company’s services and also the professional

3

 


 

services of Practice and the Medical Providers that are provided pursuant to this Agreement.  Practice authorizes Company, directly or through an affiliate, to bill and collect all professional fees of Practice and the Medical Providers, as Practice’s and the Medical Providers’ agent and attorney-in-fact to the extent permitted by applicable law for all services rendered by Practice or the Medical Providers at the Facility or on behalf of Company hereunder, either in Company’s own name or in Practice’s or individual Medical Provider’s name and provider number.  Practice shall ensure that each Medical Provider executes such documentation as may be necessary to permit such billing by Company.  To the extent that it is not allowable by law or payor policies for Company to bill for services on behalf of Practice or Medical Providers, Practice will bill in its own name for such services, provided that Practice intends to engage American Addiction Centers, Inc., an affiliate of Company, to provide billing support services.  Practice shall ensure that duplicative billing does not occur, and neither it nor any Medical Provider will payors or patients for the same services that are billed by Company.  

4.2 Practice to Provide Billing Information .  For all applicable services described in Section 4.1 above and in accordance with applicable law, Practice shall provide Company with all billing information for services rendered by the Medical Providers, including, but not limited to, the name of the Patient, the date of service, the nature and extent of services provided, Patient diagnosis, and any supporting medical and non-medical information necessary to bill such services and to obtain payment and/or reimbursement. Each Medical Provider shall provide the above-described billing information to Company within seven (7) calendar days after the applicable medical services are rendered. The applicable treating Medical Provider shall be responsible for appropriately coding the service provided and supplying the correct CPT, KEY, ICD-9 (or ICD-10 once applicable) or other codes associated with the service.

Article V
INSURANCE

5.1 Comprehensive General Liability and Property Insurance .  Company shall procure and maintain during the Term of this Agreement comprehensive general liability insurance covering its activities relating to Facility and property insurance covering the Facility.  The comprehensive general liability insurance maintained hereunder shall be in amounts deemed sufficient by Company to protect against risks and losses associated with the operations of Facility.

5.2 Company’s Professional Liability Insurance .  Company shall procure and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement professional liability insurance covering Company and appropriate personnel provided by Company pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, Company’s provider employees and contractors (subject to prior approval of insurer), against errors and omissions arising from Patient services and/or non­medical services rendered by Company pursuant to this Agreement.  All premiums, costs and expenses associated with such professional liability insurance shall be borne by and paid by Company.  The professional liability insurance procured by Company shall have limits of liability of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and three million dollars ($3,000,000) per annual aggregate. For purposes of Sections 5.1 and 5.2 , the term “insurance” shall include self-insurance arrangements maintained by Company for itself and its corporate affiliates, including Facility.

4

 


 

5.3 Practice’s Professional Liability Insurance .  Practice shall procure and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of three (3) years subsequent to the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, professional liability insurance (i.e., medical malpractice insurance) with an insurer acceptable to Company, protecting Practice and its shareholders, officers, directors, and the Medical Providers against errors and omissions arising from professional services and/or medical services rendered by Practice and the Medical Providers. Such policy of insurance shall name Company as an additional insured. The insurance required by this Section 5.3 shall specifically extend to acts or omissions of Medical Providers occurring both prior and subsequent to the Effective Date.  All premiums, costs and expenses associated with such professional liability insurance shall be borne by Practice.  The professional liability insurance required by this Section 5.3 shall have limits of liability of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and three million dollars ($3,000,000) per annual aggregate.  

5.4 Proof of Insurance .  At the request of the other Party, each Party shall furnish copies of or Certificates of Insurance on all policies required under this Article V (or evidence of self-insurance) as evidence of the insurance coverage to be procured pursuant to this Agreement. In the case of Company, this evidence shall also specifically include evidence of “tail” or other coverage for acts and omissions occurring prior to the Effective Date.  The insurance coverage required under this Agreement shall not be canceled, modified, reduced or otherwise materially changed, except upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the non-procuring Party.

Article VI
INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Indemnification by Company .  Company shall indemnify, defend and hold Practice, and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of Practice, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting in any manner, directly or indirectly from any negligent or willful act or omission of Company or its non-Medical Provider employees providing services at Facility. Notwithstanding any provisions of the preceding sentence to the contrary, Company shall not be liable to Practice for any consequential, exemplary or punitive damages.  The duty of Company to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Practice shall only apply to the extent that any such loss sustained by Practice is not covered by insurance.  The indemnification provisions of this Section 6.1 are intended to be in addition to any common law rights to contribution existing under the laws of the State which one Party may have against the other.

6.2 Indemnification by Practice .  Practice shall indemnify, defend and hold Company, and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of Company, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting in any manner, directly or indirectly, from any negligent or willful act or omission of any Medical Provider, including, specifically, (i) negligent or willful acts occurring both prior to and subsequent to the Effective Date and (ii) claims against Company attributable directly or indirectly to incorrect billing information provided to Company by Practice or any Medical Provider. Notwithstanding any provisions of the preceding sentence to the contrary, Practice shall not be liable to Company for any

5

 


 

consequential, exemplary or punitive damages.  The indemnification provisions of this Section 6.2 are intended to be in addition to any common law rights to contribution existing under the laws of the State which one Party may have against the other. A provision similar to that set forth in this Section 6.2 shall be contained in each contract between Practice and any independent contractor providing professional medical services for Practice at the Facility in order to ensure that each such Medical Provider has agreed to indemnify Company as required by this Section 6.2 .  

Article VII
RECORDS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

7.1 Ownership of Records and Files .  All business or medical records and files of whatever nature or kind, including Patients’ files and x-rays, are the property of Company to the extent permitted by law; neither Practice nor individual Medical Providers shall acquire any proprietary rights with respect to such records.  However, at Practice’s written request, Company shall provide Medical Providers with copies of any records reflecting services performed by such Medical Provider with respect to (a) any claims against him/her in the nature of malpractice, (b) any charges against him/her issued by a licensing board or professional association or (c) for any other purpose deemed appropriate by Company.

7.2 Confidentiality of Medical Records .  Both Parties shall comply with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations regarding the confidential and secure treatment of individually identifiable health information, including 42 C.F.R. Part 2, and with the terms of the Business Associate Addendum attached as Schedule 7.2 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

7.3 Medical Records upon Termination .  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, unless a Patient specifies otherwise and in accordance with applicable law, Company shall be entitled to the original medical records for all Patients, and Practice shall be entitled to copy such records, with the cost of any copies to be home by Practice.  For such period as is required by applicable statutes, Company shall keep possession of the original medical records and shall retain the records in their original condition, shall store the records in a safe place and make the records available to Practice without charge if reasonably necessary for any purpose, including, without limitation, Patient care and medical malpractice defense.

 

Article VIII
TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1 Term .  This Agreement shall be effective for a term of five (5) years, beginning on the Effective Date, unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII (the “ Initial Term ”).  Upon expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms (the “ Renewal Terms ”) unless either Party shall provide notice to the other Party of its intent to terminate the Agreement under the terms of this Section 8.1 (“ Notice of Intent to Terminate ”).  Notice of Intent to Terminate must be provided no later than one (1) year prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, and no later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of any Renewal Term.  

6

 


 

8.2 Termination upon Insolvency .  If either Party shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidation of itself, or if all or a substantial part of its assets, file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, file a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or arrangement with creditors, or take advantage of any insolvency law, or if an order, judgment, or decree shall be entered by a court of competent jurisdiction or an application of a creditor, adjudicating such party to be bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization of such Party or appointing a receiver, trustee or liquidator of such Party or of all or a substantial part of its assets, and such order, judgment, or decree shall continue in effect and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days, then the other Party may terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days prior written notice to such Party.  

8.3 Termination upon Legal Prohibitions of Relationship .  If counsel jointly selected by the Parties should determine (the “ Determination ”) that it is more likely than not that applicable legislation, regulations, rules or procedures (collectively referred to herein as a “ Law ”) in effect or to become effective as of a date certain, or if Practice or Company receives notice (the “ Notice ”) of an actual or threatened decision, finding or action by any governmental or private agency or court (collectively referred to herein as an “ Action ”), which Law or Action, if or when implemented, would have the effect of subjecting either Party to civil or criminal prosecution under state and/or federal Laws, or other adverse proceeding on the basis of their participation herein, then the Parties shall attempt in good faith to amend this Agreement to the extent necessary in order to comply with such Law or to avoid the Action, as applicable. If, within ninety (90) days of providing written notice of such Determination or Notice to the other Party, the Parties acting in good faith are unable to mutually agree upon and make amendments or alterations to this Agreement to meet the requirements in question, or alternatively, the Parties mutually determine in good faith that compliance with such requirements is impossible or unfeasible, then this Agreement shall be terminated without penalty, charge or continuing liability upon the earlier of the following: the date one hundred eighty (180) days subsequent to the date upon which either Party gives written notice to the other Party or the effective date on which the Law or Action prohibits the relationship of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement.

8.4 Termination upon Breach .  Either Party may elect to terminate this Agreement in the event that the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement and such default continues for a period of fifteen (15) calendar days after written notice thereof has been given to the Party in default by the other Party; provided , however, that Company may immediately terminate this Agreement if Practice fails to provide, or arrange the provision of, adequate professional medical services pursuant to this Agreement for a period of three (3) calendar days.

8.5 Termination Without Cause .  This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon one hundred and eighty (180) days’ notice by either Party to the other Party.

8.6 Termination and Liabilities .  In the event either Party validly elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII or the Agreement expires by its own terms, the liabilities and obligations of the Parties shall cease as of the date of termination, except that each Party shall be responsible for: (a) any payments or other obligations arising or accruing prior to the termination date and (b) any breach arising after termination or expiration with respect to obligations that continue after such expiration or termination.  Neither Party shall

7

 


 

be liable to the other for any damages resulting from any event of force majeure.  The Parties agree that upon such termination, they will mutually work to assure an orderly transition of services.  

Article IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Independence of Medical Judgment .  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the exercise of Medical Providers’ independent medical judgment.

9.2 Entire Agreement; Amendment .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and understandings of the Parties which relate to the subject matter of this Agreement.  No supplement, amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Parties, unless otherwise provided herein.

9.3 No Waiver .  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.  No waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

9.4 Subject Headings .  The subject headings of the Articles and Sections of this Agreement are included for purposes of convenience only, and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.5 Binding Agreement; No Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.  Company may assign this Agreement upon prior written notice to Practice.  Practice may not assign this Agreement nor any rights hereunder, nor may it delegate any of the duties to be performed hereunder without the prior written consent of Company; provided , however, that notwithstanding the foregoing sentence to the contrary, Practice shall have the right to assign this Agreement to another corporate affiliate of Company upon written notice and shall have the right to subcontract with any other responsible parties, including specifically, corporate affiliates of Practice, for the performance of various aspects of its obligations hereunder, provided that Practice shall remain fully responsible for the performance of any such subcontractors.

9.6 Severability .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.3 , in the event any provision of this Agreement is rendered invalid or unenforceable by the enactment of any applicable statute or ordinance or by any regulation duly promulgated or is made or declared unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

9.7 Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event any attorney is employed by any Party with regard to any legal action, arbitration or other proceeding brought by any Party for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, then the prevailing Party, whether at trial or upon appeal, and in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing Party may be

8

 


 

granted, shall be entitled to recover from the losing Party all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by the prevailing Party in bringing or defending such action, arbitration or proceeding, and in enforcing any judgment granted therein, all of which costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees shall be deemed to have accrued upon the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.  Any judgment or order entered in such matter shall contain a specific provision providing for the recovery by the prevailing Party of attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing such judgment.  For purposes of this Section 9.7 , attorneys’ fees shall include, without limitation, fees incurred in the following:  post-judgment motions; contempt proceedings; garnishment, levy and debtor and third party examinations; discovery; and bankruptcy litigation.  

9.8 Notices .  All notices, requests, demands or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of service if served personally on the Party to whom notice is to be given, or on the third day after mailing if mailed to the Party to whom notice is to be given, by a recognized overnight carrier service, or by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed as follows:

 

 

TO PRACTICE:

Palm Beach Professional Group, Professional Corporation

 

 

4400 N. Congress Avenue, Suite 201

 

 

West Palm Beach, Florida  33407

 

 

Attn:  Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

 

 

Email:  mcalarco@contactaac.com

 

 

 

 

TO COMPANY:

AAC Florida Acquisition Sub, LLC d/b/a Recovery First

 

 

4110 Davie Road Extension, Suite 203

 

 

Hollywood, Florida  33020

 

 

Attn.:  Paul F. Reed, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Email:  preed@contactaac.com

 

 

 

 

WITH COPY TO:

 

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

 

115 East Park Drive, Second Floor

 

 

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

 

 

Attn:  Candance A. Henderson-Grice, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

Email: chenderson-grice@contactaac.com

 

 

 

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

 

115 East Park Drive, Second Floor

 

 

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

 

 

Attn:  Kathryn Sevier Phillips, General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

Fax: (615) 691-7130

 

 

Email: ksphillips@contactaac.com

 

Each Party may change its address indicated above by giving the other Party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

9

 


 

 

9.9 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State.  All actions, suits, or other proceedings with respect to this Agreement shall be brought only in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State. In any such action, suit, or proceeding, such court shall have personal jurisdiction over all of the parties hereto, and service of process upon them under any applicable statutes, laws, and rules shall be deemed valid and good.

9.10 Third Party Rights .  This Agreement is entered into by and between the Parties hereto for their sole benefit.  There is no intent by either Party to create or establish third party beneficiary status or rights in any third party to this Agreement and no third party shall have any right to enforce any right or enjoy any benefit created or established by this Agreement.

9.11 No Discrimination .  No person shall be excluded from participation in, or be denied benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the performance of this Agreement or any Addenda on the grounds of disability, age, race, color, religion, sex, national origin or any other classification protected by federal and/or Tennessee constitutional, statutory and/or regulatory provisions.

9.12 Signatory .  Each Party warrants that the person indicated on signatory line to this Agreement has all authority necessary to bind the Party and is the appropriate designated person to sign this Agreement.

9.13 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute a single instrument.

9.14 Drafted Jointly .  In the event of an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of authorship of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.15 Cooperation .  The Parties agree to cooperate with each other to resolve promptly any outstanding financial, administrative or patient care issues upon the termination of this Agreement. Such obligation shall include, without limitation, the provision of patient, resident and/or administrative records, payments or other actions necessary to conclude the relationship of the Parties.  This Section 9.15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Each Party further agrees to cooperate with the other to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement, including without limitation the execution and delivery to the appropriate Party of any further agreements and other documents and the taking of any action as may reasonably be required to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]


10

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on the dates set forth below, provided that this Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date.

For Company:

For Practice:

AAC Florida Acquisition Sub, LLC d/b/a Recovery First

Palm Beach Professional Group, Professional Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Michael T. Cartwright

By: /s/ Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

Name:  Michael T. Cartwright

Name:  Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

Title:   Manager and Chairman

Title: President, Secretary and Treasurer

 

11

 


 

Schedule 2.1

Practice’s Services

Professional Services

During the term of this Agreement, Practice, through its physician shareholder, employees and independent contractors (the “ Medical Providers ”), shall provide professional medical services to the patients of Company (the “ Patients ”).  Medical Providers may include doctors of medicine, doctors of osteopathy and mid-level providers including physician assistants and advanced practice nurses.  Practice shall effectively provide all the professional medical services as required by Company for the needs of its Patients. Such professional medical services shall include those service obligations set forth herein and other related services reasonably requested by Company.

Medical Director Services

During the term of this Agreement, in addition to the professional services described above, Practice shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, provide a physician who is acceptable to Company, to serve as medical director of Facility (the “ Medical Director ”) and provide medical management and oversight for matters specific to Facility pursuant to a medical director agreement between Practice and Medical Director reasonably acceptable to Company (the “ Medical Director Agreement ”). Practice shall cause Medical Director to furnish those services as set forth in the Medical Director Agreement, in accordance with the terms thereof.  Upon request, Practice shall provide Company with documentation reasonably acceptable to Company supporting Medical Director’s fulfillment of such duties with Company also retaining the right to conduct such audits thereof as Company determines reasonably necessary to support Company’s payment for such services under this Agreement.

Practice shall provide support, assistance, and work cooperatively with Medical Director who will provide medical management and oversight for Facility.  Practice, at the request of Company, shall immediately remove a Medical Director from Facility for cause, as “cause” is defined in Section 2.3.8 hereof.  

The term “Medical Provider” as used in this Agreement shall include the Medical Director, provided that any provision that relates specifically to professional medical services will not apply to the Medical Director to the extent that the Medical Director is providing only administrative and not professional services.

 

 

 


Schedule 3.1

Compensation

Practice acknowledges that Practice may sometimes bill separately for the services of Medical Providers, and at other times Company submits global bills for the services of both the Facility and the Medical Providers.  In light of the foregoing, Company shall pay to Practice the fees set forth below for services provided by the Medical Providers at the Facility to the extent that such provider services are not separately billed by Practice.   To the extent Practice bills separately for Medical Provider services, Company shall not be obligated to pay a fee for such services.

Provider

Fee

Physician/Psychologist Clinical Services

$125 - $175 per hour*

 

 

Medical Director Services

$100 - $150 per hour*

 

 

Mid-level Provider Services (PA or NP)

$55 - $95 per hour*

 

*  Specific hourly rate within the noted range shall be determined by Company in its reasonable discretion after consultation with Practice, based on the experience level, specialty, certifications, and other qualifications of the applicable practitioner.

 

If Practice is asked by Company to provide additional practitioner services at the Facility, Company shall pay to Practice a fee for such services equal to the rate that Practice pays such provider for the services (unless the service is separately billable by Practice).  Practice represents and warrants that the compensation it pays to Medical Providers, and the corresponding fees paid by Company, shall be reasonable and consistent with fair market value.  Compensation shall be paid pursuant to Company’s standard payment policies and timing.

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Schedule 7.2

HIPAA Business Associate Addendum

THIS HIPAA BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ADDENDUM (“ Addendum ”) amends and is made part of that certain PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR MEDICAL STAFFING (“ Service Agreement ”), by and between AAC FLORIDA ACQUISITION SUB, LLC D/B/A RECOVERY FIRST (“ Entity ”), and PALM BEACH PROFESSIONAL GROUP, PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION (“ Associate ”), to the extent that Associate is acting as a Business Associate of Entity.

Entity and Associate agree that the parties incorporate this Addendum into the Service Agreement in order to comply with the requirements of:  the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“ HIPAA ”),  the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“ HITECH ”) and their implementing regulations set forth at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and Part 164 (the “ HIPAA Rules ”); and Federal regulations governing Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records, 42 C.F.R. Part 2 (“ Part 2 Regulations ”).  To the extent Associate is acting as a Business Associate of Entity pursuant to the Service Agreement, the provisions of this Addendum shall apply, and Associate shall be subject to the penalty provisions of HIPAA as specified in 45 C.F.R. Part 160.

1. Definitions .  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Addendum shall have the meaning set forth in the HIPAA Rules. References to “PHI” mean Protected Health Information maintained, created, received or transmitted by Associate from Entity or on Entity’s behalf.

2. Uses or Disclosures .  Associate will neither use nor disclose PHI except as permitted or required by this Addendum or as Required By Law.  To the extent Associate is to carry out an obligation of Entity under the HIPAA Rules, Associate shall comply with the requirements of the HIPAA Rules that apply to Entity in the performance of such obligation.  Without limiting the foregoing, Associate will not sell PHI or use or disclose PHI for purposes of marketing or fundraising, as defined and proscribed in the HIPAA Rules. Associate is permitted to use and disclose PHI:

(a) to perform any and all obligations of Associate as described in the Service Agreement, provided that such use or disclosure is consistent with the terms of Entity’s notice of privacy practices and would not violate the HIPAA Rules or the Part 2 Regulations, if done by Entity directly;

(b) to perform Data Aggregation services relating to the health care operations of Entity, provided that such services are part of Associate’s obligations as set forth in the Service Agreement;

(c) to create de-identified information in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.514(b), provided that such de-identified information may be used and disclosed only consistent with applicable law; and

 

 


(d) as necessary for Associate’s proper management and administration and to carry out Associate’s legal responsibilities (collectively “ Associate’s Operations ”) provided that: any disclosure made for purposes of Associate’s Operations is Required By Law or is made after Associate obtains reasonable assurances, evidenced by a written contract, from the recipient that the recipient:  (i) will hold such PHI in confidence and use or further disclose it only for the purpose for which Associate disclosed it to the recipient or as Required By Law; (ii) will notify Associate of any instance of which the recipient becomes aware in which the confidentiality of such PHI was breached; (iii) acknowledges in writing that, in receiving PHI, the recipient is fully bound by the Part 2 Regulations; and (iv) agrees to, if necessary, resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to PHI except as permitted by the Part 2 Regulations.  Associate shall promptly notify Entity of any disclosures made for purposes of Associate’s Operations.  

In the event Entity notifies Associate of a restriction request that would restrict a use or disclosure otherwise permitted by this Addendum, Associate shall comply with the terms of the restriction request.

3. Safeguards .  Associate will use appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to prevent the use or disclosure of PHI other than as permitted by this Addendum and shall maintain policies and procedures to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft based on PHI or information derived from PHI. Associate will also comply with the provisions of 45 C.F.R. Part 164, Subpart C of the HIPAA Rules with respect to electronic PHI to prevent any use or disclosure of such information other than as provided by this Addendum, which obligation shall include maintaining safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic PHI.

4. Policies and Training .  Associate has policies in place regarding the confidential and secure treatment of PHI in accordance with HIPAA and the Part 2 Regulations. Associate shall require its employees to adhere to such policies and shall train its employees regarding the requirements of this Addendum and applicable confidentiality and security laws and regulations.

5. Subcontractors .  In accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.308(b)(2) and 164.502(e)(1)(ii), Associate will ensure that all of its subcontractors that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI on behalf of Associate agree by written contract to comply with the same restrictions and conditions that apply to Associate with respect to such PHI, including but not limited to (i) the obligation to safeguard PHI and comply with 45 C.F.R. Part 164, Subpart C; and (ii) acknowledging in writing that, in receiving PHI, the recipient is fully bound by the Part 2 Regulations, and must agree to, if necessary, resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to PHI except as permitted by the Part 2 Regulations.

6. Minimum Necessary .  Associate represents that the PHI requested, used or disclosed by Associate shall be the minimum amount necessary to carry out the purposes of the Service Agreement. Associate will limit its uses and disclosures of, and requests for, PHI to the minimum amount of PHI necessary to accomplish the intended purpose of the use, disclosure or request.

7. Obligations of Entity .  Entity shall notify Associate of (i) any limitations in its notice of privacy practices, (ii) any changes in, or revocation of, permission by an individual to use or

 

 


disclose PHI, and (iii) any confidential communication request or restriction on the use or disclosure of PHI that Entity has agreed to or with which Entity is required to comply, to the extent any of the foregoing affect Associate’s use or disclosure of PHI to perform its obligations as described in the Service Agreement.  

8. Access and Amendment .  In accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.524, Associate will permit Entity or, at Entity’s request, an individual (or the individual’s designee) to inspect and obtain copies of any PHI about the individual that is in Associate’s custody or control and that is maintained in a Designated Record Set.  If the requested PHI is maintained electronically, Associate must provide a copy of the PHI in the electronic form and format requested by the individual, if it is readily producible, or, if not, in a readable electronic form and format as agreed to by Entity and the individual.  Associate will notify Entity of any request (including but not limited to subpoenas) that Associate receives for access to PHI that is in Associate’s custody or control within five (5) business days of receipt of such request.  Entity shall be responsible for making determinations about access.  Associate will, upon receipt of notice from Entity, promptly amend or permit Entity access to amend any portion of the PHI that is in Associate’s custody or control so that Entity may meet its amendment obligations under 45 C.F.R. § 164.526.

9. Disclosure Accounting .  Except for disclosures excluded from the accounting obligation by the HIPAA Rules and regulations issued pursuant to HITECH, Associate will record for each disclosure that Associate makes of PHI the information necessary for Entity to make an accounting of disclosures pursuant to the HIPAA Rules. In the event the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“ HHS ”) finalizes regulations requiring Covered Entities to provide access reports, Associate shall also record such information with respect to electronic PHI held by Associate as would be required under the regulations for Covered Entities beginning on the effective date applicable to Entity.  Associate will make information required by this Section 9 available to Entity promptly upon Entity’s request for the period requested, but for no longer than the six (6) years preceding Entity’s request for the information or such other period required by the HIPAA Rules (except Associate need not have any information for disclosures occurring before the effective date of any previous HIPAA business associate agreements between the parties or, if none, the effective date of this Addendum).

10. Inspection of Books and Records .  Associate will make its internal practices, books, and records, relating to its use and disclosure of PHI available upon request to Entity or HHS to determine Entity's compliance with the HIPAA Rules.

11. Reporting .  To the extent Associate becomes aware or discovers any use or disclosure of PHI not permitted by this Addendum, any Security Incident involving electronic PHI, any Breach of Unsecured Protected Health Information or any Red Flag (as defined at 16 C.F.R. § 681.2(b)) related to any individual who is the subject of PHI, Associate shall promptly report such use, disclosure, Security Incident, Breach or Red Flag to Entity.  Associate shall mitigate, to the extent practicable, any harmful effect known to it of a Security Incident, Breach or use or disclosure of PHI by Associate not permitted by this Addendum.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 11 constitutes notice by Associate to Entity of the ongoing existence and occurrence of attempted but Unsuccessful Security Incidents (as defined below) for which no additional notice to Entity shall be required.  “Unsuccessful Security Incidents” shall include, but not be limited to, pings and other broadcast attacks on

 

 


Associate’s firewall, port scans, unsuccessful log-on attempts, denials of service and any combination of the above, so long as no such incident results in unauthorized access, use or disclosure of electronic PHI.  All reports of Breaches shall be made within ten (10) business days of Associate discovering the Breach and shall comply with and include the information specified at 45 C.F.R. § 164.410.  Associate shall promptly reimburse Entity all reasonable costs incurred by Entity with respect to providing notification of and mitigating a Breach involving Associate, including but not limited to printing, postage costs and toll-free hotline costs.  

12. Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records .  Associate: (1) acknowledges that in receiving, storing, processing, or otherwise dealing with any information from Entity about individuals who are patients of Entity (“ Patients ”), it is fully bound by the provisions of the Federal regulations governing Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records, 42 C.F.R. Part 2; and (2) undertakes to resist in judicial proceedings any effort to obtain access to information pertaining to Patients otherwise than as expressly provided for in the Part 2 Regulations.

13. Term and Termination .  This Addendum shall be effective as of the effective date of the Service Agreement and shall remain in effect until termination of the Service Agreement. Either party may terminate this Addendum and the Service Agreement effective immediately if it determines that the other party has breached a material provision of this Addendum and failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of being notified by the other party of the breach. If the non-breaching party determines that cure is not possible, such party may terminate this Addendum and the Service Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to other party.

Upon termination of this Addendum for any reason, Associate will, if feasible, return to Entity or securely destroy all PHI maintained by Associate in any form or medium, including all copies of such PHI, at no cost to Entity. Further, Associate shall recover any PHI in the possession of its agents and subcontractors and return to Entity or securely destroy all such PHI.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Associate shall notify Entity and receive Entity’s written consent prior to destroying any PHI of which Entity does not maintain a duplicate copy. In the event that Associate determines that returning or destroying any PHI is infeasible, Associate shall promptly notify Entity of the conditions that make return or destruction infeasible. With regard to any PHI that Entity agrees cannot feasibly be returned to Entity or destroyed, Associate may maintain such PHI but shall continue to abide by the terms and conditions of this Addendum with respect to such PHI and shall limit its further use or disclosure of such PHI to those purposes that make return or destruction of the PHI infeasible.  Associate shall comply with this Section 13 within thirty (30) days of termination of this Addendum.  Associate shall provide Entity with written certification of its compliance with this Section 13 within forty-five (45) days of termination of this Addendum. Upon termination of this Addendum for any reason, all of Associate’s obligations under this Addendum shall survive termination and remain in effect (a) until Associate has completed the return or destruction of PHI as required by this Section 13 and (b) to the extent Associate retains any PHI pursuant to this Section 13 .

14. General Provisions .  In the event that any final regulation or amendment to final regulations is promulgated by HHS or other government regulatory authority with respect to PHI, this Addendum will automatically be amended to remain in compliance with such regulations, and Associate shall promptly amend its contracts, if any, with subcontractors and

 

 


agents to conform to the terms of this Addendum.  Any ambiguity in this Addendum shall be resolved to permit Entity to comply with the HIPAA Rules and the Part 2 Regulations.  Nothing in this Addendum shall be construed to create any rights or remedies in any third parties or any agency relationship between the parties.  A reference in this Addendum to a section in the HIPAA Rules or the Part 2 Regulations means the section as in effect or as amended.  This Addendum replaces and supersedes and previous business associate agreements between the parties.  The terms and conditions of this Addendum override and control any conflicting term or condition of the Service Agreement.  To the extent Associate has limited its liability under the terms of the Service Agreement by a maximum recovery for direct damages, disclaimer against any consequential, indirect or punitive damages or any other limitation, all limitations shall exclude any damages to Entity arising from Associate’s breach of its obligations under this Addendum.  All non-conflicting terms and conditions of the Service Agreement remain in full force and effect.  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

For Medical Staffing

THIS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR MEDICAL STAFFING (“ Agreement ”) is made this 8 th day of January, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between LAS VEGAS PROFESSIONAL GROUP – CALARCO, P.C., a Nevada professional corporation (“ Practice ”), and AAC LAS VEGAS OUTPATIENT CENTER, LLC D/B/A DESERT HOPE OUTPATIENT CENTER, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), (individually, a “ Party ,” and, collectively, the “ Parties ”).

W I TN E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , Company has established and operates an addiction treatment facility, AAC Las Vegas Outpatient Center, LLC d/b/a Desert Hope Outpatient Center, located at 3441 S. Eastern Avenue, Las Vegas, Nevada 89169 (“ Facility ”);

WHEREAS , Practice employs Medical Providers and other medical personnel specializing in the treatment of various addictions;

WHEREAS , Practice is owned by a physician licensed to practice medicine in the state of Nevada (the “ State ”); and

WHEREAS , Company desires to engage Practice as of the Effective Date to provide, or arrange the provision of, medical services on behalf of Company, and Practice desires to accept such engagement as of the Effective Date, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, terms and conditions herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

Article I
ESTABLISHMENT OF PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP

1.1 Engagement of Practice .  As of the Effective Date, Company engages Practice, and Practice accepts said engagement, to provide medical services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2 Relationship of the Parties .  In the performance of their respective duties and obligations hereunder, the Parties are independent contractors, and as such they shall remain professionally and economically independent of each other.  The Parties are not, and shall not be deemed to be, joint venturers, partners, employees, or agents of each other (except with respect to an agency for billing and collection activities expressly addressed in this Agreement).    Neither Party shall have any authority to bind or incur any financial obligations on behalf of the other without the other’s express written consent, and then only insofar as such authority is conferred by such express written consent.

 


 

Article II
Practice’S OBLIGATIONS

2.1 General Obligations .  Practice shall provide the Medical Provider services set forth on Schedule 2.1 , attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

2.2 Responsibility for Medical Provider Services .  Practice shall control and be responsible for the provision of medical services to Patients (as such term is defined on S chedule 2.1 ), and Company shall not engage in the practice of medicine nor shall it intervene or interfere in professional medical judgment of Practice or any Medical Provider; provided , however, that Practice shall cause the Medical Providers to comply with Company’s systems and procedures for review and improvement of the delivery of care.

2.3 Qualifications and Standards .  Practice shall take all necessary actions to ensure that each Medical Provider satisfies the following conditions at all times during the Term:

2.3.1 Licensure and Experience Levels .  Each Medical Provider shall maintain an unrestricted license to practice his or her specialty in the State and at all times shall be in good standing with the appropriate licensing board.  Each Medical Provider shall have a level of competence, experience and skill at least comparable to that prevailing in the community.

2.3.2 Federal DEA Number . The Medical Providers shall maintain a Federal DEA number without restrictions, to the extent necessary for his or her practice.

2.3.3 Medical Standards .  Each Medical Provider shall perform all medical services to be provided hereunder in accordance with the current standards of care in the medical community and any credentialing and quality criteria that are adopted from time to time by Company, the Facility and/or Practice

2.3.4 Continuing Education .  Medical Providers shall participate in such continuing medical education and training programs as required by law to maintain skills compatible with standards of medical care in the community.

2.3.5 Bylaws .  Medical Providers shall comply with any bylaws, policies, rules or regulations of Facility or Company, as may be amended from time to time.

2.3.6 Laws .  Medical Providers shall comply with all applicable standards, rulings, regulations and requirements of the United States Department of Health and Human Services, the State’s department of health, the applicable accreditation agency of the Facility, and any federal, state or local government agency, third party payor or accrediting body having jurisdiction over or providing reimbursement for the Facility and any programs and services offered by either the Facility or Company.

2.3.7 Cooperation .  Practice shall promptly notify Company if a claim of malpractice or professional discipline is asserted against any Medical Provider resulting from medical services provided at Facility; additionally Practice shall notify Company of claims not yet asserted against Medical Providers, but the potential for which Practice is aware.

2

 


 

2.3.8 Approval and Removal .  Each Medical Provider shall be subject to the initial approval of Company before he or she commences providing services at Facility.  In addition, Practice, at the request of Company, shall immediately remove a Medical Provider from Facility for cause.  For purposes of this Section 2.3.8 , “for cause” shall be determined by Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall include the following: (a) suspension or revocation or other sanction of his or her medical license, specialty board certification, or Federal Drug Enforcement Agency (“ DEA ”) registration; (b) suspension, revocation, or reduction of his or her status or privileges as a member of the medical staff of any hospital utilized by Company for Patients served by the Medical Providers (including without limitation any resignation of membership or privileges in lieu of or to avoid any of the foregoing actions); (c) being arrested or indicted for, or convicted of any felony or any criminal charge relating to the practice of medicine; (d) being found by the appropriate licensure board or other state or federal regulatory agency to have violated any provision of law or the applicable code of medical ethics; (e) cancellation, termination or non-renewal of his or her professional liability insurance and failure to obtain replacement coverage within thirty (30) days; or (f) having committed any actions or inactions which pose an immediate and significant threat to Patients.  

2.4 Compensation Responsibility .  Practice shall be solely responsible for establishing and paying the compensation and fringe benefits, if any, to the Medical Providers. Practice shall be solely responsible for the payment and withholding of appropriate amounts for income tax, social security, unemployment insurance, and state disability insurance taxes. Practice shall also maintain in full force and effect all worker’s compensation insurance as may be required under the worker’s compensation laws of the State.

2.5 Medical Provider Staffing Levels .  As of the Effective Date, Practice shall assign to Facility Medical Providers necessary to satisfy the patient needs at the Facility.

2.6 Authority .  Practice has the right to enter into this Agreement, and neither the execution of this Agreement nor Practice’s performance hereunder will result in it being in breach or default of any existing agreement.

Article III
COMPENSATION

3.1 General Compensation Principles .  Practice shall be compensated for the services provided hereunder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as described in Schedule 3.1 , which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.  The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that such amount represents the fair market value of the services provided hereunder.  

Article IV
PATIENT CHARGES, BILLING AND COLLECTION

4.1 Billing; Assignment of Fees .  Company, directly or through an affiliate, shall bill payors and patients for all technical and facility fees of the Facility.  In addition, to the extent permissible by applicable law and third party payor policies, Company may (directly or through an affiliate) bill payors and patients globally for Company’s services and also the professional

3

 


 

services of Practice and the Medical Providers that are provided pursuant to this Agreement.  Practice authorizes Company, directly or through an affiliate, to bill and collect all professional fees of Practice and the Medical Providers, as Practice’s and the Medical Providers’ agent and attorney-in-fact to the extent permitted by applicable law for all services rendered by Practice or the Medical Providers at the Facility or on behalf of Company hereunder, either in Company’s own name or in Practice’s or individual Medical Provider’s name and provider number.  Practice shall ensure that each Medical Provider executes such documentation as may be necessary to permit such billing by Company.  To the extent that it is not allowable by law or payor policies for Company to bill for services on behalf of Practice or Medical Providers, Practice will bill in its own name for such services, provided that Practice intends to engage American Addiction Centers, Inc., an affiliate of Company, to provide billing support services.  Practice shall ensure that duplicative billing does not occur, and neither it nor any Medical Provider will payors or patients for the same services that are billed by Company.  

4.2 Practice to Provide Billing Information .  For all applicable services described in Section 4.1 above and in accordance with applicable law, Practice shall provide Company with all billing information for services rendered by the Medical Providers, including, but not limited to, the name of the Patient, the date of service, the nature and extent of services provided, Patient diagnosis, and any supporting medical and non-medical information necessary to bill such services and to obtain payment and/or reimbursement. Each Medical Provider shall provide the above-described billing information to Company within seven (7) calendar days after the applicable medical services are rendered. The applicable treating Medical Provider shall be responsible for appropriately coding the service provided and supplying the correct CPT, KEY, ICD-9 (or ICD-10 once applicable) or other codes associated with the service.

Article V
INSURANCE

5.1 Comprehensive General Liability and Property Insurance .  Company shall procure and maintain during the Term of this Agreement comprehensive general liability insurance covering its activities relating to Facility and property insurance covering the Facility.  The comprehensive general liability insurance maintained hereunder shall be in amounts deemed sufficient by Company to protect against risks and losses associated with the operations of Facility.

5.2 Company’s Professional Liability Insurance .  Company shall procure and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement professional liability insurance covering Company and appropriate personnel provided by Company pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, Company’s provider employees and contractors (subject to prior approval of insurer), against errors and omissions arising from Patient services and/or non­medical services rendered by Company pursuant to this Agreement.  All premiums, costs and expenses associated with such professional liability insurance shall be borne by and paid by Company.  The professional liability insurance procured by Company shall have limits of liability of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and three million dollars ($3,000,000) per annual aggregate. For purposes of Sections 5.1 and 5.2 , the term “insurance” shall include self-insurance arrangements maintained by Company for itself and its corporate affiliates, including Facility.

4

 


 

5.3 Practice’s Professional Liability Insurance .  Practice shall procure and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of three (3) years subsequent to the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, professional liability insurance (i.e., medical malpractice insurance) with an insurer acceptable to Company, protecting Practice and its shareholders, officers, directors, and the Medical Providers against errors and omissions arising from professional services and/or medical services rendered by Practice and the Medical Providers. Such policy of insurance shall name Company as an additional insured. The insurance required by this Section 5.3 shall specifically extend to acts or omissions of Medical Providers occurring both prior and subsequent to the Effective Date.  All premiums, costs and expenses associated with such professional liability insurance shall be borne by Practice.  The professional liability insurance required by this Section 5.3 shall have limits of liability of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and three million dollars ($3,000,000) per annual aggregate.  

5.4 Proof of Insurance .  At the request of the other Party, each Party shall furnish copies of or Certificates of Insurance on all policies required under this Article V (or evidence of self-insurance) as evidence of the insurance coverage to be procured pursuant to this Agreement. In the case of Company, this evidence shall also specifically include evidence of “tail” or other coverage for acts and omissions occurring prior to the Effective Date.  The insurance coverage required under this Agreement shall not be canceled, modified, reduced or otherwise materially changed, except upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the non-procuring Party.

Article VI
INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Indemnification by Company .  Company shall indemnify, defend and hold Practice, and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of Practice, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting in any manner, directly or indirectly from any negligent or willful act or omission of Company or its non-Medical Provider employees providing services at Facility. Notwithstanding any provisions of the preceding sentence to the contrary, Company shall not be liable to Practice for any consequential, exemplary or punitive damages.  The duty of Company to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Practice shall only apply to the extent that any such loss sustained by Practice is not covered by insurance.  The indemnification provisions of this Section 6.1 are intended to be in addition to any common law rights to contribution existing under the laws of the State which one Party may have against the other.

6.2 Indemnification by Practice .  Practice shall indemnify, defend and hold Company, and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of Company, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting in any manner, directly or indirectly, from any negligent or willful act or omission of any Medical Provider, including, specifically, (i) negligent or willful acts occurring both prior to and subsequent to the Effective Date and (ii) claims against Company attributable directly or indirectly to incorrect billing information provided to Company by Practice or any Medical Provider. Notwithstanding any provisions of the preceding sentence to the contrary, Practice shall not be liable to Company for any

5

 


 

consequential, exemplary or punitive damages.  The indemnification provisions of this Section 6.2 are intended to be in addition to any common law rights to contribution existing under the laws of the State which one Party may have against the other. A provision similar to that set forth in this Section 6.2 shall be contained in each contract between Practice and any independent contractor providing professional medical services for Practice at the Facility in order to ensure that each such Medical Provider has agreed to indemnify Company as required by this Section 6.2 .  

Article VII
RECORDS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

7.1 Ownership of Records and Files .  All business or medical records and files of whatever nature or kind, including Patients’ files and x-rays, are the property of Company to the extent permitted by law; neither Practice nor individual Medical Providers shall acquire any proprietary rights with respect to such records.  However, at Practice’s written request, Company shall provide Medical Providers with copies of any records reflecting services performed by such Medical Provider with respect to (a) any claims against him/her in the nature of malpractice, (b) any charges against him/her issued by a licensing board or professional association or (c) for any other purpose deemed appropriate by Company.

7.2 Confidentiality of Medical Records .  Both Parties shall comply with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations regarding the confidential and secure treatment of individually identifiable health information, including 42 C.F.R. Part 2, and with the terms of the Business Associate Addendum attached as Schedule 7.2 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

7.3 Medical Records upon Termination .  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, unless a Patient specifies otherwise and in accordance with applicable law, Company shall be entitled to the original medical records for all Patients, and Practice shall be entitled to copy such records, with the cost of any copies to be home by Practice.  For such period as is required by applicable statutes, Company shall keep possession of the original medical records and shall retain the records in their original condition, shall store the records in a safe place and make the records available to Practice without charge if reasonably necessary for any purpose, including, without limitation, Patient care and medical malpractice defense.

 

Article VIII
TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1 Term .  This Agreement shall be effective for a term of five (5) years, beginning on the Effective Date, unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII (the “ Initial Term ”).  Upon expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms (the “ Renewal Terms ”) unless either Party shall provide notice to the other Party of its intent to terminate the Agreement under the terms of this Section 8.1 (“ Notice of Intent to Terminate ”).  Notice of Intent to Terminate must be provided no later than one (1) year prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, and no later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of any Renewal Term.  

6

 


 

8.2 Termination upon Insolvency .  If either Party shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidation of itself, or if all or a substantial part of its assets, file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, file a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or arrangement with creditors, or take advantage of any insolvency law, or if an order, judgment, or decree shall be entered by a court of competent jurisdiction or an application of a creditor, adjudicating such party to be bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization of such Party or appointing a receiver, trustee or liquidator of such Party or of all or a substantial part of its assets, and such order, judgment, or decree shall continue in effect and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days, then the other Party may terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days prior written notice to such Party.  

8.3 Termination upon Legal Prohibitions of Relationship .  If counsel jointly selected by the Parties should determine (the “ Determination ”) that it is more likely than not that applicable legislation, regulations, rules or procedures (collectively referred to herein as a “ Law ”) in effect or to become effective as of a date certain, or if Practice or Company receives notice (the “ Notice ”) of an actual or threatened decision, finding or action by any governmental or private agency or court (collectively referred to herein as an “ Action ”), which Law or Action, if or when implemented, would have the effect of subjecting either Party to civil or criminal prosecution under state and/or federal Laws, or other adverse proceeding on the basis of their participation herein, then the Parties shall attempt in good faith to amend this Agreement to the extent necessary in order to comply with such Law or to avoid the Action, as applicable. If, within ninety (90) days of providing written notice of such Determination or Notice to the other Party, the Parties acting in good faith are unable to mutually agree upon and make amendments or alterations to this Agreement to meet the requirements in question, or alternatively, the Parties mutually determine in good faith that compliance with such requirements is impossible or unfeasible, then this Agreement shall be terminated without penalty, charge or continuing liability upon the earlier of the following: the date one hundred eighty (180) days subsequent to the date upon which either Party gives written notice to the other Party or the effective date on which the Law or Action prohibits the relationship of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement.

8.4 Termination upon Breach .  Either Party may elect to terminate this Agreement in the event that the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement and such default continues for a period of fifteen (15) calendar days after written notice thereof has been given to the Party in default by the other Party; provided , however, that Company may immediately terminate this Agreement if Practice fails to provide, or arrange the provision of, adequate professional medical services pursuant to this Agreement for a period of three (3) calendar days.

8.5 Termination Without Cause .  This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon one hundred and eighty (180) days’ notice by either Party to the other Party.

8.6 Termination and Liabilities .  In the event either Party validly elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII or the Agreement expires by its own terms, the liabilities and obligations of the Parties shall cease as of the date of termination, except that each Party shall be responsible for: (a) any payments or other obligations arising or accruing prior to the termination date and (b) any breach arising after termination or expiration with respect to obligations that continue after such expiration or termination.  Neither Party shall

7

 


 

be liable to the other for any damages resulting from any event of force majeure.  The Parties agree that upon such termination, they will mutually work to assure an orderly transition of services.  

Article IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Independence of Medical Judgment .  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the exercise of Medical Providers’ independent medical judgment.

9.2 Entire Agreement; Amendment .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and understandings of the Parties which relate to the subject matter of this Agreement.  No supplement, amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Parties, unless otherwise provided herein.

9.3 No Waiver .  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.  No waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

9.4 Subject Headings .  The subject headings of the Articles and Sections of this Agreement are included for purposes of convenience only, and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.5 Binding Agreement; No Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.  Company may assign this Agreement upon prior written notice to Practice.  Practice may not assign this Agreement nor any rights hereunder, nor may it delegate any of the duties to be performed hereunder without the prior written consent of Company; provided , however, that notwithstanding the foregoing sentence to the contrary, Practice shall have the right to assign this Agreement to another corporate affiliate of Company upon written notice and shall have the right to subcontract with any other responsible parties, including specifically, corporate affiliates of Practice, for the performance of various aspects of its obligations hereunder, provided that Practice shall remain fully responsible for the performance of any such subcontractors.

9.6 Severability .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.3 , in the event any provision of this Agreement is rendered invalid or unenforceable by the enactment of any applicable statute or ordinance or by any regulation duly promulgated or is made or declared unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

9.7 Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event any attorney is employed by any Party with regard to any legal action, arbitration or other proceeding brought by any Party for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, then the prevailing Party, whether at trial or upon appeal, and in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing Party may be

8

 


 

granted, shall be entitled to recover from the losing Party all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by the prevailing Party in bringing or defending such action, arbitration or proceeding, and in enforcing any judgment granted therein, all of which costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees shall be deemed to have accrued upon the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.  Any judgment or order entered in such matter shall contain a specific provision providing for the recovery by the prevailing Party of attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing such judgment.  For purposes of this Section 9.7 , attorneys’ fees shall include, without limitation, fees incurred in the following:  post-judgment motions; contempt proceedings; garnishment, levy and debtor and third party examinations; discovery; and bankruptcy litigation.  

9.8 Notices .  All notices, requests, demands or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of service if served personally on the Party to whom notice is to be given, or on the third day after mailing if mailed to the Party to whom notice is to be given, by a recognized overnight carrier service, or by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed as follows:

 

 

TO PRACTICE:

Las Vegas Professional Group – Calarco, P.C.

2465 E. Twain Avenue, Suite 100

Las Vegas, Nevada 89103

Attn:  Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

Email:  mcalarco@contactaac.com

 

 

TO COMPANY:

AAC Las Vegas Outpatient Center, LLC

 

d/b/a Dallas Outpatient Center

3441 S. Eastern Avenue

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169-3314

Attn.:  Chief Executive Officer

 

WITH COPY TO:

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

115 East Park Drive, Second Floor

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

Attn:  Candance A. Henderson-Grice, Chief Operating Officer

Email: chenderson-grice@contactaac.com

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

115 East Park Drive, Second Floor

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

Attn:  Kathryn Sevier Phillips, General Counsel and Secretary

Fax: (615) 691-7130

Email: ksphillips@contactaac.com

 

Each Party may change its address indicated above by giving the other Party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

 

9

 


 

9.9 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State.  All actions, suits, or other proceedings with respect to this Agreement shall be brought only in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State. In any such action, suit, or proceeding, such court shall have personal jurisdiction over all of the parties hereto, and service of process upon them under any applicable statutes, laws, and rules shall be deemed valid and good.  

9.10 Third Party Rights .  This Agreement is entered into by and between the Parties hereto for their sole benefit.  There is no intent by either Party to create or establish third party beneficiary status or rights in any third party to this Agreement and no third party shall have any right to enforce any right or enjoy any benefit created or established by this Agreement.

9.11 No Discrimination .  No person shall be excluded from participation in, or be denied benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the performance of this Agreement or any Addenda on the grounds of disability, age, race, color, religion, sex, national origin or any other classification protected by federal and/or Tennessee constitutional, statutory and/or regulatory provisions.

9.12 Signatory .  Each Party warrants that the person indicated on signatory line to this Agreement has all authority necessary to bind the Party and is the appropriate designated person to sign this Agreement.

9.13 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute a single instrument.

9.14 Drafted Jointly .  In the event of an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of authorship of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.15 Cooperation .  The Parties agree to cooperate with each other to resolve promptly any outstanding financial, administrative or patient care issues upon the termination of this Agreement. Such obligation shall include, without limitation, the provision of patient, resident and/or administrative records, payments or other actions necessary to conclude the relationship of the Parties.  This Section 9.15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Each Party further agrees to cooperate with the other to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement, including without limitation the execution and delivery to the appropriate Party of any further agreements and other documents and the taking of any action as may reasonably be required to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]


10

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on the dates set forth below, provided that this Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date.

For Company:

 

AAC Las Vegas Outpatient Center, LLC d/b/a Desert Hope Outpatient Center

 

For Practice:

 

Las Vegas Professional Group – Calarco, P.C.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Michael T. Cartwright

 

By: /s/ Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

Name:Michael T. Cartwright

 

Name:Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

Title:Chairman

 

Title:President, Secretary and Treasurer

 

 

 

11

 


 

Schedule 2.1

Practice’s Services

Professional Services

During the term of this Agreement, Practice, through its physician shareholder, employees and independent contractors (the “ Medical Providers ”), shall provide professional medical services to the patients of Company (the “ Patients ”).  Medical Providers may include doctors of medicine, doctors of osteopathy and mid-level providers including physician assistants and advanced practice nurses.  Practice shall effectively provide all the professional medical services as required by Company for the needs of its Patients. Such professional medical services shall include those service obligations set forth herein and other related services reasonably requested by Company.

Medical Director Services

During the term of this Agreement, in addition to the professional services described above, Practice shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, provide a physician who is acceptable to Company, to serve as medical director of Facility (the “ Medical Director ”) and provide medical management and oversight for matters specific to Facility pursuant to a medical director agreement between Practice and Medical Director reasonably acceptable to Company (the “ Medical Director Agreement ”). Practice shall cause Medical Director to furnish those services as set forth in the Medical Director Agreement, in accordance with the terms thereof.  Upon request, Practice shall provide Company with documentation reasonably acceptable to Company supporting Medical Director’s fulfillment of such duties with Company also retaining the right to conduct such audits thereof as Company determines reasonably necessary to support Company’s payment for such services under this Agreement.

Practice shall provide support, assistance, and work cooperatively with Medical Director who will provide medical management and oversight for Facility.  Practice, at the request of Company, shall immediately remove a Medical Director from Facility for cause, as “cause” is defined in Section 2.3.8 hereof.  

The term “Medical Provider” as used in this Agreement shall include the Medical Director, provided that any provision that relates specifically to professional medical services will not apply to the Medical Director to the extent that the Medical Director is providing only administrative and not professional services.

 

 

Schedule 2.1

Page 1


Schedule 3.1

Compensation

Practice acknowledges that Practice may sometimes bill separately for the services of Medical Providers, and at other times Company submits global bills for the services of both the Facility and the Medical Providers.  In light of the foregoing, Company shall pay to Practice the fees set forth below for services provided by the Medical Providers at the Facility to the extent that such provider services are not separately billed by Practice.   To the extent Practice bills separately for Medical Provider services, Company shall not be obligated to pay a fee for such services.

Provider

Fee

Physician/Psychologist Clinical Services

$125 - $175 per hour*

 

 

Medical Director Services

$100 - $150 per hour*

 

 

Mid-level Provider Services (PA or NP)

$55 - $95 per hour*

 

*  Specific hourly rate within the noted range shall be determined by Company in its reasonable discretion after consultation with Practice, based on the experience level, specialty, certifications, and other qualifications of the applicable practitioner.

 

If Practice is asked by Company to provide additional practitioner services at the Facility, Company shall pay to Practice a fee for such services equal to the rate that Practice pays such provider for the services (unless the service is separately billable by Practice).  Practice represents and warrants that the compensation it pays to Medical Providers, and the corresponding fees paid by Company, shall be reasonable and consistent with fair market value.  Compensation shall be paid pursuant to Company’s standard payment policies and timing.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.1

Page 1

 


 

Schedule 7.2

HIPAA Business Associate Addendum

THIS HIPAA BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ADDENDUM (“ Addendum ”) amends and is made part of that certain PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR MEDICAL STAFFING (“ Service Agreement ”), by and between AAC LAS VEGAS OUTPATIENT CENTER, LLC D/B/A DESERT HOPE OUTPATIENT CENTER, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Entity ”), and LAS VEGAS PROFESSIONAL GROUP – CALARCO, P.C., a Nevada professional corporation (“ Associate ”), to the extent that Associate is acting as a Business Associate of Entity.

Entity and Associate agree that the parties incorporate this Addendum into the Service Agreement in order to comply with the requirements of:  the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“ HIPAA ”),  the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“ HITECH ”) and their implementing regulations set forth at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and Part 164 (the “ HIPAA Rules ”); and Federal regulations governing Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records, 42 C.F.R. Part 2 (“ Part 2 Regulations ”).  To the extent Associate is acting as a Business Associate of Entity pursuant to the Service Agreement, the provisions of this Addendum shall apply, and Associate shall be subject to the penalty provisions of HIPAA as specified in 45 C.F.R. Part 160.

1. Definitions .  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Addendum shall have the meaning set forth in the HIPAA Rules. References to “PHI” mean Protected Health Information maintained, created, received or transmitted by Associate from Entity or on Entity’s behalf.

2. Uses or Disclosures .  Associate will neither use nor disclose PHI except as permitted or required by this Addendum or as Required By Law.  To the extent Associate is to carry out an obligation of Entity under the HIPAA Rules, Associate shall comply with the requirements of the HIPAA Rules that apply to Entity in the performance of such obligation.  Without limiting the foregoing, Associate will not sell PHI or use or disclose PHI for purposes of marketing or fundraising, as defined and proscribed in the HIPAA Rules. Associate is permitted to use and disclose PHI:

(a) to perform any and all obligations of Associate as described in the Service Agreement, provided that such use or disclosure is consistent with the terms of Entity’s notice of privacy practices and would not violate the HIPAA Rules or the Part 2 Regulations, if done by Entity directly;

(b) to perform Data Aggregation services relating to the health care operations of Entity, provided that such services are part of Associate’s obligations as set forth in the Service Agreement;

(c) to create de-identified information in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.514(b), provided that such de-identified information may be used and disclosed only consistent with applicable law; and

Schedule 7.2

Page 1


(d) as necessary for Associate’s proper management and administration and to carry out Associate’s legal responsibilities (collectively “ Associate’s Operations ”) provided that: any disclosure made for purposes of Associate’s Operations is Required By Law or is made after Associate obtains reasonable assurances, evidenced by a written contract, from the recipient that the recipient:  (i) will hold such PHI in confidence and use or further disclose it only for the purpose for which Associate disclosed it to the recipient or as Required By Law; (ii) will notify Associate of any instance of which the recipient becomes aware in which the confidentiality of such PHI was breached; (iii) acknowledges in writing that, in receiving PHI, the recipient is fully bound by the Part 2 Regulations; and (iv) agrees to, if necessary, resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to PHI except as permitted by the Part 2 Regulations.  Associate shall promptly notify Entity of any disclosures made for purposes of Associate’s Operations.

In the event Entity notifies Associate of a restriction request that would restrict a use or disclosure otherwise permitted by this Addendum, Associate shall comply with the terms of the restriction request.

3. Safeguards .  Associate will use appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to prevent the use or disclosure of PHI other than as permitted by this Addendum and shall maintain policies and procedures to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft based on PHI or information derived from PHI. Associate will also comply with the provisions of 45 C.F.R. Part 164, Subpart C of the HIPAA Rules with respect to electronic PHI to prevent any use or disclosure of such information other than as provided by this Addendum, which obligation shall include maintaining safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic PHI.

4. Policies and Training .  Associate has policies in place regarding the confidential and secure treatment of PHI in accordance with HIPAA and the Part 2 Regulations. Associate shall require its employees to adhere to such policies and shall train its employees regarding the requirements of this Addendum and applicable confidentiality and security laws and regulations.

5. Subcontractors .  In accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.308(b)(2) and 164.502(e)(1)(ii), Associate will ensure that all of its subcontractors that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI on behalf of Associate agree by written contract to comply with the same restrictions and conditions that apply to Associate with respect to such PHI, including but not limited to (i) the obligation to safeguard PHI and comply with 45 C.F.R. Part 164, Subpart C; and (ii) acknowledging in writing that, in receiving PHI, the recipient is fully bound by the Part 2 Regulations, and must agree to, if necessary, resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to PHI except as permitted by the Part 2 Regulations.

6. Minimum Necessary .  Associate represents that the PHI requested, used or disclosed by Associate shall be the minimum amount necessary to carry out the purposes of the Service Agreement. Associate will limit its uses and disclosures of, and requests for, PHI to the minimum amount of PHI necessary to accomplish the intended purpose of the use, disclosure or request.

7. Obligations of Entity .  Entity shall notify Associate of (i) any limitations in its notice of privacy practices, (ii) any changes in, or revocation of, permission by an individual to use or

Schedule 7.2

Page 2


disclose PHI, and (iii) any confidential communication request or restriction on the use or disclosure of PHI that Entity has agreed to or with which Entity is required to comply, to the extent any of the foregoing affect Associate’s use or disclosure of PHI to perform its obligations as described in the Service Agreement.

8. Access and Amendment .  In accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.524, Associate will permit Entity or, at Entity’s request, an individual (or the individual’s designee) to inspect and obtain copies of any PHI about the individual that is in Associate’s custody or control and that is maintained in a Designated Record Set.  If the requested PHI is maintained electronically, Associate must provide a copy of the PHI in the electronic form and format requested by the individual, if it is readily producible, or, if not, in a readable electronic form and format as agreed to by Entity and the individual.  Associate will notify Entity of any request (including but not limited to subpoenas) that Associate receives for access to PHI that is in Associate’s custody or control within five (5) business days of receipt of such request.  Entity shall be responsible for making determinations about access.  Associate will, upon receipt of notice from Entity, promptly amend or permit Entity access to amend any portion of the PHI that is in Associate’s custody or control so that Entity may meet its amendment obligations under 45 C.F.R. § 164.526.

9. Disclosure Accounting .  Except for disclosures excluded from the accounting obligation by the HIPAA Rules and regulations issued pursuant to HITECH, Associate will record for each disclosure that Associate makes of PHI the information necessary for Entity to make an accounting of disclosures pursuant to the HIPAA Rules. In the event the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“ HHS ”) finalizes regulations requiring Covered Entities to provide access reports, Associate shall also record such information with respect to electronic PHI held by Associate as would be required under the regulations for Covered Entities beginning on the effective date applicable to Entity.  Associate will make information required by this Section 9 available to Entity promptly upon Entity’s request for the period requested, but for no longer than the six (6) years preceding Entity’s request for the information or such other period required by the HIPAA Rules (except Associate need not have any information for disclosures occurring before the effective date of any previous HIPAA business associate agreements between the parties or, if none, the effective date of this Addendum).

10. Inspection of Books and Records .  Associate will make its internal practices, books, and records, relating to its use and disclosure of PHI available upon request to Entity or HHS to determine Entity's compliance with the HIPAA Rules.

11. Reporting .  To the extent Associate becomes aware or discovers any use or disclosure of PHI not permitted by this Addendum, any Security Incident involving electronic PHI, any Breach of Unsecured Protected Health Information or any Red Flag (as defined at 16 C.F.R. § 681.2(b)) related to any individual who is the subject of PHI, Associate shall promptly report such use, disclosure, Security Incident, Breach or Red Flag to Entity.  Associate shall mitigate, to the extent practicable, any harmful effect known to it of a Security Incident, Breach or use or disclosure of PHI by Associate not permitted by this Addendum.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 11 constitutes notice by Associate to Entity of the ongoing existence and occurrence of attempted but Unsuccessful Security Incidents (as defined below) for which no additional notice to Entity shall be required.  “Unsuccessful Security Incidents” shall include, but not be limited to, pings and other broadcast attacks on

Schedule 7.2

Page 3


Associate’s firewall, port scans, unsuccessful log-on attempts, denials of service and any combination of the above, so long as no such incident results in unauthorized access, use or disclosure of electronic PHI.  All reports of Breaches shall be made within ten (10) business days of Associate discovering the Breach and shall comply with and include the information specified at 45 C.F.R. § 164.410.  Associate shall promptly reimburse Entity all reasonable costs incurred by Entity with respect to providing notification of and mitigating a Breach involving Associate, including but not limited to printing, postage costs and toll-free hotline costs.

12. Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records .  Associate: (1) acknowledges that in receiving, storing, processing, or otherwise dealing with any information from Entity about individuals who are patients of Entity (“ Patients ”), it is fully bound by the provisions of the Federal regulations governing Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records, 42 C.F.R. Part 2; and (2) undertakes to resist in judicial proceedings any effort to obtain access to information pertaining to Patients otherwise than as expressly provided for in the Part 2 Regulations.

13. Term and Termination .  This Addendum shall be effective as of the effective date of the Service Agreement and shall remain in effect until termination of the Service Agreement. Either party may terminate this Addendum and the Service Agreement effective immediately if it determines that the other party has breached a material provision of this Addendum and failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of being notified by the other party of the breach. If the non-breaching party determines that cure is not possible, such party may terminate this Addendum and the Service Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to other party.

Upon termination of this Addendum for any reason, Associate will, if feasible, return to Entity or securely destroy all PHI maintained by Associate in any form or medium, including all copies of such PHI, at no cost to Entity. Further, Associate shall recover any PHI in the possession of its agents and subcontractors and return to Entity or securely destroy all such PHI.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Associate shall notify Entity and receive Entity’s written consent prior to destroying any PHI of which Entity does not maintain a duplicate copy. In the event that Associate determines that returning or destroying any PHI is infeasible, Associate shall promptly notify Entity of the conditions that make return or destruction infeasible. With regard to any PHI that Entity agrees cannot feasibly be returned to Entity or destroyed, Associate may maintain such PHI but shall continue to abide by the terms and conditions of this Addendum with respect to such PHI and shall limit its further use or disclosure of such PHI to those purposes that make return or destruction of the PHI infeasible.  Associate shall comply with this Section 13 within thirty (30) days of termination of this Addendum.  Associate shall provide Entity with written certification of its compliance with this Section 13 within forty-five (45) days of termination of this Addendum. Upon termination of this Addendum for any reason, all of Associate’s obligations under this Addendum shall survive termination and remain in effect (a) until Associate has completed the return or destruction of PHI as required by this Section 13 and (b) to the extent Associate retains any PHI pursuant to this Section 13 .

14. General Provisions .  In the event that any final regulation or amendment to final regulations is promulgated by HHS or other government regulatory authority with respect to PHI, this Addendum will automatically be amended to remain in compliance with such regulations, and Associate shall promptly amend its contracts, if any, with subcontractors and

Schedule 7.2

Page 4


agents to conform to the terms of this Addendum.  Any ambiguity in this Addendum shall be resolved to permit Entity to comply with the HIPAA Rules and the Part 2 Regulations.  Nothing in this Addendum shall be construed to create any rights or remedies in any third parties or any agency relationship between the parties.  A reference in this Addendum to a section in the HIPAA Rules or the Part 2 Regulations means the section as in effect or as amended.  This Addendum replaces and supersedes and previous business associate agreements between the parties.  The terms and conditions of this Addendum override and control any conflicting term or condition of the Service Agreement.  To the extent Associate has limited its liability under the terms of the Service Agreement by a maximum recovery for direct damages, disclaimer against any consequential, indirect or punitive damages or any other limitation, all limitations shall exclude any damages to Entity arising from Associate’s breach of its obligations under this Addendum.  All non-conflicting terms and conditions of the Service Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

 

Schedule 7.2

Page 5

Exhibit 10.19

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

For Medical Staffing

THIS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR MEDICAL STAFFING (“ Agreement ”) is made this 18 th day of February, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between GRAND PRAIRIE PROFESSIONAL GROUP, P.A., a Texas professional association (“ Practice ”), and AAC DALLAS OUTPATIENT CENTER, LLC D/B/A GREENHOUSE OUTPATIENT CENTER, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), (individually, a “ Party ,” and, collectively, the “ Parties ”).

W I TN E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , Company has established and operates an addiction treatment facility, AAC Dallas Outpatient Center, LLC d/b/a Greenhouse Outpatient Center, located at 2301 Avenue J, Arlington, Texas 76006 (“ Facility ”);

WHEREAS , Practice employs Medical Providers and other medical personnel specializing in the treatment of various addictions;

WHEREAS , Practice is owned by a physician licensed to practice medicine in the state of Texas (the “ State ”); and

WHEREAS , Company desires to engage Practice as of the Effective Date to provide, or arrange the provision of, medical services on behalf of Company, and Practice desires to accept such engagement as of the Effective Date, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, terms and conditions herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

Article I
ESTABLISHMENT OF PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP

1.1 Engagement of Practice .  As of the Effective Date, Company engages Practice, and Practice accepts said engagement, to provide medical services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2 Relationship of the Parties .  In the performance of their respective duties and obligations hereunder, the Parties are independent contractors, and as such they shall remain professionally and economically independent of each other.  The Parties are not, and shall not be deemed to be, joint venturers, partners, employees, or agents of each other (except with respect to an agency for billing and collection activities expressly addressed in this Agreement).    Neither Party shall have any authority to bind or incur any financial obligations on behalf of the other without the other’s express written consent, and then only insofar as such authority is conferred by such express written consent.

 


 

Article II
Practice’S OBLIGATIONS

2.1 General Obligations .  Practice shall provide the Medical Provider services set forth on Schedule 2.1 , attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

2.2 Responsibility for Medical Provider Services .  Practice shall control and be responsible for the provision of medical services to Patients (as such term is defined on S chedule 2.1 ), and Company shall not engage in the practice of medicine nor shall it intervene or interfere in professional medical judgment of Practice or any Medical Provider; provided , however, that Practice shall cause the Medical Providers to comply with Company’s systems and procedures for review and improvement of the delivery of care.

2.3 Qualifications and Standards .  Practice shall take all necessary actions to ensure that each Medical Provider satisfies the following conditions at all times during the Term:

2.3.1 Licensure and Experience Levels .  Each Medical Provider shall maintain an unrestricted license to practice his or her specialty in the State and at all times shall be in good standing with the appropriate licensing board.  Each Medical Provider shall have a level of competence, experience and skill at least comparable to that prevailing in the community.

2.3.2 Federal DEA Number . The Medical Providers shall maintain a Federal DEA number without restrictions, to the extent necessary for his or her practice.

2.3.3 Medical Standards .  Each Medical Provider shall perform all medical services to be provided hereunder in accordance with the current standards of care in the medical community and any credentialing and quality criteria that are adopted from time to time by Company, the Facility and/or Practice

2.3.4 Continuing Education .  Medical Providers shall participate in such continuing medical education and training programs as required by law to maintain skills compatible with standards of medical care in the community.

2.3.5 Bylaws .  Medical Providers shall comply with any bylaws, policies, rules or regulations of Facility or Company, as may be amended from time to time.

2.3.6 Laws .  Medical Providers shall comply with all applicable standards, rulings, regulations and requirements of the United States Department of Health and Human Services, the State’s department of health, the applicable accreditation agency of the Facility, and any federal, state or local government agency, third party payor or accrediting body having jurisdiction over or providing reimbursement for the Facility and any programs and services offered by either the Facility or Company.

2.3.7 Cooperation .  Practice shall promptly notify Company if a claim of malpractice or professional discipline is asserted against any Medical Provider resulting from medical services provided at Facility; additionally Practice shall notify Company of claims not yet asserted against Medical Providers, but the potential for which Practice is aware.

2

 

 


 

2.3.8 Approval and Removal .  Each Medical Provider shall be subject to the initial approval of Company before he or she commences providing services at Facility.  In addition, Practice, at the request of Company, shall immediately remove a Medical Provider from Facility for cause.  For purposes of this Section 2.3.8 , “for cause” shall be determined by Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall include the following: (a) suspension or revocation or other sanction of his or her medical license, specialty board certification, or Federal Drug Enforcement Agency (“ DEA ”) registration; (b) suspension, revocation, or reduction of his or her status or privileges as a member of the medical staff of any hospital utilized by Company for Patients served by the Medical Providers (including without limitation any resignation of membership or privileges in lieu of or to avoid any of the foregoing actions); (c) being arrested or indicted for, or convicted of any felony or any criminal charge relating to the practice of medicine; (d) being found by the appropriate licensure board or other state or federal regulatory agency to have violated any provision of law or the applicable code of medical ethics; (e) cancellation, termination or non-renewal of his or her professional liability insurance and failure to obtain replacement coverage within thirty (30) days; or (f) having committed any actions or inactions which pose an immediate and significant threat to Patients.  

2.4 Compensation Responsibility .  Practice shall be solely responsible for establishing and paying the compensation and fringe benefits, if any, to the Medical Providers. Practice shall be solely responsible for the payment and withholding of appropriate amounts for income tax, social security, unemployment insurance, and state disability insurance taxes. Practice shall also maintain in full force and effect all worker’s compensation insurance as may be required under the worker’s compensation laws of the State.

2.5 Medical Provider Staffing Levels .  As of the Effective Date, Practice shall assign to Facility Medical Providers necessary to satisfy the patient needs at the Facility.

2.6 Authority .  Practice has the right to enter into this Agreement, and neither the execution of this Agreement nor Practice’s performance hereunder will result in it being in breach or default of any existing agreement.

Article III
COMPENSATION

3.1 General Compensation Principles .  Practice shall be compensated for the services provided hereunder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as described in Schedule 3.1 , which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.  The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that such amount represents the fair market value of the services provided hereunder.  

Article IV
PATIENT CHARGES, BILLING AND COLLECTION

4.1 Billing; Assignment of Fees .  Company, directly or through an affiliate, shall bill payors and patients for all technical and facility fees of the Facility.  In addition, to the extent permissible by applicable law and third party payor policies, Company may (directly or through an affiliate) bill payors and patients globally for Company’s services and also the professional

3

 

 


 

services of Practice and the Medical Providers that are provided pursuant to this Agreement.  Practice authorizes Company, directly or through an affiliate, to bill and collect all professional fees of Practice and the Medical Providers, as Practice’s and the Medical Providers’ agent and attorney-in-fact to the extent permitted by applicable law for all services rendered by Practice or the Medical Providers at the Facility or on behalf of Company hereunder, either in Company’s own name or in Practice’s or individual Medical Provider’s name and provider number.  Practice shall ensure that each Medical Provider executes such documentation as may be necessary to permit such billing by Company.  To the extent that it is not allowable by law or payor policies for Company to bill for services on behalf of Practice or Medical Providers, Practice will bill in its own name for such services, provided that Practice intends to engage American Addiction Centers, Inc., an affiliate of Company, to provide billing support services.  Practice shall ensure that duplicative billing does not occur, and neither it nor any Medical Provider will payors or patients for the same services that are billed by Company.  

4.2 Practice to Provide Billing Information .  For all applicable services described in Section 4.1 above and in accordance with applicable law, Practice shall provide Company with all billing information for services rendered by the Medical Providers, including, but not limited to, the name of the Patient, the date of service, the nature and extent of services provided, Patient diagnosis, and any supporting medical and non-medical information necessary to bill such services and to obtain payment and/or reimbursement. Each Medical Provider shall provide the above-described billing information to Company within seven (7) calendar days after the applicable medical services are rendered. The applicable treating Medical Provider shall be responsible for appropriately coding the service provided and supplying the correct CPT, KEY, ICD-9 (or ICD-10 once applicable) or other codes associated with the service.

Article V
INSURANCE

5.1 Comprehensive General Liability and Property Insurance .  Company shall procure and maintain during the Term of this Agreement comprehensive general liability insurance covering its activities relating to Facility and property insurance covering the Facility.  The comprehensive general liability insurance maintained hereunder shall be in amounts deemed sufficient by Company to protect against risks and losses associated with the operations of Facility.

5.2 Company’s Professional Liability Insurance .  Company shall procure and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement professional liability insurance covering Company and appropriate personnel provided by Company pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, Company’s provider employees and contractors (subject to prior approval of insurer), against errors and omissions arising from Patient services and/or non­medical services rendered by Company pursuant to this Agreement.  All premiums, costs and expenses associated with such professional liability insurance shall be borne by and paid by Company.  The professional liability insurance procured by Company shall have limits of liability of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and three million dollars ($3,000,000) per annual aggregate. For purposes of Sections 5.1 and 5.2 , the term “insurance” shall include self-insurance arrangements maintained by Company for itself and its corporate affiliates, including Facility.

4

 

 


 

5.3 Practice’s Professional Liability Insurance .  Practice shall procure and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of three (3) years subsequent to the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, professional liability insurance (i.e., medical malpractice insurance) with an insurer acceptable to Company, protecting Practice and its shareholders, officers, directors, and the Medical Providers against errors and omissions arising from professional services and/or medical services rendered by Practice and the Medical Providers. Such policy of insurance shall name Company as an additional insured. The insurance required by this Section 5.3 shall specifically extend to acts or omissions of Medical Providers occurring both prior and subsequent to the Effective Date.  All premiums, costs and expenses associated with such professional liability insurance shall be borne by Practice.  The professional liability insurance required by this Section 5.3 shall have limits of liability of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and three million dollars ($3,000,000) per annual aggregate.  

5.4 Proof of Insurance .  At the request of the other Party, each Party shall furnish copies of or Certificates of Insurance on all policies required under this Article V (or evidence of self-insurance) as evidence of the insurance coverage to be procured pursuant to this Agreement. In the case of Company, this evidence shall also specifically include evidence of “tail” or other coverage for acts and omissions occurring prior to the Effective Date.  The insurance coverage required under this Agreement shall not be canceled, modified, reduced or otherwise materially changed, except upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the non-procuring Party.

Article VI
INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Indemnification by Company .  Company shall indemnify, defend and hold Practice, and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of Practice, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting in any manner, directly or indirectly from any negligent or willful act or omission of Company or its non-Medical Provider employees providing services at Facility. Notwithstanding any provisions of the preceding sentence to the contrary, Company shall not be liable to Practice for any consequential, exemplary or punitive damages.  The duty of Company to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Practice shall only apply to the extent that any such loss sustained by Practice is not covered by insurance.  The indemnification provisions of this Section 6.1 are intended to be in addition to any common law rights to contribution existing under the laws of the State which one Party may have against the other.

6.2 Indemnification by Practice .  Practice shall indemnify, defend and hold Company, and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of Company, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting in any manner, directly or indirectly, from any negligent or willful act or omission of any Medical Provider, including, specifically, (i) negligent or willful acts occurring both prior to and subsequent to the Effective Date and (ii) claims against Company attributable directly or indirectly to incorrect billing information provided to Company by Practice or any Medical Provider. Notwithstanding any provisions of the preceding sentence to the contrary, Practice shall not be liable to Company for any

5

 

 


 

consequential, exemplary or punitive damages.  The indemnification provisions of this Section 6.2 are intended to be in addition to any common law rights to contribution existing under the laws of the State which one Party may have against the other. A provision similar to that set forth in this Section 6.2 shall be contained in each contract between Practice and any independent contractor providing professional medical services for Practice at the Facility in order to ensure that each such Medical Provider has agreed to indemnify Company as required by this Section 6.2 .  

Article VII
RECORDS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

7.1 Ownership of Records and Files .  All business or medical records and files of whatever nature or kind, including Patients’ files and x-rays, are the property of Company to the extent permitted by law; neither Practice nor individual Medical Providers shall acquire any proprietary rights with respect to such records.  However, at Practice’s written request, Company shall provide Medical Providers with copies of any records reflecting services performed by such Medical Provider with respect to (a) any claims against him/her in the nature of malpractice, (b) any charges against him/her issued by a licensing board or professional association or (c) for any other purpose deemed appropriate by Company.

7.2 Confidentiality of Medical Records .  Both Parties shall comply with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations regarding the confidential and secure treatment of individually identifiable health information, including 42 C.F.R. Part 2, and with the terms of the Business Associate Addendum attached as Schedule 7.2 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

7.3 Medical Records upon Termination .  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, unless a Patient specifies otherwise and in accordance with applicable law, Company shall be entitled to the original medical records for all Patients, and Practice shall be entitled to copy such records, with the cost of any copies to be home by Practice.  For such period as is required by applicable statutes, Company shall keep possession of the original medical records and shall retain the records in their original condition, shall store the records in a safe place and make the records available to Practice without charge if reasonably necessary for any purpose, including, without limitation, Patient care and medical malpractice defense.

 

Article VIII
TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1 Term .  This Agreement shall be effective for a term of five (5) years, beginning on the Effective Date, unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII (the “ Initial Term ”).  Upon expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms (the “ Renewal Terms ”) unless either Party shall provide notice to the other Party of its intent to terminate the Agreement under the terms of this Section 8.1 (“ Notice of Intent to Terminate ”).  Notice of Intent to Terminate must be provided no later than one (1) year prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, and no later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of any Renewal Term.  

6

 

 


 

8.2 Termination upon Insolvency .  If either Party shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidation of itself, or if all or a substantial part of its assets, file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, file a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or arrangement with creditors, or take advantage of any insolvency law, or if an order, judgment, or decree shall be entered by a court of competent jurisdiction or an application of a creditor, adjudicating such party to be bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization of such Party or appointing a receiver, trustee or liquidator of such Party or of all or a substantial part of its assets, and such order, judgment, or decree shall continue in effect and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days, then the other Party may terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days prior written notice to such Party.  

8.3 Termination upon Legal Prohibitions of Relationship .  If counsel jointly selected by the Parties should determine (the “ Determination ”) that it is more likely than not that applicable legislation, regulations, rules or procedures (collectively referred to herein as a “ Law ”) in effect or to become effective as of a date certain, or if Practice or Company receives notice (the “ Notice ”) of an actual or threatened decision, finding or action by any governmental or private agency or court (collectively referred to herein as an “ Action ”), which Law or Action, if or when implemented, would have the effect of subjecting either Party to civil or criminal prosecution under state and/or federal Laws, or other adverse proceeding on the basis of their participation herein, then the Parties shall attempt in good faith to amend this Agreement to the extent necessary in order to comply with such Law or to avoid the Action, as applicable. If, within ninety (90) days of providing written notice of such Determination or Notice to the other Party, the Parties acting in good faith are unable to mutually agree upon and make amendments or alterations to this Agreement to meet the requirements in question, or alternatively, the Parties mutually determine in good faith that compliance with such requirements is impossible or unfeasible, then this Agreement shall be terminated without penalty, charge or continuing liability upon the earlier of the following: the date one hundred eighty (180) days subsequent to the date upon which either Party gives written notice to the other Party or the effective date on which the Law or Action prohibits the relationship of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement.

8.4 Termination upon Breach .  Either Party may elect to terminate this Agreement in the event that the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement and such default continues for a period of fifteen (15) calendar days after written notice thereof has been given to the Party in default by the other Party; provided , however, that Company may immediately terminate this Agreement if Practice fails to provide, or arrange the provision of, adequate professional medical services pursuant to this Agreement for a period of three (3) calendar days.

8.5 Termination Without Cause .  This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon one hundred and eighty (180) days’ notice by either Party to the other Party.

8.6 Termination and Liabilities .  In the event either Party validly elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII or the Agreement expires by its own terms, the liabilities and obligations of the Parties shall cease as of the date of termination, except that each Party shall be responsible for: (a) any payments or other obligations arising or accruing prior to the termination date and (b) any breach arising after termination or expiration with respect to obligations that continue after such expiration or termination.  Neither Party shall

7

 

 


 

be liable to the other for any damages resulting from any event of force majeure.  The Parties agree that upon such termination, they will mutually work to assure an orderly transition of services.  

Article IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Independence of Medical Judgment .  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the exercise of Medical Providers’ independent medical judgment.

9.2 Entire Agreement; Amendment .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and understandings of the Parties which relate to the subject matter of this Agreement.  No supplement, amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Parties, unless otherwise provided herein.

9.3 No Waiver .  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.  No waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

9.4 Subject Headings .  The subject headings of the Articles and Sections of this Agreement are included for purposes of convenience only, and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.5 Binding Agreement; No Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.  Company may assign this Agreement upon prior written notice to Practice.  Practice may not assign this Agreement nor any rights hereunder, nor may it delegate any of the duties to be performed hereunder without the prior written consent of Company; provided , however, that notwithstanding the foregoing sentence to the contrary, Practice shall have the right to assign this Agreement to another corporate affiliate of Company upon written notice and shall have the right to subcontract with any other responsible parties, including specifically, corporate affiliates of Practice, for the performance of various aspects of its obligations hereunder, provided that Practice shall remain fully responsible for the performance of any such subcontractors.

9.6 Severability .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.3 , in the event any provision of this Agreement is rendered invalid or unenforceable by the enactment of any applicable statute or ordinance or by any regulation duly promulgated or is made or declared unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

9.7 Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event any attorney is employed by any Party with regard to any legal action, arbitration or other proceeding brought by any Party for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, then the prevailing Party, whether at trial or upon appeal, and in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing Party may be

8

 

 


 

granted, shall be entitled to recover from the losing Party all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by the prevailing Party in bringing or defending such action, arbitration or proceeding, and in enforcing any judgment granted therein, all of which costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees shall be deemed to have accrued upon the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.  Any judgment or order entered in such matter shall contain a specific provision providing for the recovery by the prevailing Party of attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing such judgment.  For purposes of this Section 9.7 , attorneys’ fees shall include, without limitation, fees incurred in the following:  post-judgment motions; contempt proceedings; garnishment, levy and debtor and third party examinations; discovery; and bankruptcy litigation.  

9.8 Notices .  All notices, requests, demands or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of service if served personally on the Party to whom notice is to be given, or on the third day after mailing if mailed to the Party to whom notice is to be given, by a recognized overnight carrier service, or by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed as follows:

 

 

TO PRACTICE:

Grand Prairie Professional Group, P.A.

 

 

1171 107 th Street, Suite A

 

 

Grand Prairie, Texas 75050

 

 

Attn:  Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

 

 

Email:  mcalarco@contactaac.com

 

 

 

 

TO COMPANY:

AAC Dallas Outpatient Center, LLC

 

 

d/b/a Greenhouse Outpatient Center

 

 

2301 Avenue J

 

 

Arlington, Texas 76006

 

 

Attn.:  Marc C. Turner, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Email:  mturner@contactaac.com

 

 

 

 

WITH COPY TO:

 

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

 

115 East Park Drive, Second Floor

 

 

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

 

 

Attn:  Candance A. Henderson-Grice, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

Email: chenderson-grice@contactaac.com

 

 

 

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

 

115 East Park Drive, Second Floor

 

 

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

 

 

Attn:  Kathryn Sevier Phillips, General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

Fax: (615) 691-7130

 

 

Email: ksphillips@contactaac.com

 

Each Party may change its address indicated above by giving the other Party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

9

 

 


 

 

9.9 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State.  All actions, suits, or other proceedings with respect to this Agreement shall be brought only in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State. In any such action, suit, or proceeding, such court shall have personal jurisdiction over all of the parties hereto, and service of process upon them under any applicable statutes, laws, and rules shall be deemed valid and good.

9.10 Third Party Rights .  This Agreement is entered into by and between the Parties hereto for their sole benefit.  There is no intent by either Party to create or establish third party beneficiary status or rights in any third party to this Agreement and no third party shall have any right to enforce any right or enjoy any benefit created or established by this Agreement.

9.11 No Discrimination .  No person shall be excluded from participation in, or be denied benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the performance of this Agreement or any Addenda on the grounds of disability, age, race, color, religion, sex, national origin or any other classification protected by federal and/or Tennessee constitutional, statutory and/or regulatory provisions.

9.12 Signatory .  Each Party warrants that the person indicated on signatory line to this Agreement has all authority necessary to bind the Party and is the appropriate designated person to sign this Agreement.

9.13 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute a single instrument.

9.14 Drafted Jointly .  In the event of an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of authorship of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.15 Cooperation .  The Parties agree to cooperate with each other to resolve promptly any outstanding financial, administrative or patient care issues upon the termination of this Agreement. Such obligation shall include, without limitation, the provision of patient, resident and/or administrative records, payments or other actions necessary to conclude the relationship of the Parties.  This Section 9.15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Each Party further agrees to cooperate with the other to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement, including without limitation the execution and delivery to the appropriate Party of any further agreements and other documents and the taking of any action as may reasonably be required to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

10

 

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on the dates set forth below, provided that this Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date.

For Company:

 

AAC Dallas Outpatient Center, LLC D/B/A Greenhouse Outpatient Center

 

For Practice:

 

Grand Prairie Professional Group, P.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Michael T. Cartwright

 

By: /s/ Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

Name:Michael T. Cartwright

 

Name:Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

Title:Chairman

 

Title:President, Secretary and Treasurer

 

 

 

 


 

Schedule 2.1

Practice’s Services

Professional Services

During the term of this Agreement, Practice, through its physician shareholder, employees and independent contractors (the “ Medical Providers ”), shall provide professional medical services to the patients of Company (the “ Patients ”).  Medical Providers may include doctors of medicine, doctors of osteopathy and mid-level providers including physician assistants and advanced practice nurses.  Practice shall effectively provide all the professional medical services as required by Company for the needs of its Patients. Such professional medical services shall include those service obligations set forth herein and other related services reasonably requested by Company.

Medical Director Services

During the term of this Agreement, in addition to the professional services described above, Practice shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, provide a physician who is acceptable to Company, to serve as medical director of Facility (the “ Medical Director ”) and provide medical management and oversight for matters specific to Facility pursuant to a medical director agreement between Practice and Medical Director reasonably acceptable to Company (the “ Medical Director Agreement ”). Practice shall cause Medical Director to furnish those services as set forth in the Medical Director Agreement, in accordance with the terms thereof.  Upon request, Practice shall provide Company with documentation reasonably acceptable to Company supporting Medical Director’s fulfillment of such duties with Company also retaining the right to conduct such audits thereof as Company determines reasonably necessary to support Company’s payment for such services under this Agreement.

Practice shall provide support, assistance, and work cooperatively with Medical Director who will provide medical management and oversight for Facility.  Practice, at the request of Company, shall immediately remove a Medical Director from Facility for cause, as “cause” is defined in Section 2.3.8 hereof.  

The term “Medical Provider” as used in this Agreement shall include the Medical Director, provided that any provision that relates specifically to professional medical services will not apply to the Medical Director to the extent that the Medical Director is providing only administrative and not professional services.

 

 

Schedule 2.1

Page 1

 


Schedule 3.1

Compensation

Practice acknowledges that Practice may sometimes bill separately for the services of Medical Providers, and at other times Company submits global bills for the services of both the Facility and the Medical Providers.  In light of the foregoing, Company shall pay to Practice the fees set forth below for services provided by the Medical Providers at the Facility to the extent that such provider services are not separately billed by Practice.   To the extent Practice bills separately for Medical Provider services, Company shall not be obligated to pay a fee for such services.

Provider

Fee

Physician/Psychologist Clinical Services

$125 - $175 per hour*

 

 

Medical Director Services

$100 - $150 per hour*

 

 

Mid-level Provider Services (PA or NP)

$55 - $95 per hour*

 

*  Specific hourly rate within the noted range shall be determined by Company in its reasonable discretion after consultation with Practice, based on the experience level, specialty, certifications, and other qualifications of the applicable practitioner.

 

If Practice is asked by Company to provide additional practitioner services at the Facility, Company shall pay to Practice a fee for such services equal to the rate that Practice pays such provider for the services (unless the service is separately billable by Practice).  Practice represents and warrants that the compensation it pays to Medical Providers, and the corresponding fees paid by Company, shall be reasonable and consistent with fair market value.  Compensation shall be paid pursuant to Company’s standard payment policies and timing.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.1

Page 1

 


 

Schedule 7.2

HIPAA Business Associate Addendum

THIS HIPAA BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ADDENDUM (“ Addendum ”) amends and is made part of that certain PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR MEDICAL STAFFING (“ Service Agreement ”), by and between AAC DALLAS OUTPATIENT CENTER, LLC D/B/A GREENHOUSE OUTPATIENT CENTER, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Entity ”), and GRAND PRAIRIE PROFESSIONAL GROUP, P.A., a Texas professional association (“ Associate ”), to the extent that Associate is acting as a Business Associate of Entity.

Entity and Associate agree that the parties incorporate this Addendum into the Service Agreement in order to comply with the requirements of:  the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“ HIPAA ”),  the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“ HITECH ”) and their implementing regulations set forth at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and Part 164 (the “ HIPAA Rules ”); and Federal regulations governing Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records, 42 C.F.R. Part 2 (“ Part 2 Regulations ”).  To the extent Associate is acting as a Business Associate of Entity pursuant to the Service Agreement, the provisions of this Addendum shall apply, and Associate shall be subject to the penalty provisions of HIPAA as specified in 45 C.F.R. Part 160.

1. Definitions .  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Addendum shall have the meaning set forth in the HIPAA Rules. References to “PHI” mean Protected Health Information maintained, created, received or transmitted by Associate from Entity or on Entity’s behalf.

2. Uses or Disclosures .  Associate will neither use nor disclose PHI except as permitted or required by this Addendum or as Required By Law.  To the extent Associate is to carry out an obligation of Entity under the HIPAA Rules, Associate shall comply with the requirements of the HIPAA Rules that apply to Entity in the performance of such obligation.  Without limiting the foregoing, Associate will not sell PHI or use or disclose PHI for purposes of marketing or fundraising, as defined and proscribed in the HIPAA Rules. Associate is permitted to use and disclose PHI:

(a) to perform any and all obligations of Associate as described in the Service Agreement, provided that such use or disclosure is consistent with the terms of Entity’s notice of privacy practices and would not violate the HIPAA Rules or the Part 2 Regulations, if done by Entity directly;

(b) to perform Data Aggregation services relating to the health care operations of Entity, provided that such services are part of Associate’s obligations as set forth in the Service Agreement;

(c) to create de-identified information in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.514(b), provided that such de-identified information may be used and disclosed only consistent with applicable law; and

Schedule 7.2

Page 1


(d) as necessary for Associate’s proper management and administration and to carry out Associate’s legal responsibilities (collectively “ Associate’s Operations ”) provided that: any disclosure made for purposes of Associate’s Operations is Required By Law or is made after Associate obtains reasonable assurances, evidenced by a written contract, from the recipient that the recipient:  (i) will hold such PHI in confidence and use or further disclose it only for the purpose for which Associate disclosed it to the recipient or as Required By Law; (ii) will notify Associate of any instance of which the recipient becomes aware in which the confidentiality of such PHI was breached; (iii) acknowledges in writing that, in receiving PHI, the recipient is fully bound by the Part 2 Regulations; and (iv) agrees to, if necessary, resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to PHI except as permitted by the Part 2 Regulations.  Associate shall promptly notify Entity of any disclosures made for purposes of Associate’s Operations.

In the event Entity notifies Associate of a restriction request that would restrict a use or disclosure otherwise permitted by this Addendum, Associate shall comply with the terms of the restriction request.

3. Safeguards .  Associate will use appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to prevent the use or disclosure of PHI other than as permitted by this Addendum and shall maintain policies and procedures to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft based on PHI or information derived from PHI. Associate will also comply with the provisions of 45 C.F.R. Part 164, Subpart C of the HIPAA Rules with respect to electronic PHI to prevent any use or disclosure of such information other than as provided by this Addendum, which obligation shall include maintaining safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic PHI.

4. Policies and Training .  Associate has policies in place regarding the confidential and secure treatment of PHI in accordance with HIPAA and the Part 2 Regulations. Associate shall require its employees to adhere to such policies and shall train its employees regarding the requirements of this Addendum and applicable confidentiality and security laws and regulations.

5. Subcontractors .  In accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.308(b)(2) and 164.502(e)(1)(ii), Associate will ensure that all of its subcontractors that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI on behalf of Associate agree by written contract to comply with the same restrictions and conditions that apply to Associate with respect to such PHI, including but not limited to (i) the obligation to safeguard PHI and comply with 45 C.F.R. Part 164, Subpart C; and (ii) acknowledging in writing that, in receiving PHI, the recipient is fully bound by the Part 2 Regulations, and must agree to, if necessary, resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to PHI except as permitted by the Part 2 Regulations.

6. Minimum Necessary .  Associate represents that the PHI requested, used or disclosed by Associate shall be the minimum amount necessary to carry out the purposes of the Service Agreement. Associate will limit its uses and disclosures of, and requests for, PHI to the minimum amount of PHI necessary to accomplish the intended purpose of the use, disclosure or request.

7. Obligations of Entity .  Entity shall notify Associate of (i) any limitations in its notice of privacy practices, (ii) any changes in, or revocation of, permission by an individual to use or

Schedule 7.2

Page 2


disclose PHI, and (iii) any confidential communication request or restriction on the use or disclosure of PHI that Entity has agreed to or with which Entity is required to comply, to the extent any of the foregoing affect Associate’s use or disclosure of PHI to perform its obligations as described in the Service Agreement.

8. Access and Amendment .  In accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.524, Associate will permit Entity or, at Entity’s request, an individual (or the individual’s designee) to inspect and obtain copies of any PHI about the individual that is in Associate’s custody or control and that is maintained in a Designated Record Set.  If the requested PHI is maintained electronically, Associate must provide a copy of the PHI in the electronic form and format requested by the individual, if it is readily producible, or, if not, in a readable electronic form and format as agreed to by Entity and the individual.  Associate will notify Entity of any request (including but not limited to subpoenas) that Associate receives for access to PHI that is in Associate’s custody or control within five (5) business days of receipt of such request.  Entity shall be responsible for making determinations about access.  Associate will, upon receipt of notice from Entity, promptly amend or permit Entity access to amend any portion of the PHI that is in Associate’s custody or control so that Entity may meet its amendment obligations under 45 C.F.R. § 164.526.

9. Disclosure Accounting .  Except for disclosures excluded from the accounting obligation by the HIPAA Rules and regulations issued pursuant to HITECH, Associate will record for each disclosure that Associate makes of PHI the information necessary for Entity to make an accounting of disclosures pursuant to the HIPAA Rules. In the event the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“ HHS ”) finalizes regulations requiring Covered Entities to provide access reports, Associate shall also record such information with respect to electronic PHI held by Associate as would be required under the regulations for Covered Entities beginning on the effective date applicable to Entity.  Associate will make information required by this Section 9 available to Entity promptly upon Entity’s request for the period requested, but for no longer than the six (6) years preceding Entity’s request for the information or such other period required by the HIPAA Rules (except Associate need not have any information for disclosures occurring before the effective date of any previous HIPAA business associate agreements between the parties or, if none, the effective date of this Addendum).

10. Inspection of Books and Records .  Associate will make its internal practices, books, and records, relating to its use and disclosure of PHI available upon request to Entity or HHS to determine Entity's compliance with the HIPAA Rules.

11. Reporting .  To the extent Associate becomes aware or discovers any use or disclosure of PHI not permitted by this Addendum, any Security Incident involving electronic PHI, any Breach of Unsecured Protected Health Information or any Red Flag (as defined at 16 C.F.R. § 681.2(b)) related to any individual who is the subject of PHI, Associate shall promptly report such use, disclosure, Security Incident, Breach or Red Flag to Entity.  Associate shall mitigate, to the extent practicable, any harmful effect known to it of a Security Incident, Breach or use or disclosure of PHI by Associate not permitted by this Addendum.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 11 constitutes notice by Associate to Entity of the ongoing existence and occurrence of attempted but Unsuccessful Security Incidents (as defined below) for which no additional notice to Entity shall be required.  “Unsuccessful Security Incidents” shall include, but not be limited to, pings and other broadcast attacks on

Schedule 7.2

Page 3


Associate’s firewall, port scans, unsuccessful log-on attempts, denials of service and any combination of the above, so long as no such incident results in unauthorized access, use or disclosure of electronic PHI.  All reports of Breaches shall be made within ten (10) business days of Associate discovering the Breach and shall comply with and include the information specified at 45 C.F.R. § 164.410.  Associate shall promptly reimburse Entity all reasonable costs incurred by Entity with respect to providing notification of and mitigating a Breach involving Associate, including but not limited to printing, postage costs and toll-free hotline costs.

12. Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records .  Associate: (1) acknowledges that in receiving, storing, processing, or otherwise dealing with any information from Entity about individuals who are patients of Entity (“ Patients ”), it is fully bound by the provisions of the Federal regulations governing Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records, 42 C.F.R. Part 2; and (2) undertakes to resist in judicial proceedings any effort to obtain access to information pertaining to Patients otherwise than as expressly provided for in the Part 2 Regulations.

13. Term and Termination .  This Addendum shall be effective as of the effective date of the Service Agreement and shall remain in effect until termination of the Service Agreement. Either party may terminate this Addendum and the Service Agreement effective immediately if it determines that the other party has breached a material provision of this Addendum and failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of being notified by the other party of the breach. If the non-breaching party determines that cure is not possible, such party may terminate this Addendum and the Service Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to other party.

Upon termination of this Addendum for any reason, Associate will, if feasible, return to Entity or securely destroy all PHI maintained by Associate in any form or medium, including all copies of such PHI, at no cost to Entity. Further, Associate shall recover any PHI in the possession of its agents and subcontractors and return to Entity or securely destroy all such PHI.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Associate shall notify Entity and receive Entity’s written consent prior to destroying any PHI of which Entity does not maintain a duplicate copy. In the event that Associate determines that returning or destroying any PHI is infeasible, Associate shall promptly notify Entity of the conditions that make return or destruction infeasible. With regard to any PHI that Entity agrees cannot feasibly be returned to Entity or destroyed, Associate may maintain such PHI but shall continue to abide by the terms and conditions of this Addendum with respect to such PHI and shall limit its further use or disclosure of such PHI to those purposes that make return or destruction of the PHI infeasible.  Associate shall comply with this Section 13 within thirty (30) days of termination of this Addendum.  Associate shall provide Entity with written certification of its compliance with this Section 13 within forty-five (45) days of termination of this Addendum. Upon termination of this Addendum for any reason, all of Associate’s obligations under this Addendum shall survive termination and remain in effect (a) until Associate has completed the return or destruction of PHI as required by this Section 13 and (b) to the extent Associate retains any PHI pursuant to this Section 13 .

14. General Provisions .  In the event that any final regulation or amendment to final regulations is promulgated by HHS or other government regulatory authority with respect to PHI, this Addendum will automatically be amended to remain in compliance with such regulations, and Associate shall promptly amend its contracts, if any, with subcontractors and

Schedule 7.2

Page 4


agents to conform to the terms of this Addendum.  Any ambiguity in this Addendum shall be resolved to permit Entity to comply with the HIPAA Rules and the Part 2 Regulations.  Nothing in this Addendum shall be construed to create any rights or remedies in any third parties or any agency relationship between the parties.  A reference in this Addendum to a section in the HIPAA Rules or the Part 2 Regulations means the section as in effect or as amended.  This Addendum replaces and supersedes and previous business associate agreements between the parties.  The terms and conditions of this Addendum override and control any conflicting term or condition of the Service Agreement.  To the extent Associate has limited its liability under the terms of the Service Agreement by a maximum recovery for direct damages, disclaimer against any consequential, indirect or punitive damages or any other limitation, all limitations shall exclude any damages to Entity arising from Associate’s breach of its obligations under this Addendum.  All non-conflicting terms and conditions of the Service Agreement remain in full force and effect.

Schedule 7.2

Page 5

Exhibit 10.20

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

For Medical Staffing

THIS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR MEDICAL STAFFING (“ Agreement ”) is made this 1 st day of October, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between PALM BEACH PROFESSIONAL GROUP, PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, a Florida professional corporation (“ Practice ”), and RIVER OAKS TREATMENT CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), (individually, a “ Party ,” and, collectively, the “ Parties ”).

W I TN E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , Company has established and operates an addiction treatment facility, River Oaks Treatment Center, LLC, located at 12012 Boyette Road, Riverview, Florida  33569 (“ Facility ”);

WHEREAS , Practice employs Medical Providers and other medical personnel specializing in the treatment of various addictions;

WHEREAS , Practice is owned by a physician licensed to practice medicine in the state of Florida (the “ State ”); and

WHEREAS , Company desires to engage Practice as of the Effective Date to provide, or arrange the provision of, medical services on behalf of Company, and Practice desires to accept such engagement as of the Effective Date, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, terms and conditions herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

Article I
ESTABLISHMENT OF PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP

1.1 Engagement of Practice .  As of the Effective Date, Company engages Practice, and Practice accepts said engagement, to provide medical services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2 Relationship of the Parties .  In the performance of their respective duties and obligations hereunder, the Parties are independent contractors, and as such they shall remain professionally and economically independent of each other.  The Parties are not, and shall not be deemed to be, joint venturers, partners, employees, or agents of each other (except with respect to an agency for billing and collection activities expressly addressed in this Agreement).    Neither Party shall have any authority to bind or incur any financial obligations on behalf of the other without the other’s express written consent, and then only insofar as such authority is conferred by such express written consent.

 


 

Article II
Practice’S OBLIGATIONS

2.1 General Obligations .  Practice shall provide the Medical Provider services set forth on Schedule 2.1 , attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

2.2 Responsibility for Medical Provider Services .  Practice shall control and be responsible for the provision of medical services to Patients (as such term is defined on S chedule 2.1 ), and Company shall not engage in the practice of medicine nor shall it intervene or interfere in professional medical judgment of Practice or any Medical Provider; provided , however, that Practice shall cause the Medical Providers to comply with Company’s systems and procedures for review and improvement of the delivery of care.

2.3 Qualifications and Standards .  Practice shall take all necessary actions to ensure that each Medical Provider satisfies the following conditions at all times during the Term:

2.3.1 Licensure and Experience Levels .  Each Medical Provider shall maintain an unrestricted license to practice his or her specialty in the State and at all times shall be in good standing with the appropriate licensing board.  Each Medical Provider shall have a level of competence, experience and skill at least comparable to that prevailing in the community.

2.3.2 Federal DEA Number . The Medical Providers shall maintain a Federal DEA number without restrictions, to the extent necessary for his or her practice.

2.3.3 Medical Standards .  Each Medical Provider shall perform all medical services to be provided hereunder in accordance with the current standards of care in the medical community and any credentialing and quality criteria that are adopted from time to time by Company, the Facility and/or Practice

2.3.4 Continuing Education .  Medical Providers shall participate in such continuing medical education and training programs as required by law to maintain skills compatible with standards of medical care in the community.

2.3.5 Bylaws .  Medical Providers shall comply with any bylaws, policies, rules or regulations of Facility or Company, as may be amended from time to time.

2.3.6 Laws .  Medical Providers shall comply with all applicable standards, rulings, regulations and requirements of the United States Department of Health and Human Services, the State’s department of health, the applicable accreditation agency of the Facility, and any federal, state or local government agency, third party payor or accrediting body having jurisdiction over or providing reimbursement for the Facility and any programs and services offered by either the Facility or Company.

2.3.7 Cooperation .  Practice shall promptly notify Company if a claim of malpractice or professional discipline is asserted against any Medical Provider resulting from medical services provided at Facility; additionally Practice shall notify Company of claims not yet asserted against Medical Providers, but the potential for which Practice is aware.

2

 

 


 

2.3.8 Approval and Removal .  Each Medical Provider shall be subject to the initial approval of Company before he or she commences providing services at Facility.  In addition, Practice, at the request of Company, shall immediately remove a Medical Provider from Facility for cause.  For purposes of this Section 2.3.8 , “for cause” shall be determined by Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall include the following: (a) suspension or revocation or other sanction of his or her medical license, specialty board certification, or Federal Drug Enforcement Agency (“ DEA ”) registration; (b) suspension, revocation, or reduction of his or her status or privileges as a member of the medical staff of any hospital utilized by Company for Patients served by the Medical Providers (including without limitation any resignation of membership or privileges in lieu of or to avoid any of the foregoing actions); (c) being arrested or indicted for, or convicted of any felony or any criminal charge relating to the practice of medicine; (d) being found by the appropriate licensure board or other state or federal regulatory agency to have violated any provision of law or the applicable code of medical ethics; (e) cancellation, termination or non-renewal of his or her professional liability insurance and failure to obtain replacement coverage within thirty (30) days; or (f) having committed any actions or inactions which pose an immediate and significant threat to Patients.  

2.4 Compensation Responsibility .  Practice shall be solely responsible for establishing and paying the compensation and fringe benefits, if any, to the Medical Providers. Practice shall be solely responsible for the payment and withholding of appropriate amounts for income tax, social security, unemployment insurance, and state disability insurance taxes. Practice shall also maintain in full force and effect all worker’s compensation insurance as may be required under the worker’s compensation laws of the State.

2.5 Medical Provider Staffing Levels .  As of the Effective Date, Practice shall assign to Facility Medical Providers necessary to satisfy the patient needs at the Facility.

2.6 Authority .  Practice has the right to enter into this Agreement, and neither the execution of this Agreement nor Practice’s performance hereunder will result in it being in breach or default of any existing agreement.

Article III
COMPENSATION

3.1 General Compensation Principles .  Practice shall be compensated for the services provided hereunder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as described in Schedule 3.1 , which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.  The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that such amount represents the fair market value of the services provided hereunder.  

 

 

 

3

 

 


 

Article IV
PATIENT CHARGES, BILLING AND COLLECTION

4.1 Billing; Assignment of Fees .  Company, directly or through an affiliate, shall bill payors and patients for all technical and facility fees of the Facility.  In addition, to the extent permissible by applicable law and third party payor policies, Company may (directly or through an affiliate) bill payors and patients globally for Company’s services and also the professional services of Practice and the Medical Providers that are provided pursuant to this Agreement.  Practice authorizes Company, directly or through an affiliate, to bill and collect all professional fees of Practice and the Medical Providers, as Practice’s and the Medical Providers’ agent and attorney-in-fact to the extent permitted by applicable law for all services rendered by Practice or the Medical Providers at the Facility or on behalf of Company hereunder, either in Company’s own name or in Practice’s or individual Medical Provider’s name and provider number.  Practice shall ensure that each Medical Provider executes such documentation as may be necessary to permit such billing by Company.  To the extent that it is not allowable by law or payor policies for Company to bill for services on behalf of Practice or Medical Providers, Practice will bill in its own name for such services, provided that Practice intends to engage American Addiction Centers, Inc., an affiliate of Company, to provide billing support services.  Practice shall ensure that duplicative billing does not occur, and neither it nor any Medical Provider will payors or patients for the same services that are billed by Company.

4.2 Practice to Provide Billing Information .  For all applicable services described in Section 4.1 above and in accordance with applicable law, Practice shall provide Company with all billing information for services rendered by the Medical Providers, including, but not limited to, the name of the Patient, the date of service, the nature and extent of services provided, Patient diagnosis, and any supporting medical and non-medical information necessary to bill such services and to obtain payment and/or reimbursement. Each Medical Provider shall provide the above-described billing information to Company within seven (7) calendar days after the applicable medical services are rendered. The applicable treating Medical Provider shall be responsible for appropriately coding the service provided and supplying the correct CPT, KEY, ICD-9 (or ICD-10 once applicable) or other codes associated with the service.

Article V
INSURANCE

5.1 Comprehensive General Liability and Property Insurance .  Company shall procure and maintain during the Term of this Agreement comprehensive general liability insurance covering its activities relating to Facility and property insurance covering the Facility.  The comprehensive general liability insurance maintained hereunder shall be in amounts deemed sufficient by Company to protect against risks and losses associated with the operations of Facility.

5.2 Company’s Professional Liability Insurance .  Company shall procure and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement professional liability insurance covering Company and appropriate personnel provided by Company pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, Company’s provider employees and contractors (subject to prior approval of insurer), against errors and omissions arising from Patient services

4

 

 


 

and/or non­medical services rendered by Company pursuant to this Agreement.  All premiums, costs and expenses associated with such professional liability insurance shall be borne by and paid by Company.  The professional liability insurance procured by Company shall have limits of liability of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and three million dollars ($3,000,000) per annual aggregate. For purposes of Sections 5.1 and 5.2 , the term “insurance” shall include self-insurance arrangements maintained by Company for itself and its corporate affiliates, including Facility.  

5.3 Practice’s Professional Liability Insurance .  Practice shall procure and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of three (3) years subsequent to the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, professional liability insurance (i.e., medical malpractice insurance) with an insurer acceptable to Company, protecting Practice and its shareholders, officers, directors, and the Medical Providers against errors and omissions arising from professional services and/or medical services rendered by Practice and the Medical Providers. Such policy of insurance shall name Company as an additional insured. The insurance required by this Section 5.3 shall specifically extend to acts or omissions of Medical Providers occurring both prior and subsequent to the Effective Date.  All premiums, costs and expenses associated with such professional liability insurance shall be borne by Practice.  The professional liability insurance required by this Section 5.3 shall have limits of liability of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and three million dollars ($3,000,000) per annual aggregate.

5.4 Proof of Insurance .  At the request of the other Party, each Party shall furnish copies of or Certificates of Insurance on all policies required under this Article V (or evidence of self-insurance) as evidence of the insurance coverage to be procured pursuant to this Agreement. In the case of Company, this evidence shall also specifically include evidence of “tail” or other coverage for acts and omissions occurring prior to the Effective Date.  The insurance coverage required under this Agreement shall not be canceled, modified, reduced or otherwise materially changed, except upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the non-procuring Party.

Article VI
INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Indemnification by Company .  Company shall indemnify, defend and hold Practice, and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of Practice, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting in any manner, directly or indirectly from any negligent or willful act or omission of Company or its non-Medical Provider employees providing services at Facility. Notwithstanding any provisions of the preceding sentence to the contrary, Company shall not be liable to Practice for any consequential, exemplary or punitive damages.  The duty of Company to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Practice shall only apply to the extent that any such loss sustained by Practice is not covered by insurance.  The indemnification provisions of this Section 6.1 are intended to be in addition to any common law rights to contribution existing under the laws of the State which one Party may have against the other.

 

5

 

 


 

6.2 Indemnification by Practice .  Practice shall indemnify, defend and hold Company, and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of Company, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting in any manner, directly or indirectly, from any negligent or willful act or omission of any Medical Provider, including, specifically, (i) negligent or willful acts occurring both prior to and subsequent to the Effective Date and (ii) claims against Company attributable directly or indirectly to incorrect billing information provided to Company by Practice or any Medical Provider. Notwithstanding any provisions of the preceding sentence to the contrary, Practice shall not be liable to Company for any consequential, exemplary or punitive damages.  The indemnification provisions of this Section 6.2 are intended to be in addition to any common law rights to contribution existing under the laws of the State which one Party may have against the other. A provision similar to that set forth in this Section 6.2 shall be contained in each contract between Practice and any independent contractor providing professional medical services for Practice at the Facility in order to ensure that each such Medical Provider has agreed to indemnify Company as required by this Section 6.2 .  

Article VII
RECORDS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

7.1 Ownership of Records and Files .  All business or medical records and files of whatever nature or kind, including Patients’ files and x-rays, are the property of Company to the extent permitted by law; neither Practice nor individual Medical Providers shall acquire any proprietary rights with respect to such records.  However, at Practice’s written request, Company shall provide Medical Providers with copies of any records reflecting services performed by such Medical Provider with respect to (a) any claims against him/her in the nature of malpractice, (b) any charges against him/her issued by a licensing board or professional association or (c) for any other purpose deemed appropriate by Company.

7.2 Confidentiality of Medical Records .  Both Parties shall comply with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations regarding the confidential and secure treatment of individually identifiable health information, including 42 C.F.R. Part 2, and with the terms of the Business Associate Addendum attached as Schedule 7.2 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

7.3 Medical Records upon Termination .  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, unless a Patient specifies otherwise and in accordance with applicable law, Company shall be entitled to the original medical records for all Patients, and Practice shall be entitled to copy such records, with the cost of any copies to be home by Practice.  For such period as is required by applicable statutes, Company shall keep possession of the original medical records and shall retain the records in their original condition, shall store the records in a safe place and make the records available to Practice without charge if reasonably necessary for any purpose, including, without limitation, Patient care and medical malpractice defense.

 

 

6

 

 


 

Article VIII
TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1 Term .  This Agreement shall be effective for a term of five (5) years, beginning on the Effective Date, unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII (the “ Initial Term ”).  Upon expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms (the “ Renewal Terms ”) unless either Party shall provide notice to the other Party of its intent to terminate the Agreement under the terms of this Section 8.1 (“ Notice of Intent to Terminate ”).  Notice of Intent to Terminate must be provided no later than one (1) year prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, and no later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of any Renewal Term.  

8.2 Termination upon Insolvency .  If either Party shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidation of itself, or if all or a substantial part of its assets, file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, file a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or arrangement with creditors, or take advantage of any insolvency law, or if an order, judgment, or decree shall be entered by a court of competent jurisdiction or an application of a creditor, adjudicating such party to be bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization of such Party or appointing a receiver, trustee or liquidator of such Party or of all or a substantial part of its assets, and such order, judgment, or decree shall continue in effect and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days, then the other Party may terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days prior written notice to such Party.

8.3 Termination upon Legal Prohibitions of Relationship .  If counsel jointly selected by the Parties should determine (the “ Determination ”) that it is more likely than not that applicable legislation, regulations, rules or procedures (collectively referred to herein as a “ Law ”) in effect or to become effective as of a date certain, or if Practice or Company receives notice (the “ Notice ”) of an actual or threatened decision, finding or action by any governmental or private agency or court (collectively referred to herein as an “ Action ”), which Law or Action, if or when implemented, would have the effect of subjecting either Party to civil or criminal prosecution under state and/or federal Laws, or other adverse proceeding on the basis of their participation herein, then the Parties shall attempt in good faith to amend this Agreement to the extent necessary in order to comply with such Law or to avoid the Action, as applicable. If, within ninety (90) days of providing written notice of such Determination or Notice to the other Party, the Parties acting in good faith are unable to mutually agree upon and make amendments or alterations to this Agreement to meet the requirements in question, or alternatively, the Parties mutually determine in good faith that compliance with such requirements is impossible or unfeasible, then this Agreement shall be terminated without penalty, charge or continuing liability upon the earlier of the following: the date one hundred eighty (180) days subsequent to the date upon which either Party gives written notice to the other Party or the effective date on which the Law or Action prohibits the relationship of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement.

 

 

7

 

 


 

8.4 Termination upon Breach .  Either Party may elect to terminate this Agreement in the event that the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement and such default continues for a period of fifteen (15) calendar days after written notice thereof has been given to the Party in default by the other Party; provided , however, that Company may immediately terminate this Agreement if Practice fails to provide, or arrange the provision of, adequate professional medical services pursuant to this Agreement for a period of three (3) calendar days.  

8.5 Termination Without Cause .  This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon one hundred and eighty (180) days’ notice by either Party to the other Party.

8.6 Termination and Liabilities .  In the event either Party validly elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII or the Agreement expires by its own terms, the liabilities and obligations of the Parties shall cease as of the date of termination, except that each Party shall be responsible for: (a) any payments or other obligations arising or accruing prior to the termination date and (b) any breach arising after termination or expiration with respect to obligations that continue after such expiration or termination.  Neither Party shall be liable to the other for any damages resulting from any event of force majeure.  The Parties agree that upon such termination, they will mutually work to assure an orderly transition of services.

Article IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Independence of Medical Judgment .  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the exercise of Medical Providers’ independent medical judgment.

9.2 Entire Agreement; Amendment .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and understandings of the Parties which relate to the subject matter of this Agreement.  No supplement, amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Parties, unless otherwise provided herein.

9.3 No Waiver .  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.  No waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

9.4 Subject Headings .  The subject headings of the Articles and Sections of this Agreement are included for purposes of convenience only, and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.5 Binding Agreement; No Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.  Company may assign this Agreement upon prior written notice to Practice.  Practice may not assign this Agreement nor any rights hereunder, nor may it delegate any of the duties to be performed hereunder without the prior written consent of Company; provided , however, that notwithstanding the foregoing sentence to the contrary, Practice shall have the right to assign this

8

 

 


 

Agreement to another corporate affiliate of Company upon written notice and shall have the right to subcontract with any other responsible parties, including specifically, corporate affiliates of Practice, for the performance of various aspects of its obligations hereunder, provided that Practice shall remain fully responsible for the performance of any such subcontractors.  

9.6 Severability .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.3 , in the event any provision of this Agreement is rendered invalid or unenforceable by the enactment of any applicable statute or ordinance or by any regulation duly promulgated or is made or declared unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

9.7 Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event any attorney is employed by any Party with regard to any legal action, arbitration or other proceeding brought by any Party for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, then the prevailing Party, whether at trial or upon appeal, and in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing Party may be granted, shall be entitled to recover from the losing Party all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by the prevailing Party in bringing or defending such action, arbitration or proceeding, and in enforcing any judgment granted therein, all of which costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees shall be deemed to have accrued upon the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.  Any judgment or order entered in such matter shall contain a specific provision providing for the recovery by the prevailing Party of attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing such judgment.  For purposes of this Section 9.7 , attorneys’ fees shall include, without limitation, fees incurred in the following:  post-judgment motions; contempt proceedings; garnishment, levy and debtor and third party examinations; discovery; and bankruptcy litigation.

9

 

 


 

9.8 Notices .  All notices, requests, demands or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of service if served personally on the Party to whom notice is to be given, or on the third day after mailing if mailed to the Party to whom notice is to be given, by a recognized overnight carrier service, or by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed as follows:  

 

 

TO PRACTICE:

Palm Beach Professional Group, Professional Corporation

 

 

4400 N. Congress Avenue, Suite 100

 

 

West Palm Beach, Florida  33407

 

 

Attn:  Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

 

 

Email:  mcalarco@contactaac.com

 

 

 

 

TO COMPANY:

River Oaks Treatment Center, LLC

 

 

12012 Boyette Road

 

 

Riverview, Florida  33569

 

 

Attn.:  Jeff Turiczek, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Email:  jturiczek@contactaac.com

 

 

 

 

WITH COPY TO:

 

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

 

115 East Park Drive, Second Floor

 

 

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

 

 

Attn:  Candance A. Henderson-Grice, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

Email: chenderson-grice@contactaac.com

 

 

 

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

 

115 East Park Drive, Second Floor

 

 

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

 

 

Attn:  Kathryn Sevier Phillips, General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

Fax: (615) 691-7130

 

 

Email: ksphillips@contactaac.com

 

Each Party may change its address indicated above by giving the other Party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

 

10

 

 


 

9.9 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State.  All actions, suits, or other proceedings with respect to this Agreement shall be brought only in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State. In any such action, suit, or proceeding, such court shall have personal jurisdiction over all of the parties hereto, and service of process upon them under any applicable statutes, laws, and rules shall be deemed valid and good.  

9.10 Third Party Rights .  This Agreement is entered into by and between the Parties hereto for their sole benefit.  There is no intent by either Party to create or establish third party beneficiary status or rights in any third party to this Agreement and no third party shall have any right to enforce any right or enjoy any benefit created or established by this Agreement.

9.11 No Discrimination .  No person shall be excluded from participation in, or be denied benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the performance of this Agreement or any Addenda on the grounds of disability, age, race, color, religion, sex, national origin or any other classification protected by federal and/or Tennessee constitutional, statutory and/or regulatory provisions.

9.12 Signatory .  Each Party warrants that the person indicated on signatory line to this Agreement has all authority necessary to bind the Party and is the appropriate designated person to sign this Agreement.

9.13 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute a single instrument.

9.14 Drafted Jointly .  In the event of an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of authorship of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.15 Cooperation .  The Parties agree to cooperate with each other to resolve promptly any outstanding financial, administrative or patient care issues upon the termination of this Agreement. Such obligation shall include, without limitation, the provision of patient, resident and/or administrative records, payments or other actions necessary to conclude the relationship of the Parties.  This Section 9.15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Each Party further agrees to cooperate with the other to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement, including without limitation the execution and delivery to the appropriate Party of any further agreements and other documents and the taking of any action as may reasonably be required to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

11

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on the dates set forth below, provided that this Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date.

For Company:

For Practice:

 

River Oaks Treatment Center, LLC

Palm Beach Professional Group, Professional Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Michael T. Cartwright

By: /s/ Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

 

Name:  Michael T. Cartwright

Name:  Mark A. Calarco, D.O.

 

Title:  Manager and Chairman

Title: President, Secretary and Treasurer

 

 

12

 

 


 

Schedule 2.1

Practice’s Services

Professional Services

During the term of this Agreement, Practice, through its physician shareholder, employees and independent contractors (the “ Medical Providers ”), shall provide professional medical services to the patients of Company (the “ Patients ”).  Medical Providers may include doctors of medicine, doctors of osteopathy and mid-level providers including physician assistants and advanced practice nurses.  Practice shall effectively provide all the professional medical services as required by Company for the needs of its Patients. Such professional medical services shall include those service obligations set forth herein and other related services reasonably requested by Company.

Medical Director Services

During the term of this Agreement, in addition to the professional services described above, Practice shall provide physician who is acceptable to Company, to serve as medical director of Facility (the “ Medical Director ”) and provide medical management and oversight for matters specific to Facility pursuant to a medical director agreement between Practice and Medical Director reasonably acceptable to Company (the “ Medical Director Agreement ”).  Practice shall cause Medical Director to furnish those services as set forth in the Medical Director Agreement, in accordance with the terms thereof.  Upon request, Practice shall provide Company with documentation reasonably acceptable to Company supporting Medical Director’s fulfillment of such duties with Company also retaining the right to conduct such audits thereof as Company determines reasonably necessary to support Company’s payment for such services under this Agreement.

Practice shall provide support, assistance, and work cooperatively with Medical Director who will provide medical management and oversight for Facility.  Practice, at the request of Company, shall immediately remove a Medical Director from Facility for cause, as “cause” is defined in Section 2.3.8 hereof.  

The term “Medical Provider” as used in this Agreement shall include the Medical Director, provided that any provision that relates specifically to professional medical services will not apply to the Medical Director to the extent that the Medical Director is providing only administrative and not professional services.

 

 

Schedule 2.1

 

 


Schedule 3.1

Compensation

Practice acknowledges that Practice may sometimes bill separately for the services of Medical Providers, and at other times Company submits global bills for the services of both the Facility and the Medical Providers.  In light of the foregoing, Company shall pay to Practice the fees set forth below for services provided by the Medical Providers at the Facility to the extent that such provider services are not separately billed by Practice.   To the extent Practice bills separately for Medical Provider services, Company shall not be obligated to pay a fee for such services.

Provider

Fee

Physician/Psychologist Clinical Services

$125 - $175 per hour*

Medical Director Services

$100 - $150 per hour*

Mid-level Provider Services (PA or NP)

$55 - $95 per hour*

* Specific hourly rate within the noted range shall be determined by Company in its reasonable discretion after consultation with Practice, based on the experience level, specialty, certification, and other qualifications of the applicable practitioner.

If Practice is asked by Company to provide additional practitioner services at the Facility, Company shall pay to Practice a fee for such services equal to the rate that Practice pays such provider for the services (unless the service is separately billable by Practice).  Practice represents and warrants that the compensation it pays to Medical Providers, and the corresponding fees paid by Company, shall be reasonable and consistent with fair market value.  Compensation shall be paid pursuant to Company’s standard payment policies and timing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.1

 

 


 

Schedule 7.2

HIPAA Business Associate Addendum

THIS HIPAA BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ADDENDUM (“ Addendum ”) amends and is made part of that certain PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR MEDICAL STAFFING (“ Service Agreement ”), by and between RIVER OAKS TREATMENT CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Entity ”), and PALM BEACH PROFESSIONAL GROUP, PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, a Florida professional corporation (“ Associate ”), to the extent that Associate is acting as a Business Associate of Entity.

Entity and Associate agree that the parties incorporate this Addendum into the Service Agreement in order to comply with the requirements of:  the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“ HIPAA ”),  the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“ HITECH ”) and their implementing regulations set forth at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and Part 164 (the “ HIPAA Rules ”); and Federal regulations governing Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records, 42 C.F.R. Part 2 (“ Part 2 Regulations ”).  To the extent Associate is acting as a Business Associate of Entity pursuant to the Service Agreement, the provisions of this Addendum shall apply, and Associate shall be subject to the penalty provisions of HIPAA as specified in 45 C.F.R. Part 160.

1. Definitions .  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Addendum shall have the meaning set forth in the HIPAA Rules. References to “PHI” mean Protected Health Information maintained, created, received or transmitted by Associate from Entity or on Entity’s behalf.

2. Uses or Disclosures .  Associate will neither use nor disclose PHI except as permitted or required by this Addendum or as Required By Law.  To the extent Associate is to carry out an obligation of Entity under the HIPAA Rules, Associate shall comply with the requirements of the HIPAA Rules that apply to Entity in the performance of such obligation.  Without limiting the foregoing, Associate will not sell PHI or use or disclose PHI for purposes of marketing or fundraising, as defined and proscribed in the HIPAA Rules. Associate is permitted to use and disclose PHI:

(a) to perform any and all obligations of Associate as described in the Service Agreement, provided that such use or disclosure is consistent with the terms of Entity’s notice of privacy practices and would not violate the HIPAA Rules or the Part 2 Regulations, if done by Entity directly;

(b) to perform Data Aggregation services relating to the health care operations of Entity, provided that such services are part of Associate’s obligations as set forth in the Service Agreement;

(c) to create de-identified information in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.514(b), provided that such de-identified information may be used and disclosed only consistent with applicable law; and

Schedule 7.2

Page 1

 

 


(d) as necessary for Associate’s proper management and administration and to carry out Associate’s legal responsibilities (collectively “ Associate’s Operations ”) provided that: any disclosure made for purposes of Associate’s Operations is Required By Law or is made after Associate obtains reasonable assurances, evidenced by a written contract, from the recipient that the recipient:  (i) will hold such PHI in confidence and use or further disclose it only for the purpose for which Associate disclosed it to the recipient or as Required By Law; (ii) will notify Associate of any instance of which the recipient becomes aware in which the confidentiality of such PHI was breached; (iii) acknowledges in writing that, in receiving PHI, the recipient is fully bound by the Part 2 Regulations; and (iv) agrees to, if necessary, resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to PHI except as permitted by the Part 2 Regulations.  Associate shall promptly notify Entity of any disclosures made for purposes of Associate’s Operations.  

In the event Entity notifies Associate of a restriction request that would restrict a use or disclosure otherwise permitted by this Addendum, Associate shall comply with the terms of the restriction request.

3. Safeguards .  Associate will use appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to prevent the use or disclosure of PHI other than as permitted by this Addendum and shall maintain policies and procedures to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft based on PHI or information derived from PHI. Associate will also comply with the provisions of 45 C.F.R. Part 164, Subpart C of the HIPAA Rules with respect to electronic PHI to prevent any use or disclosure of such information other than as provided by this Addendum, which obligation shall include maintaining safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic PHI.

4. Policies and Training .  Associate has policies in place regarding the confidential and secure treatment of PHI in accordance with HIPAA and the Part 2 Regulations. Associate shall require its employees to adhere to such policies and shall train its employees regarding the requirements of this Addendum and applicable confidentiality and security laws and regulations.

5. Subcontractors .  In accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.308(b)(2) and 164.502(e)(1)(ii), Associate will ensure that all of its subcontractors that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI on behalf of Associate agree by written contract to comply with the same restrictions and conditions that apply to Associate with respect to such PHI, including but not limited to (i) the obligation to safeguard PHI and comply with 45 C.F.R. Part 164, Subpart C; and (ii) acknowledging in writing that, in receiving PHI, the recipient is fully bound by the Part 2 Regulations, and must agree to, if necessary, resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to PHI except as permitted by the Part 2 Regulations.

6. Minimum Necessary .  Associate represents that the PHI requested, used or disclosed by Associate shall be the minimum amount necessary to carry out the purposes of the Service Agreement. Associate will limit its uses and disclosures of, and requests for, PHI to the minimum amount of PHI necessary to accomplish the intended purpose of the use, disclosure or request.

7. Obligations of Entity .  Entity shall notify Associate of (i) any limitations in its notice of privacy practices, (ii) any changes in, or revocation of, permission by an individual to use or

Schedule 7.2

Page 2

 

 


disclose PHI, and (iii) any confidential communication request or restriction on the use or disclosure of PHI that Entity has agreed to or with which Entity is required to comply, to the extent any of the foregoing affect Associate’s use or disclosure of PHI to perform its obligations as described in the Service Agreement.  

8. Access and Amendment .  In accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.524, Associate will permit Entity or, at Entity’s request, an individual (or the individual’s designee) to inspect and obtain copies of any PHI about the individual that is in Associate’s custody or control and that is maintained in a Designated Record Set.  If the requested PHI is maintained electronically, Associate must provide a copy of the PHI in the electronic form and format requested by the individual, if it is readily producible, or, if not, in a readable electronic form and format as agreed to by Entity and the individual.  Associate will notify Entity of any request (including but not limited to subpoenas) that Associate receives for access to PHI that is in Associate’s custody or control within five (5) business days of receipt of such request.  Entity shall be responsible for making determinations about access.  Associate will, upon receipt of notice from Entity, promptly amend or permit Entity access to amend any portion of the PHI that is in Associate’s custody or control so that Entity may meet its amendment obligations under 45 C.F.R. § 164.526.

9. Disclosure Accounting .  Except for disclosures excluded from the accounting obligation by the HIPAA Rules and regulations issued pursuant to HITECH, Associate will record for each disclosure that Associate makes of PHI the information necessary for Entity to make an accounting of disclosures pursuant to the HIPAA Rules. In the event the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“ HHS ”) finalizes regulations requiring Covered Entities to provide access reports, Associate shall also record such information with respect to electronic PHI held by Associate as would be required under the regulations for Covered Entities beginning on the effective date applicable to Entity.  Associate will make information required by this Section 9 available to Entity promptly upon Entity’s request for the period requested, but for no longer than the six (6) years preceding Entity’s request for the information or such other period required by the HIPAA Rules (except Associate need not have any information for disclosures occurring before the effective date of any previous HIPAA business associate agreements between the parties or, if none, the effective date of this Addendum).

10. Inspection of Books and Records .  Associate will make its internal practices, books, and records, relating to its use and disclosure of PHI available upon request to Entity or HHS to determine Entity's compliance with the HIPAA Rules.

11. Reporting .  To the extent Associate becomes aware or discovers any use or disclosure of PHI not permitted by this Addendum, any Security Incident involving electronic PHI, any Breach of Unsecured Protected Health Information or any Red Flag (as defined at 16 C.F.R. § 681.2(b)) related to any individual who is the subject of PHI, Associate shall promptly report such use, disclosure, Security Incident, Breach or Red Flag to Entity.  Associate shall mitigate, to the extent practicable, any harmful effect known to it of a Security Incident, Breach or use or disclosure of PHI by Associate not permitted by this Addendum.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 11 constitutes notice by Associate to Entity of the ongoing existence and occurrence of attempted but Unsuccessful Security Incidents (as defined below) for which no additional notice to Entity shall be required.  “Unsuccessful

Schedule 7.2

Page 3

 

 


Security Incidents” shall include, but not be limited to, pings and other broadcast attacks on Associate’s firewall, port scans, unsuccessful log-on attempts, denials of service and any combination of the above, so long as no such incident results in unauthorized access, use or disclosure of electronic PHI.  All reports of Breaches shall be made within ten (10) business days of Associate discovering the Breach and shall comply with and include the information specified at 45 C.F.R. § 164.410.  Associate shall promptly reimburse Entity all reasonable costs incurred by Entity with respect to providing notification of and mitigating a Breach involving Associate, including but not limited to printing, postage costs and toll-free hotline costs.  

12. Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records .  Associate: (1) acknowledges that in receiving, storing, processing, or otherwise dealing with any information from Entity about individuals who are patients of Entity (“ Patients ”), it is fully bound by the provisions of the Federal regulations governing Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records, 42 C.F.R. Part 2; and (2) undertakes to resist in judicial proceedings any effort to obtain access to information pertaining to Patients otherwise than as expressly provided for in the Part 2 Regulations.

13. Term and Termination .  This Addendum shall be effective as of the effective date of the Service Agreement and shall remain in effect until termination of the Service Agreement. Either party may terminate this Addendum and the Service Agreement effective immediately if it determines that the other party has breached a material provision of this Addendum and failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of being notified by the other party of the breach. If the non-breaching party determines that cure is not possible, such party may terminate this Addendum and the Service Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to other party.

Upon termination of this Addendum for any reason, Associate will, if feasible, return to Entity or securely destroy all PHI maintained by Associate in any form or medium, including all copies of such PHI, at no cost to Entity. Further, Associate shall recover any PHI in the possession of its agents and subcontractors and return to Entity or securely destroy all such PHI.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Associate shall notify Entity and receive Entity’s written consent prior to destroying any PHI of which Entity does not maintain a duplicate copy. In the event that Associate determines that returning or destroying any PHI is infeasible, Associate shall promptly notify Entity of the conditions that make return or destruction infeasible. With regard to any PHI that Entity agrees cannot feasibly be returned to Entity or destroyed, Associate may maintain such PHI but shall continue to abide by the terms and conditions of this Addendum with respect to such PHI and shall limit its further use or disclosure of such PHI to those purposes that make return or destruction of the PHI infeasible.  Associate shall comply with this Section 13 within thirty (30) days of termination of this Addendum.  Associate shall provide Entity with written certification of its compliance with this Section 13 within forty-five (45) days of termination of this Addendum. Upon termination of this Addendum for any reason, all of Associate’s obligations under this Addendum shall survive termination and remain in effect (a) until Associate has completed the return or destruction of PHI as required by this Section 13 and (b) to the extent Associate retains any PHI pursuant to this Section 13 .

14. General Provisions .  In the event that any final regulation or amendment to final regulations is promulgated by HHS or other government regulatory authority with respect to

Schedule 7.2

Page 4

 

 


PHI, this Addendum will automatically be amended to remain in compliance with such regulations, and Associate shall promptly amend its contracts, if any, with subcontractors and agents to conform to the terms of this Addendum.  Any ambiguity in this Addendum shall be resolved to permit Entity to comply with the HIPAA Rules and the Part 2 Regulations.  Nothing in this Addendum shall be construed to create any rights or remedies in any third parties or any agency relationship between the parties.  A reference in this Addendum to a section in the HIPAA Rules or the Part 2 Regulations means the section as in effect or as amended.  This Addendum replaces and supersedes and previous business associate agreements between the parties.  The terms and conditions of this Addendum override and control any conflicting term or condition of the Service Agreement.  To the extent Associate has limited its liability under the terms of the Service Agreement by a maximum recovery for direct damages, disclaimer against any consequential, indirect or punitive damages or any other limitation, all limitations shall exclude any damages to Entity arising from Associate’s breach of its obligations under this Addendum.  All non-conflicting terms and conditions of the Service Agreement remain in full force and effect.  

 

 

Schedule 7.2

Page 5

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

 

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

(Including d/b/a name, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

American Addiction Centers, Inc.

 

Nevada

 

 

 

AAC Dallas Outpatient Center, LLC d/b/a Greenhouse Outpatient Center

 

Delaware

 

 

 

AAC Las Vegas Outpatient Center, LLC d/b/a Desert Hope Outpatient Center

 

Delaware

 

 

 

ABTCC, Inc.

 

California

 

 

 

Addiction Labs of America, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

B&B Holdings Intl LLC

 

Florida

 

 

 

Hamilton Medically Assisted Treatment Associates, LLC

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

Leading Edge Recovery Center, LLC

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

Singer Island Recovery Center LLC d/b/a The Academy

 

Florida

 

 

 

The Heights Supportive Housing, LLC

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

Concorde Treatment Center, LLC d/b/a Desert Hope Center

 

Nevada

 

 

 

Fitrx, LLC

 

Tennessee

 

 

 

Forterus Health Care Services, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Greenhouse Treatment Center, LLC d/b/a The Greenhouse

 

Texas

 

 

 

Laguna Treatment Hospital, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

New Jersey Addiction Treatment Center, LLC d/b/a Sunrise House

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Oxford Treatment Center, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Recovery First of Florida, LLC d/b/a Recovery First

 

Delaware

 

 

 

RI – Clinical Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 


 

 

 

 

River Oaks Treatment Center, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Sagenex Diagnostics Laboratory, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

San Diego Addiction Treatment Center, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Solutions Treatment Center, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Townsend Treatment Center, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Women in New Recovery, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Behavioral Healthcare Realty, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

          BHR Aliso Viejo Real Estate, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

          BHR Oxford Real Estate, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

          BHR Ringwood Real Estate, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Concorde Real Estate, LLC

 

Nevada

 

 

 

Greenhouse Real Estate, LLC

 

Texas

 

 

 

The Academy Real Estate, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Clinical Revenue Management Services, LLC

 

Tennessee

 

 

 

Sober Media Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Referral Solutions Group, LLC

 

California

 

 

 

           Recovery Brands, LLC

 

California

 

 

 

           Substnace.com, LLC

 

New York

 

 

 

Taj Media, LLC d/b/a RankLab Interactive

 

California

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

AAC Holdings, Inc.

Brentwood, Tennessee

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-207939) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-199161 and 333-201218) of AAC Holdings, Inc. of our report dated March 8, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

 

Nashville, Tennessee

March 8, 2016

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Michael T. Cartwright, certify that:

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of AAC Holdings, Inc.;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods covered by this report;

 

 

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

b)

 

 

c)

D esigned such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

March 8, 2016

By:

/s/ Michael T. Cartwright

 

 

 

 

Michael T. Cartwright

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Kirk R. Manz, certify that:

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of AAC Holdings, Inc.;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods covered by this report;

 

 

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

b)

 

 

c)

D esigned such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

March 8, 2016

By:

/s/ Kirk R. Manz

 

 

 

 

Kirk R. Manz

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of AAC Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated:

March 8, 2016

By:

/s/ Michael T. Cartwright

 

 

 

 

Michael T. Cartwright

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of AAC Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in the capacity as an officer of the Company, that:

 

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated:

March 8, 2016

By:

/s/ Kirk R. Manz

 

 

 

 

Kirk R. Manz

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.